LIFT STATIONS NO 29, 46 & 50 IMPROVEMENTS - 13-0047-UT u-
0 Clearwater
CERTIFICATE OF S Bs'rANTIAL COMPLETION
Project: Lift Stations #29, 46, & 50 hnnr21,iwnl,Lr3t� ContractNumber: 13 40 ?-IJ`"
1,•ocation: 2QZ _� c M,,ljer€ Booth Jear'Aa ter,LCL,, 33761��C o met¢°ysic ��3l�cf, C le�kEw t�r,Fl
"33'161, and qvard C ,.q.�irrwater FL 3375
ContractDate: plober5.20144 Notice to Proceed Date. Som ber g, 2014
Substantial Completion Date, 04/03/2015 Warranty Expiration Irate: 04/03/2016
Consultant: URS C;orporatioa
The work pertortrred under this Contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of the Owner,
Contractor, and Consultant, and the Project(or specified part of the Project, as indicated above) is hereby
declared to be substantially completed on the above date.
DEFINITION OF SUBSTANTIAL,COMPLETION
Substantival compietion is the stage in construction when aproject or designatedportion thereof is
Mifficiently complete in accordance with contract documents so that the Owner can use the work or
portion thereof for its intended use. Items that affect operational integrity canrl function of the work must
be capable gl'continuous use.
y-
fn
l p.
By: t :'t., r ar a �, � -j ' .�
Consultant(URS Corp.) �'° Authorized Lac presentative � bate
The Contractor accepts the above Certificate of Substartt al Completion and agrees to Complete and
correct the items on the tentative list within the time indican ,
BY:
loote Contracting, Inc. _ ,hut sized Representative bate
The Owner accepts the specified area of the Project as Substantially Complete and will assume full
possession of the specified area of the Project on _ _ , 2015, The responsibility for
utilities, security, and insurance under the Contract Documents shall be as set forth in the Contract
Documents,
r
X41 _ By: _ rp t 2
Crty of Cie ater � � Authoraze� Repren ative ate
� Certificate of Substantial Completion, Wage 2 of 2
e�
PROJECT PUNCH LIST
There is no PUnch list necessary for this project.
PROJECT ONE YEAR A RA TY
Contract Section Ill,
13.5ARRANT r OR CTI N PERIOD
If within one year utter the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of titre as may be prescribed
by Laws or Regulation or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract
.Documents or lav any specific}provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective,
Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written
instructions; (i) correct such detective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the(Xvner, remove it from the site
and replace it with ff,ork that is not defective and(ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage
to other Work or the work of others resulting thereftorn...
Where defective Work(and damage to other Work resulting therefi,orn) has been corrected, removed or
replacedunder this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extendedfor
an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily
completed.
Substantial Completion Date: 04/03/2015 Warranty Expiration Date: 04/03/2016
A copy of this signed and executed document should be provided to the following parties:
Project Owner
Project Conti-actor
Project Consultant(if applicable)
City Construction Office Specialist
Project Tile
� LIFT STATIONS #29, 46 & 50
I IMPROVEMENTS
� (PROJECT No. 13-0047-UT)
1
' CONTRACT DOCUMENTS &
SPECIFICATIONS
� Prepared for
LL
° Clearwater
1 U
CONFORMED SET
July 2014
Prepared by
URS
7650 West Courtney Campbell Causeway, Suite 700
Tampa, Florida 33607 -1462
1
1
i
CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA
LIFT STATIONS #29, 46 & 50
IMPROVEMENTS
(PROJECT No. 13- 0047 -UT)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO
CONTRACTORS
SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS
SECTION IIla SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Cover.doc
Prepared By:
UPS
` \\\\11ItIII / / /��/
7650 W. Courtney Campbell Causeway, Sup , ► �� PR V H'qN /��i
�CENS� b /
Tampa, Florida 33607 -1462 `� 61! \' 4''''s ,v�
URS Project No.: 12010440 ym ; "
7; 124 \ esyATE0r-//it.z..--
map ii14 1 IPA f s, - N( PE
' / //� /0iiikF • '
11I., , 573
03/04/11
ADDENDUM NO. 1
For
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements
13- 0047 -UT
DATE: July 1, 2014
SUBJECT: Addendum No. 1
TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concerned
Bidders on the above project are hereby notified that the following Addenda are made to
the Contract Documents:
General Clarifications
1. A question was brought from one of the Contractors during the pre -bid
meeting which parts of the LS29 wet well need to be lined.
Response: The contractor shall line the walls and the ceiling of the lift stations'
wet wells.
2. A question was brought from one of the Contractors what is the 100 -year
flood elevation at LS29 so they can install the bypass pumping above that
elevation.
Response: According to the FEMA database, the property is not in a flood zone.
No 100 -year flood elevation is available. Based on a City survey of the area of LS
29, the elevation of the overflow structure at the stormwater pond is 31.85 ft. We
would suggest installing the bypass pumps above that elevation.
3. A question was brought from one of the Contractors about the addresses
of lift stations LS46 and LS 50.
Response: Below are listed the addresses of the three lift stations:
•
•
•
LS #29 — 503 Howard Ct., Clearwater, FL
LS #46 — 2022 McMullen Booth, Clearwater, FL
LS #50 - 2535 Countryside Blvd., Clearwater, FL
4. A question was brought from one of the Contractors about the duty point of
the LS29 pumps.
Page 1 of 4
1
Response: Hydraulic analysis of the pump station has not been performed. The
new pumps at LS29 shall be the same model as the existing pumps. Bypass
pumps sizing shall be in accordance with Section 02770.
5. A question was brought from one of the Contractors regarding
construction scheduling, Section 01311. Please confirm "Microsoft Project"
schedule can be utilized in lieu of CPM schedule?
Response: Microsoft Project is an acceptable method.
6. A question was brought from one of the Contractors regarding the location
of the relocated TCU.
Response: The TCU is to be located within the new control panel as shown on
Sheet 16. The contractor shall be responsible to dismantle the existing TCU and
reinstalling it in the new control panel as stated in the pre -bid meeting. The
contractor shall be responsible for all aspects of reconnecting the TCU including
the subcontracting with Data -Flow as required to install the TCU.
Responses to Submitted RFIs
1. Due the ambiguity of Specification Sections 09117 and 09910 and the
drawings please clarify the extent of surfaces to be coated inside the wet
well. Do all surfaces inside the wet well get coated (Walls, Ceilings, &
Floors)?
Response: The contractor shall line the walls and the ceiling of the lift stations'
wet wells.
2. With the conditions of the lift stations walls interior down to aggregate, it
would be recommended to make inclusive a complete surface preparation
for all three lift stations. Another option would be to consider a separate
line item for crack and surface repairs to include injection grout and
hydraulic cement repairs by the square foot.
Response: The concrete restoration and surface preparation prior to liner
installation shall be conducted in accordance with the SpectraShield or Green
Monster requirements as outlined in Section 09117 or Section 09910,
respectively. Concrete restoration and concrete surface preparation is included in
the lump sum Bid Item No. 3.
3. Lift Stations 29 & 50 show tying into both discharge lines together with an
MJ True Wye. This part is not made. There are a variety of ways to
accomplish the same thing. Do you have a preference?
Response: Revised Sheets 3, 5 and 7 are included in Attachment A at the end
of the Addendum.
Page 2 of 4
4. Regarding 3.5% limit on mobilization pricing on page 01630 -2; can this
percentage be increased to more closely provide for reimbursement of the
upfront costs listed under the mobilization pay item description. The
percentage scale showing allowable amount based upon percentage
earned should assist the City in controlling this item.
Response: This is the usual mobilization percentage that has been used
successfully on numerous City of Clearwater projects. The mobilization
percentage will not be increased. If Contractor has additional upfront costs, he
needs to include them in other bid items.
5. As a planning suggestion, we suggest that the City get Duke Energy
involved during the bidding and award stages to engineer, determine cost,
and schedule the changes required at PS 29 in advance of award. This
would mitigate the time constraints (construction delay at 29) post award.
Response: This is the standard practice that the contractor will coordinate with
Duke and the City will pay the cost of repairing /installing from Duke.
Duke contact information:
Lindsey C. Drennan
Distribution Engineer
Florida Engineering & Construction Planning
Lindsey.Drennan@duke-energy.com
o. 727.562.5662
f. 727.562.5686
6. Please confirm there will be sufficient ROW to work with at PS 29.
Response: The contractor should plan their construction according to the existing
easements shown on the contract documents.
7. At the site inspection on 6- 27 -14, PS 50, it appeared that the original (WET
WELL) reinforcing may have shifted in the forms during manufacture and
may have minimal concrete cover. It may be wise to include an allowance
item for building additional cover over the reinforcing, if required during
construction.
Response: Concrete restoration is included in lump sum Bid Item #2. Additional
allowance bid item will not be included.
8. Will the City allow the contractor to utilize the existing metered power
source, if the source can be properly connected, to power electric pumps,
if used. (PUMP STATION 29).
Response: Contractor is responsible for temporary power as stated in the
contract documents
Page 3 of 4
9. We suggest the City provide a line item for temporary construction of
Safety Fencing (6 -0 chain link w /line posts) including warning signs at each
site. This would provide for risk management in heavily populated
pedestrian areas. Please advise (ATTACHED IS AN EXAMPLE OF THE
SPEC FROM ANOTHER PROJECT WE ARE CURRENTLY BIDDING FOR
REFERENCE).
Response: This line item will not be added. The contractor could include this
extra cost at each lift station if he /she thinks necessary.
10. Please confirm erosion control requirements (ie; silt fence,tree barricading,
etc)
Response: Erosion control shall be as specified in Specification Section IV,
Article 38 - Erosion and Siltation Control.
Drawings
Remove the following Sheets and replace with revised Sheets included in this
Addendum.
• Sheet 3 of 21 — Site Plan for Lift Station #29
• Sheet 5 of 21 — Proposed Layout & Section for Lift Station #29
• Sheet 7 of 21 — Proposed Layout & Section for Lift Station #46
END OF ADDENDUM #1
THE CITY OF CLEARWATER
PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA
By: /s/William B. Horne, II
City Manager
Page 4 of 4
ATTACHMENT A
REVISED PLAN SHEETS
• • MI MI • • IIIII • • MI • MI MI = MI • • • •
ti
Fri a w W
c
LR3PFac %W ( Dt Egan
Z
• -y
NOpmRDJO E12C10 .
7•70010 nap vot
IS. NN 0.00510E
rjEw.+rc eUNE N
PVC
i
SCAVCE
IM MO =PM
P
N
N
\ NE -r PVC G0R0
N N00..
ELEC1MCg UNOERGRWRiPES RO
37.%
REPIAtt 0110 me, 0,10.
OUT1, C7I1V1 0 7' *0 7701
f0 rw! /01009.6
F� I0/VC R
• EPIA0E
O RIwEI[ r uo �
@Ow 3 nts) 1
/
gYER •E101 518oENr
Nee Ner51us
00 NE9.000
,,ROIL
(1 9I¢T I) /
0059[ 9.,0 t7 REyrn+
/]I
FRO
RECORD DR.IWINOS
r %RACE
LNE
P +r
CE00.00, 1160 ONvE.0.0. C12,
A \ C. [wl MO MI \�iJ
F ,T ]I)S
•■■ Y
50001DUN /I
7/1/0
REVISION
CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
100 S. Myrtle Ave.
Clearwater, Fl 33756
0.e
u. - '.;!'C ..1.01.41e-,
LIFT STATIONS #29, #46 & #50 IMPROVEMENTS
SITE PLAN FOR LIFT STATION 129
ISSUED FOR B/D
°A7 /i /m0
SCE Alltovf
1 .UM r • MI • ■I • MI I • MN • • • • • • • IIIIII
tio%,,
�,; :
/ S 0
4• CHECK VOLVO
46•.36• ACCESS COVER PRESSURE GWCE
HAWWY SERIES SIR OR EQUAL 4HALUDA ACCESS
MT SERIFS
B' PVC VENT EN
SST BUG SCREEN !• PLUG VALVE
�I11` MFL
EL-J2 4 RAPE FL.PE
,
COVER
S
L
R EOWL)
COVBIIAr&
AIR VALVE
!' 9O BEND q / RCA
MP 2 PLCS)
CONTROL PANEL
(SEE ELECTIROAL SHEET)
/
CONCRETE f01 YP/E PM /
ARCA OHi
(SEE ELECTRICAL SHEET)
!2•.JO" SERIES COVER /
W1L pAY SERIES SIR OR EQUAL) /
1' PLUG VALVE (TYP 2 PLCS)
ICONRPLUG VS VE (2
f•
PRESSURE GAUGE
e INSTALL WALL SLEEVE &
LINK SEALS OP 2 PLCS)
EXISTING SUBMERSIBLE TRANSDUCER
& GBIE i0 BE REUSED
CO. SLAB / /5 • 12 OCEW (TCH)
(MDT AROUND ACCESS HATCH)
() SU YC CP3 2).090
/
(TYP 2Mx
r
•
• ,
EXIST CRATE EL J1 9
" NIII'I—
i��i-
-■��
,., •
48 38 ACCESS COVER
KLIW �E RS
SAFETY
SAFE CRATE A
PLCS)
U TYP P
9O BEND q / RCA /
( 2 Lcs) I- __
-,
Y
RAM
(Typ SAl1 RYG
SAiETV GRATE
ONC
S MOT AAOUNDICE055W HATCH)
(rvP )
•
ExISTNC SUd: CM �O BE REUSED — `�" -'��L.
EL • 2)0 /1PRM Ofl
".
4" TEE DI/RAM
1' DIP PE PE
() 2 ' !S' BENDS
grnW
11 1 PPE II
*.
�l-JI4 @@
-
..I_. 1111 Ga
1
(L
Kill
..
•
PUMPING ASSY
4•' GATE VALVE /R W3 ! I VALVE ®
_ 11
(TYP 6 PLGS)
...
r
-
.
1
` — aE
`il■
_
N._.�
2" PJI
P� SCH 40
—
.
/�IE
—Q
I J� -II' 111
GGDUf 5 OPE �I ..... NC E
i0 OLIN & SLEEVE
VALVE FWE II 4.• TEMPORARY LNESTOP
!" UN RANGE !' BLIND BARGE
2)1" PVC SLEEVE kRPLUCFLL PE 5 N TAUFO GATE VALVE
P -TRM PVC SC" 40
6' PVC VENT
MPF w/ ssT
BUC SCREEN
a am=
I
r
=
L
J .,
iY■
_ T T I
d
E�F�
f�
41-
I_.1.- i. i i
''
� �
p/ W
\
/ R...:01
!' IEMPOPAFY ESTOP
REMOVE LITER GATE VALVE
S INSTALLED
Ld"
T
!' DIP
DI
/
��
.......
-....
fi 5 r A ]18 SST
GUIDE RAILS
(2) SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
RYGT CP3127.090 ,
R °16.4 •PUMPS OW ,_•
A
I 2
• WEIWELL AS SPECK
+�`LWIE ED IN
SECTION 09117 0 SECION SPECIFICATIONS
4' OIP MR
..A,.....
I r
,Y CONCRETE FILLET
3 d' OPNG
!MI6
l
®
COMBMADO 9D' RENO DI /RM./
R VAI.VE (TYP 2 PLCS)
M ASSEMBL r & OSE BBB ¢ I
s ER
b AEND q/FL
(TYP 21 PLCS WEw . '
BLOCK w IL !
6106 ',
J' -9"
• PE SERVICE LINE
II -1
.. ..
PLAN VIEW
_
I 411
EL .17.4 (FIELD VERIFY) i / 1:�
..
316 SS BOLTS PER PUMP MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENWTION.
DOLL & EPOrf BOLTS INTO EXISTING SUB MIN. DEPTH
O SECTION
/SSUED FOR B/D
CONSTRUCTION SEMEN,
1. HOT TAP 4' FGRCBMW.
2. INSTALL BYPASS PUMPING ASSEMBLY AS SHOWN ON PROPOSED LAYOUT.
J. OPEN EXISTING UPSTREAM MANHOLE LOCATED IN GRASSY AREA.
4. TEMPORARY PLUG THE EXISTING II -INCH GRAVITY SEW HE NEWELL AND THE WNHOLE.
S. SETUP, TEST MO START TIE BYPASS SYSTEM FROM THE EXISTING UPSTREAM MANHOLE TO THE NEW BYPASS CONNECTION ASSEMBLY.
8 INSTALL TEMPORARY LIN ESTOP.
). CUT -IN 4• CATE VALVE.
8. REMOVE TEMPORARY LINESTOP.
9. CONTRUE WITH REMELT. REHMWTATION AND PUMP REPLACEMENT.
NOTE:
. CONTRACTOR 5WlL RESTORE GROUND TO PRE - CONSTRUCTION ELEVATIGS TO ENSURE PROPER DRAINAGE 0 SOD DSTURBW AREA.
M 0011
2. CONTRACTOR SHAI1 PROTECT EXISTING CRAINE STRUCTURES IN THE AREA.
RECORD DRAWINGS
, CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA
®CALL 811
suNSwHIE SATE
a6,,..„,
0400 w4H CN.A.s' C..MMM Comm.
n-A P.a..veOF
rip a(a Cr I T.: felt ve -wT
LIFT STATIONS #29, #46 & #50 IMPROVEMENTS
PROPOSED LAYOUT @ SECTION
FOR LIFT STATION 129
WFy14
,m m/A
w
- p
1
�W R
u-00lF .R
Mp..a
waned
'"° °-
a ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
100 0. Myrtle Ave.
� Clearwater, Fl 33758
1 II
m o.
Ev
D. 4XnaY
v
/I *0000 106 It
0 )/1114
Ott
�i. :Mg. J
REVISION
-ms-
mil No ow me — mu u — me I ow ow am I — = No NE —
p$
CONSTRUCTION SCOUFNCP
1. NOT TAP fi FORCEMAN.
2. INSTALL BYPASS PUMPING ASSEMBLY O SHDwN ON PROPOSED UYOUT.
3. OPEN EXISTING UPSTREAM MANHOLE LOCATED IN GRASSY AREA
♦. TEMPORARY PLUG THE EXISTING 8 -I11CH GRAVITY SEWER PIPE BETWEEN ME WETWELL ANO THE MANHOLE.
SETUP. 5. TEST .AND ST ASS SYSTEM 9....1 THE EXISTING UPSTREAM MANHOLE TO THE NEW BYPASS CONNECTION ASSEMBLY
6. INSTALL TEMPORARY UNESTOPRYP
]. CUT -IN 6" GATE VALVE.
8. REMOVE TEMPORARY UNESTOP.
9. CONTINUE WITH WEYWELL REHABILITATION AND PUMP REPUCEMENT,
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE GROUND TO PRE - CONSTRUCTION ELEVATIONS TO ENSURE PROPER ORNNACE • 500 DISTURBED AREA
2. OR SHALL PRO MRES IN THE
PLUG MGA.
3. RELOCATE VALVES TO UNDER BRUSH CLEAN. H H REUSE EXISTING PLUG k GTE VALVES.
♦. RELOCATE VALVES UNDER NEW ACCESS HATCH AS SHOWN.
6".A" TAPPING VALVE k SLEEVE
REMOVEEMP� TEMPORARY VALVOPE
AFTER IS INSTALLED
BYPAS
PUMPING S ASS'
80'438' ACCESS COVER
HAWMT SERIES SIR ON EQUAL
@� @I�1111�1911�
roulammunigi
Or! Ell
6' UNIF ( UNGE
M 2 PLC'S)
2' PVC SCR OD
CRAM (INSTALL IN 3' SST CASINO)
EXACCEiS AVER
MOO- FLTGT
CRATE
'.f /'
/ Vi
PLAN VIEW
SCALE: 1/2 " -C -0'
MIf�eTN/ UNK SECS
(TTP R PEGS)
!WORLD, CONCRETE WALL
6' DIP RAPE
(OR 2 PLCS)
VW HT
PRESSURE
GAUGE
(TYR 2 PLC'S)
6' DIP FIA
(7! 2 PIGS)..
:CTVGO 6'
.411' YA
MOPE k REPLACE ED
L WMOLE FRAME k LD
TIM wCTWII!
•
INSTALL BASE ELBOW
FOR FOOT CP3153.161NT
(TIN 2 PLC'S)
RATER CLCOet
let rA15Y' fRD
EASTLAND BLVD ORS'
SITE PLAN
® PRESSURE GAUGE
6411,11 X11 -446. ACCE35 CltP3' .
ICY
CONCRETE !:UR. 411th,,
33th,,
„0136' ACCESS COVER
ALUGY SERIES SIR
OR EOUAL
CONC SLAB TOP VALVE VAULT
RAY -NIX (TIP)
AND REIHFORCED VALVE VAULT
s:VRNETEPRA
"V CP,Y:T2, 431NT'
INSTALL ELYGT
YFET GRATE
1
®INSTALU WAIN K S EPIC
kU GALS'
ALL UNK SEALS
- •ti�A4—
i I
LINE KNELL AS $PERTAIN
At T E 09112 OR SECTNNI ROBS
a ME 1ECHNOIL SPEGRIGTONS
OSECTION
SCALE: 1/2 " -1' -0'
6' DIP FLARE
2" PVC ACT 80 DRAIN
(INSTALL IN 3" SST CASING)
(GE ITAIL
INSTALL BASE ELBOW
FOR FLYGT CP3152.18I11T
(TM 2 PLCS)
/$SUED FOR BID
RECORD DRAWINGS
ADDENDUM II
BV11
T/1/1A
REVISION
CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
100 S. Myrtle Ave.
Clearwater, Fl 33756
0"°ReiY zee -III r..: ?6e -w>
a •9RrewW newer:
LIFT STATIONS #29, #46 & #50 IMPROVEMENTS
PROPOSED LAYOUT & SECTION
FOR LIFE STATION #46
8 HANP,EN
SECTION I
ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
LIFT STATIONS 29, 46 & 50 IMPROVEMENTS
CONTRACT # 13- 0047 -UT
CLEARWATER, FLORIDA
Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this Project are available for inspection and/or
purchase by prospective bidders at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room - website address:
www .myClearwater.com/cityprojects, ON THURSDAY, JUNE 12, 2014, until no later than close
of business three (3) days preceding the bid opening. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as
indicated on the website, reflects reproduction cost only.
The work for which proposals are invited consists of: various improvements at Lift Stations
#29, 46 & 50 including but not limited to installation of protective liner in the wet wells;
discharge piping replacement; new pumps, electrical and controls for LS29; new area
lighting; pumps base elbows replacement, etc. More details on the scope of work are
available in the bidding documents that can be purchased through the City Plan Room.
MANDATORY Pre -Bid Conference for all prospective bidders will be held on THURSDAY,
JUNE 26, 2014 at 10:00 a.m. in the Municipal Services Bldg., 100 S. Myrtle Ave., 1sT Floor,
Clearwater, Florida 33756 -5520. Representatives of the Owner and Consulting Engineer will
be present to discuss this Project.
Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasing Manager, at the Purchasing Office, located
at the Municipal Services Bldg., 100 S. Myrtle Ave., 3rd Floor, Clearwater, Florida 33756 -5520,
until 1:30 P.M. on TUESDAY, JULY 8, 2014 at 1:30 P.M. The bids will be publicly opened in
Purchasing Conference Room 342 and read at that hour and place for LIFT STATIONS 29, 46
& 50 IMPROVEMENTS, CONTRACT #13- 0047 -UT.
A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits
and proposal form is available to the general public (Contractors, Sub - contractors, suppliers,
vendors, etc.) for review and purchase. However, sealed proposals will only be accepted from
those Contractors that are currently City pre - qualified Contractors in the construction
category of Sanitary Pump Stations with a minimum pre - qualification amount of $500,000. ,
Contractors wanting to pre - qualify to bid this project must do so two (2) weeks /ten (10)
workdays prior to the bid opening date.
A 10% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater projects.
The right is reserved by the City Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida to reject any or all bids.
The City of Clearwater, Florida
Michael Murray, Purchasing Manager
(727) 562 -4633
Sectionl.doc
Page 1 of 1
3/1/2013
SECTION II
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Table of Contents:
1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1
2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 1
3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 1
4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 2
5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 3
6 CONTRACT TIME 3
7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 3
8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 3
9 SUBCONTRACTORS 3
10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM 4
11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS 4
12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 5
13 REJECTION OF BIDS 5
14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 5
15 OPENING OF BIDS 5
16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 5
17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 6
18 AWARD OF CONTRACT 7
19 BID PROTEST 8
20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT 9
21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
MANAGEMENT MEASURES 9
Sectionll i 7/29/2013
Section II — Instructions to Bidders
1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
1.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available at the City of Clearwater's Plan
Room — website address: www .myclearwater.com/cityprojects. Price of Contract
Documents and Plans, as indicated on the City's Website, reflects reproduction costs only,
which is non - refundable. A complete bidder's package containing plans, specifications,
bond forms, contract form, affidavits and bid/proposal form is available only to pre - qualified
bidders. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre - qualified but who may be a
possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested person may purchase a "Subcontractor"
package consisting of plans, specifications, and list of pay items.
1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor
the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of
incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub - bidders or others.
1.3 The City, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does so
only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and does not confer a license or grant
any other permission to use the documents for any other purpose.
2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
2.1 Each prospective Bidder must pre - qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the
City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial
resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner before obtaining
drawings, specifications and contract documents. An application package for pre -
qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering
Department, P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758 -4748 (mailing address); 100 South
Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756 -5520 (street address only) or by phone at (727)
562 -4750. Pre - Qualification requirements information is also available on City of
Clearwater Website at address:
www.myclearwater.com/gov/ depts/ pwa/ engin/Construction/prequal.asp.
Contractors wanting to pre - qualify to bid on a project as a General Contractor must do so
two weeks (ten work days) prior to the bid opening date. Bidders currently pre - qualified by
the City do not have to make reapplication.
3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE
3.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract
Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in
any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and
abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and
(d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and
notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents.
3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifications and/or the Scope of the Work for identification
of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have
been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely
upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non - technical
data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the
purposes of bidding or construction. In reference to those drawings relating to physical
SectionlI Page 1 of 9 7/29/2013
Section II — Instructions to Bidders
conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities)
which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in
preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical
data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of
bidding or construction.
3.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground
Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the
City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not
assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in
the Contract Documents.
3.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective
Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions,
possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing
conditions appear in the General Conditions.
3.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any
additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any
additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface
and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost,
progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other
terms and conditions of the Contract Documents.
3.6 On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such
explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for
submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former
condition upon completion of such explorations and tests.
3.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access
thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are
identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for
temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by
the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing
structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents.
3.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the
Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that,
without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required
by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures
of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the
Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding
of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work.
4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA
4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the
Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response
to such questions will be issued by Addenda, by the City's planroom to all parties recorded
by the City's planroom as planholders having received the Bidding Documents. Questions
received after the time frame specified at the pre -bid meeting prior to the date for opening of
SectionII Page 2 of 9 7/29/2013
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section II — Instructions to Bidders
Bids may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be
binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect.
4.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the
City or Engineer.
5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND
5.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in
an amount equal to ten percent (10 %) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of
a certified or cashier's check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety meeting
the requirements of the General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted.
5.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed
the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the
Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the
Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract
by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be
forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable
chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of
the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid
opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after
the Bid opening.
5.3 The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company
qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida.
6 CONTRACT TIME
6.1 The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set
forth in the Technical Specifications.
7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
7.1 Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement.
8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
8.1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the
Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or
"or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications
that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance
will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract
Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General
Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications.
9 SUBCONTRACTORS
9.1 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so
requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer
an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence
of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the
SectionII Page 3 of 9 7/29/2013
Section II — Instructions to Bidders
Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed
fifty percent (50 %) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If
the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed
Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award
of the Contract to the City Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable
substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder
declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest
and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and
other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not
constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security to the City of any Bidder. Any
Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom
the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the
City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance
after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions.
9.2 No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or
organization against whom he has reasonable objection.
10 BID /PROPOSAL FORM
10.1 The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be completed in
ink or by typewriter. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. Unit Prices
shall be to no more than two decimal points in dollars and cents. The Bidder must state in
the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures,
the price for which he will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents.
Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each
section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the
section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities
or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or
should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for
each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid
for the listed individual items.
10.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice -
president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the
corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be
shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or
partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind
the corporation or partnership.
10.3 Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general
partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the
partnership shall be shown below the signature.
10.4 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature.
11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS
11.1 Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the
Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a 8.5 "x11" manila envelope with the
project name and number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall
be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and
SectionII Page 4 of 9 7/29/2013
Section II — Instructions to Bidders
addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at
the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Telegraphic or
facsimile bids received by the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted.
12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
12.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the
manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of
Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person
duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to
submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for
receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified.
12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for
typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a
typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the
requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction
is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or
modify any bid.
13 REJECTION OF BIDS
13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City
reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds
for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized
alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or
irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City
believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that
Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful
financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the
City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in
the interest of the public.
14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER
14.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists
among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future
proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non - Collusion Affidavit
contained in the Contract Documents.
15 OPENING OF BIDS
15.1 Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement
for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids.
16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES
16.1 The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as
specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply
with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which
in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees
Sectionll Page 5 of 9 7/29/2013
Section II — Instructions to Bidders
and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical
Specifications.
16.2 The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any
construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically
stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be
stated by the Contractor.
16.3 The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law.
The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales
tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements.
16.4 The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials incorporated into the
WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct Purchase
(ODP) Option, if indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV — Technical
Specifications and as defined in Section III — General Conditions.
17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE
17.1 In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor
Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders
with drug -free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with
respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of
commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has
implemented a drug -free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process.
Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied
bidders have a drug -free workplace program. In order to have a drug -free workplace
program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six
statements and the accompanying certification statement:
(1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution,
dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace
and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such
prohibition.
(2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's
policy of maintaining a drug -free workplace, any available drug counseling,
rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be
imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations.
(3)
Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that
are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1).
(4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition
of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the
employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any
conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or
of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation
occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction.
SectionII Page 6 of 9 7/29/2013
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
(5)
Section II — Instructions to Bidders
Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse
assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community,
by any employee who is so convicted.
(6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug -free workplace through
implementation of this section.
I certify that this firm does /does not (select only one) fully comply with the above
requirements.
18 AWARD OF CONTRACT
18.1 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies
in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit
prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct
sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum.
18.2 In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or
not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be
requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience
of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor
for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to
assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and
financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and
organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents
to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time.
18.3 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive
Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best
interest of the City.
18.4 Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in
the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be
awarded to only one Contractor.
18.5 The successful bidder /contractor will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida
Statues (2013), specifically to:
(a) Keep and maintain public records that ordinarily and necessarily would be required by the
City of Clearwater in order to perform the service;
(b) Provide the public with access to public records on the same terms and conditions that the
City of Clearwater would provide the records and at a cost that does not exceed the cost
provided in this chapter or as otherwise provided by law;
(c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records
disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law; and
(d) Meet all requirements for retaining public records and transfer, at no cost, to the City of
Clearwater all public records in possession of the contractor upon termination of the
contract and destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and
exempt from public records disclosure requirements. All records stored electronically must
SectionII Page 7 of 9 7/29/2013
Section II — Instructions to Bidders
be provided to the public agency in a format that is compatible with the information
technology systems of the City of Clearwater.
19 BID PROTEST
19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST:
Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract
may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not
satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this
section.
19.2 PRO"1'EST PROCEDURE:
A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for
proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the
opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved person
could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to
such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates
for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request
document itself.
B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of
five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder,
whichever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon
telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific
portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been
violated.
C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be
granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have
knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of
intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should
be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception.
D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5)
work days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated
with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager.
E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he /she
may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that response
his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest
letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager.
F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the
matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10)
work days of receipt of the appeal.
SectionII Page 8 of 9 7/29/2013
Section II — Instructions to Bidders
19.3 PROTEST FEE:
When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of
5% of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the
protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If either the Purchasing
Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee
paid.
19.4 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST:
In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the
solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or
until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without
delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City.
20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT
20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance
related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918 -08) along with the Florida Trench Safety
Act (Sections 553.60 - 553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s
1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws.
21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
MANAGEMENT MEASURES
21.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit
and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater
management programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively
reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters.
A. The control of construction- related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining
water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control practices
during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment loadings to surface
waters.
B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and sediment
control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion and sediment
control provisions.
NPDES Management Measures available at City of Clearwater Engineering
Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction- related Best
Management Practices.
References EPA website
SectionlI Page 9 of 9 7/29/2013
SECTION III
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Table of Contents:
1 DEFINITIONS 1
2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS 5
2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE 5
2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS 5
2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED;
STARTING THE PROJECT 5
2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION 5
2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 6
2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS 6
3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 7
3.1 INTENT 7
3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES 7
4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
REFERENCE POINTS 8
4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS 8
4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS 8
4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES 8
4.4 REFERENCE POINTS 9
5 BONDS AND INSURANCE 9
5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND /CONTRACT BOND 9
5.2 INSURANCE 9
5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE 10
5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE 10
5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY 11
5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS 12
6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 12
6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE 12
6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 13
6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS 14
6.4 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 14
6.5 USE OF PREMISES 15
6.5.1 STAGING AREAS 15
6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS 15
6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES 16
6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS 16
6.8 PERMITS 17
6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION 17
6.10 EMERGENCIES 18
6.11 DRAWINGS 18
Sectionlll i 7/31/2012
6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW 18
6.11.2 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 19
6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS 21
6.11.4 DELIVERABLES: 23
6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE 23
6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK 23
6.14 INDEMNIFICATION 24
6.15 CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION 24
7 OTHER WORK 24
7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE 24
7.2 COORDINATION 25
8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY 25
9 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 25
9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE 25
9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 26
9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK 26
9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS 26
9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES 26
9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES 27
10 CHANGES IN THE WORK 28
11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 28
11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 28
11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT 30
11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK 30
12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME 31
13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE
OF DEFECTIVE WORK 31
13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION 31
13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK 32
13.3 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK 32
13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK 33
13.5 WARRANTY /CORRECTION PERIOD 33
13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 33
13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK 34
14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 34
14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT 34
14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE 35
14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS 35
14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION 36
14.5 FINAL INSPECTION 37
14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 37
14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE 37
14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS 38
Sectionlll ii 7/31/2012
15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 38
15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK 38
15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE 38
15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE 40
16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 40
17 MISCELLANEOUS 40
17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS 40
17.2 GIVING NOTICE 40
17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM 41
17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED 41
17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT 41
17.6 RENEWAL OPTION 41
17.7 ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND /OR DUMPSTERS 41
18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK 41
19 MATERIAL USED 41
20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 42
21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION 42
22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 42
22.1 GENERAL 42
22.2 EXAMPLE 42
23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 43
23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE 43
23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE 43
23.3 FIXED SIGN 44
23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS 44
23.5 SIGN COLORING 44
23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT 44
23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE 44
23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN 45
24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE 45
25 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA
AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 46
SectionlII iii 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
1 DEFINITIONS
Addenda
Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct
or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents.
Agent
Architect, engineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the
City.
Agreement
The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed;
other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as
provided therein.
Application for Payment
The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress
or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as
is required by the Contract Documents.
Approve
The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or
methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given
in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer
to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications.
Bid
The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the
prices for the work to be performed.
Bidding Documents
The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the
proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids).
Bonds
Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security.
Change Order
A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition,
deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract
Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement.
City
The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida.
Construction Inspector
A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects
City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the
intent of the Contract Documents.
Construction Manager
The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The
Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of construction
contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the
Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding
SectionlIl Page 1 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the
Owner's Representative during construction.
Contract Documents
The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid
(including documentation accompanying the bid and any post -Bid documentation
submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the
Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any
Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits
identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of
the Agreement.
Contract Price
The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments)
payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work.
Contract Time
The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work.
Contractor
The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of
this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has
been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative.
Critical Path Method Construction Schedule —CPM
A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate
to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work
in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution
of the schedule.
Day
A calendar day of twenty-four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight.
Defective
An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory,
faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the
requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the
Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final
payment.
Drawings
The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement,
which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been
prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop
drawings are not Drawings as so defined.
Engineer
The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the
purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County,
Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as
the Owner's Representative during construction.
Engineer's Consultant
A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent
Sectionlll Page 2 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as
such in the Supplementary Conditions.
F.D.O. T Specifications
The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida
Department of Transportation (latest English edition).
Furnish
The words "furnish ", "furnish and install ", "install ", and "provide" or words of similar
meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and
install complete in place and ready for service ".
Inspection
The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to
ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and
Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or
overseeing.
Laws and Regulations
Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind
of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction.
Liens
Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal
property.
Milestone
A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate
completion date or time prior to the final completion date.
Notice to Proceed (NTP)
A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the
Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his
obligations under the Contract Documents.
Owner
The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the
City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be
responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed.
For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative
during construction.
Owner's Representative
Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction.
Person
A natural person, or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial
entity.
Project
The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents
may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
Sectionlll Page 3 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
Partial Utilization
Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is
intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work.
Representative of Contractor
The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the
construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these
persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre - construction
conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City
Engineer.
Request for Information (RFI)
An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from
the Contractor to the Engineer.
Shop Drawing
All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically
prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations,
brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other
information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or
equipment for some portion of the Work.
Specifications
Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of
materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the
Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto.
Subcontractor
A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the
performance of a part of the Work at the site.
Substantial Completion
The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the
opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so
that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended;
or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment
as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms
"substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the
Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof.
Supplementary Conditions
The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions.
Supplier
A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct
contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to
be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor.
Surety
Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be
responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid,
Performance or Payment Bond.
Sectionlll Page 4 of 49 7/31/2012
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section III — General Conditions
Underground Facilities
All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such
facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been
installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity,
gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable
television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or
water.
Unit Price Work
Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices.
Work
The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof
required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result
of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the
construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as
required by the Contract Documents.
Work Change Directive
A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement
and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or
responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be
performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or
Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or
documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued
Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract
Price or Contract Times.
2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE
When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to
the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by
this contract.
2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS
Engineer shall furnish to Contractor one (1) copy of Contract Documents for execution.
Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction.
2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME /NOTICE TO PROCEED;
STARTING THE PROJECT
The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor
shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall
be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run.
2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION
Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the
Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable
Sectionlll Page 5 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or
discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or
clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however,
Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy
in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should
reasonably have known thereof.
No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, Agent or employee of the Owner or
Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify
any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any
time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this
insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
Within twenty (20) days of Award of Contract and before the start of the Work, the Owner's
Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor,
Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the
parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures.
Typically, oversight of the project officially passes from the Engineering Department to the
Construction Department at the preconstruction conference. In these cases, the preconstruction
conference is run by the Construction Department and chaired by the City's Construction
Manager.
The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the Preconstruction Conference a
color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events
including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at this
conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also
bring a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is
complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log.
The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the preconstruction conference a
completed Emergency Call List and a completed Authorized Signature List.
The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a
project disk that has all of the necessary data and survey control points for the purpose of
construction stakeout and as -built survey.
The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a
Contractor evaluation package. This is for the purpose of rating the Contractor's performance for
reference when considering future contracts and bid prequalification.
2.6 PROGRESS MEETINGS
The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a
weekly, bi- weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall
bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a
look -ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting,
and all material test reports generated in the same time period.
SectiordIl Page 6 of 49 7/31/2012
1
' Section III — General Conditions
3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT
3.1 INTENT
The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor
' concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents
are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of
the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be
t constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment
which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or
from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and
' performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well -
known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials
or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning.
Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's
Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society,
organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority,
' whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification,
manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be
otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any
referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by
reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents,
shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's
Representative, or any of their Agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract
Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's
Representative. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in
these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and
enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such
provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the
Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion.
' 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES
If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or
discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any
provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any
such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor
shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed
with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to
' Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General
Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's
Representative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless
Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof.
1
1
Sectionlll Page 7 of 49 7/31/2012
1
Section III — General Conditions
4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL
CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS
4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS
The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the
Work is to be Performed, rights -of -way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands
which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or
restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with
which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent
structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner,
unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS
Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for
identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical
conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which
have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such
reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract
Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any
subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially
from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review
those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer
shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer
and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there
are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the
contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a
work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions.
4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES
The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing
Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to
Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise
expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for
the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following
will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i)
reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of
such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such
Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The
Contractor is required to call the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER
prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a
member of the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any
excavation. The LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the
protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in
local telephone directory.
Sectionlll Page 8 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
4.4 REFERENCE POINTS
Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which
in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor
shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference
points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner
and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or
destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be
responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor
licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for
more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew
is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of
Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the
Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual
time on the project. All time shall be computed in one -hour increments with a minimum charge
of one hour.
5 BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND /CONTRACT BOND
Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond in an amount at least equal to the
Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's
obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after
the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws
and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as
are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the
Contract Documents and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of
"Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as
Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff,
Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an
agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall
be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such
language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified
to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety
on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to
do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet
the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice
thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner.
5.2 INSURANCE
Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the
Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below
which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance and furnishing of the Work and
Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or
furnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts
any of them may be liable for the following: (i) Claims under worker's compensation, disability
benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because of bodily
Sectionlll Page 9 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claims for
damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than
Contractor's employees; (iv) Claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability
coverage which are sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related
to the employment of such person by Contractor, or by any other person for any other reason; (v)
Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible
property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi) Claims for
damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the
ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner,
with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of
insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by the Owner or any other additional
insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with this
paragraph. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph to be purchased and
maintained shall: (i) include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect
of professional liability) Owner of Clearwater and any other persons or entities identified in the
Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insured, and include
coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insures; (ii) include
completed operations insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's
indemnity obligations in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain a provision or
endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal
refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to the Owner, and Contractor
and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplemental Conditions to whom a
certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the
Contractor as described in this paragraph); (v) remain in effect at least until final payment and at
all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in
accordance with Article for Correction of Defective Work; (vi) with respect to completed
operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims -made basis, shall remain in
effect for at least two years after final payment. Contractor shall furnish the Owner and each
other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of
insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to the Owner and any such additional insured, of
continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and
telephone number of the authorized insurance agent for the Insurer.
The limits of liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the
following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations:
5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE
5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE
Comprehensive General Liability including Premise /Operations; Explosion, Collapse and
Underground Property Damage; Products /Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual,
Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities:
Sectionlll
Page 10 of 49
7/31/2012
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Contract Award Amount
Under $1,000,000.
Contract Award Amount
$1,000,000. and Over
(1) Workers' Compensation
Statutory
Statutory
(2) Employer's Liability
$500,000.
$1,000,000.
5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE
Comprehensive General Liability including Premise /Operations; Explosion, Collapse and
Underground Property Damage; Products /Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual,
Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities:
Sectionlll
Page 10 of 49
7/31/2012
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
r
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section III — General Conditions
5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
including all owned (private and others), hired and non -owned vehicles:
Contract Award Amount
Under $1,000,000.
Contract Award Amount
$1,000,000. and Over
(1) Bodily Injury:
$500,000. Each
Occurrence
$1,000,000. Annual
Aggregate
$1,000,000. Each
Occurrence
$1,000,000. Annual
Aggregate
(2) Property Damage:
$500,000. Each
Occurrence
$1,000,000. Annual
Aggregate
$1,000,000. Each
Occurrence
$1,000,000. Annual
Aggregate
(3) Personal Injury, with
employment exclusion deleted
$1,000,000. Annual
Aggregate
$1,000,000. Annual
Aggregate
5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
including all owned (private and others), hired and non -owned vehicles:
Receipt and acceptance by Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other similar
document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages, which
may be less than required by these Contract Documents. The Owner shall not be responsible for
purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor,
Subcontractors or others in the Work. Owner may at its option require a copy of the Contractor's
Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document shall provide
full coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will be
accepted without prior approval from Owner.
Longshore and Harbor Worker's Compensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932,
requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of
benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.S.
Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self - insurer.
For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable
for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections 7,
8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor
fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to
secure the payment of compensation.
Sectionlll Page 11 of 49 7/31/2012
Contract Award Amount
Under $1,000,000.
Contract Award Amount
$1,000,000. and Over
(1) Bodily Injury
$500,000. Each Person
$500,000. Each Accident
$1,000,000. Each Person
$1,000,000. Each Accident
(2) Property Damage
$500,000. Each
Occurrence
$1,000,000. Each
Occurrence
Receipt and acceptance by Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other similar
document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages, which
may be less than required by these Contract Documents. The Owner shall not be responsible for
purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor,
Subcontractors or others in the Work. Owner may at its option require a copy of the Contractor's
Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document shall provide
full coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will be
accepted without prior approval from Owner.
Longshore and Harbor Worker's Compensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932,
requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of
benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.S.
Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self - insurer.
For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable
for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections 7,
8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor
fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to
secure the payment of compensation.
Sectionlll Page 11 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS
The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on
Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants
and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured
or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and
damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the
effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of
recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor
waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents
for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by
such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all
such rights against Sub - contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or
entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured
under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to
the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise
payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor,
Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and
agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential
loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused
by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and;
(ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting
from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed
Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or
after final payment.
6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES
6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE
Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting
such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the
means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be
responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means,
method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and
expressly required by the Contract Documents.
Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the
Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a
competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's
Representative except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be
Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All
communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The
Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his person so he can be contacted
whenever necessary.
Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's
Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be
incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed
Sectionlll Page 12 of 49 7/31/2012
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
f
1
1
Section III — General Conditions
from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the
Owner's Representative.
Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a
result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally
approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign
an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his
records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the
Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full
reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the
Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on
weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be
$60.00 per hour.
Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary
accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the
requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer.
6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct
the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good
discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of
persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated
in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours
and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday,
or any legal holiday without the Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer.
Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full
responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and
machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities,
temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing,
performance, testing, start -up and completion of the Work.
All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish
satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and
equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used
in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly
stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing.
All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and
conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator,
supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment to
be incorporated into the WORK under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated in
the Contract Documents. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of
Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures.
Sectionll Page 13 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS
Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents
by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or
description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the
specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or
"or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material
or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an
item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and
sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by
Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment
proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a
proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the
Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is
essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review
of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other
than Contractor.
Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to
Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a
determination. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or
equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to
evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of
acceptability.
6.4 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS
The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative before or at the preconstruction
conference a list of all Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed
by the Contractor for Work to be performed on the Project. The Contractor shall include with
this list the qualifications and references for each Subcontractor, supplier or other person and
organization for review and approval. Any changes to this list must be submitted to the Owner's
Representative for approval prior to the substitution of any Subcontractors, suppliers or other
persons and organizations before performing any Work on the Project for the Contractor.
Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a
direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own
acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer
and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of
Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor,
Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating
the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the
work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all
Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to
communicate with the Engineer through Contractor.
The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not
control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the
work to be performed by any specific trade.
Sectionlll Page 14 of 49 7/31/2012
1
1
1
1
1
I
J
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section III — General Conditions
All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically
binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract
Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer.
Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable
objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person
or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable
objection.
Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his
Subcontractors or between Subcontractors.
6.5 USE OF PREMISES
Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the
operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract
Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right -of -way, permits and
easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or
other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any
such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting
from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant
because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party
by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in
or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify
and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors,
employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or
resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant
against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or
based upon Contractor's performance of the Work.
During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of
waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the
Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials,
rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction
equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all
property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents.
6.5.1 STAGING AREAS
The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging
and storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction.
6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS
The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right -of -ways, is very important to the
Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed:
• Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days.
• Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive
calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times.
Sectionlll Page 15 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
• All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP.
• Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is
generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days.
Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times.
• Sod must be restored within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days of a successful
pipe pressure test, removal of concrete forms, backfill of excavations, replacement of
driveways or sidewalks or other project specific milestone. It must be watered for a
period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust control of
denuded areas must be maintained at all times.
If the project or a portion of it does not involve right -of ways, then a different schedule of sod
restoration may be considered.
6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES
Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the
performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process,
product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular
invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in
the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is
subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to
others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract
Documents.
To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold
harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents
and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and
damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident
to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any
invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall
defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights.
Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in
accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental
agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work.
6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to
furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by
applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be
responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor
performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations,
Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work:
however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the
Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not
relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as
described above.
When City projects include Federal or State funding, the requirements of Executive Order 11 -02
shall be adhered to utilizing the Homeland Security E- Verify System to verify employment
eligibility.
Sectionlll Page 16 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
6.8 PERMITS
Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for
all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in
obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and
inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of
opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work,
and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as
plant investment fees.
Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner of Clearwater Building Permit Fees
will be waived.
6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION
Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions
and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for
the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i)
all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials
and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other
property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements,
roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation
or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work,
or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall,
and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or
injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or
materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or
any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and
replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident
prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and
supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition,
avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid
services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an
effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of
contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition.
Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there
is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of
immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This
provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the
Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all
safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract
performance The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic
materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall
take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent
disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity.
Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss;
and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor
shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when
Sectionlll Page 17 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection,
removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property
caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any
other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish
any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by
Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall
continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner
and Contractor that the Work is acceptable.
6.10 EMERGENCIES
In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or
adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or
the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor
shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in
the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's
Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the
action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or
Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action.
6.11 DRAWINGS
6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW
Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the
Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will
be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria,
materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to
provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples
to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample,
Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions,
specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar
information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication,
shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work,
and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and
programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop
Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work
and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that
Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to
Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall
give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample
submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a
written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific
notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and
approval of each such variation.
The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and
Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the
Engineer shall respond to each submittal within twenty-one (21) consecutive calendar days. The
Sectionlll Page 18 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The
Engineer and Construction Services Depaitinent shall receive updated copies at each progress
meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within twenty -one (21) consecutive
calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay
claim from the Contractor.
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the
items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to
the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of
the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's
review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of
construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety
precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will
not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make
corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of
Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall
direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer
on previous submittals.
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from
responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless
Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of
submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written
notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor
will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with
the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor.
Contractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to
achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves
the right to backcharge Contractor, for Engineer's costs for resubmittals that account for a
number greater than twenty percent (20 %) of the total number of first time submittals. Owner's
Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor for all third submittals. The number
of first time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals agreed to by Engineer and
Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal of Shop Drawings,
Samples or other items requiring approval will be backcharged to Contractor at the rate of 3.0
times direct technical labor cost by deducting such costs from payments due Contractor for Work
completed. In the event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously approved item, all
of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval of the substitution will be backcharged to
Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of Contractor.
6.11.2 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As -Built Drawings, in good order
and legible condition to be continuously marked -up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and
annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes
or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans,
including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the
construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the
plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not
Sectionlll Page 19 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which
are revealed during the construction period.
The As -Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant,
and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project.
The As -Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for
accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As -Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the
monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked -up blueline prints do not
conform to the "As -Built Drawings" requirements. As -Built Drawings shall be submitted to the
Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay
request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As -Built Drawings have been reviewed by
the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness.
Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer
intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains.
The Owner's acceptance of the "As -Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole
responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As -Built Drawings.
6.11.2.1 General
The Contractor shall prepare an "AS -BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 5J- 17.052, Florida
Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land
surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As -Built
Drawings and an AutoCAD file.
5J- 17.050 Definition: (10)(a) As -Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and /or
vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also
knonw as Record Survey.
This survey shall be clearly titled "As -Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida
registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction
Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will
procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and
will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the
Owner with the required As -Built Survey.
6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems
1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation)
based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the
construction plans. New sanitary service connections and replaced sanitary service
connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes,
cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions,
pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if
one exists.
2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted.
6.11.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain)
All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the
approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction
Sectionlll Page 20 of 49 7/31/2012
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section III — General Conditions
plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new
and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described
above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear
type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points.
6.11.2.4 Electrical and Control Wiring
The as -built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as -built
drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where
this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall
prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional
conduit runs, 1 -line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic
diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder
diagram.
6.11.2.5 Horizontal and Vertical Control
The As -Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans
or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of
1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement
shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or
vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department.
6.11.2.6 Standards
The As -Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 5J -17 and the
Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that
pertain to the as -built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points
at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes.
6.11.2.7 Other
The As -Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same
level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans.
6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS
6.11.3.1 Layer Naming
6.11.3.1.1 Prefixes and Suffixes
DI
prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities
EP
prefix denotes existing points - field collected
EX
prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols
PR
prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols
FU
prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line
work and symbols
TX
suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix
Sectionlll
Page 21 of 49
7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
6.11.3.1.2 Laver Naming Definitions:
GAS
gas lines and appurtenances
ELEC
power lines and appurtenances
PHONE
telephone lines and appurtenances
CABLE
cable TV lines and appurtenances
BOC
curbs
WALK
sidewalk
WATER
water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers
STORM
storm lines and appurtenances
TREES
trees, bushes, planters
SANITARY
sanitary lines and appurtenances
FENCE
all fences
BLDG
buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation
DRIVE
driveways
EOP
edge of pavement without curbs
TRAFFIC
signal poles, control boxes
TOPBANK
top of bank
TOESLOPE
toe of slope
TOPBERM
top of berm
TOEBERM
toe of berm
SEAWALL
seawall
CONCSLAB
concrete slabs
WALL
walls, except seawall
SHORE
shoreline, water elevation
CL
centerline of road
CLD
centerline of ditch
CLS
centerline of Swale
CORNER
property corners, monumentation
BENCH
benchmark, temporary benchmarks
Other layers may be created as required, using above format.
6.11.3.2 Layer Properties
All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer.
All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer.
SectionIIl
Page 22 of 49
7/31/2012
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section III — General Conditions
All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts.
6.11.3.3 Text Styles
Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0 °, and a text height of .008
times the plot scale.
Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.5 °, and a text
height of .010 times the plot scale.
6.11.4 DELIVERABLES:
The as -built survey shall be produced on bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1 " =20' unless
approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver all drawing files in digital format. Acceptable
file formats include: DWG, of a shape file.
Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562 -4762 or e -mail
address Thomas .Mahony@myClearwater.com.
6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE
Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work
will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's
warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism,
modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until
the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the
Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part
thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution
or non - execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own
expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its
completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any
defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom
which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance ".
Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by
Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work,
which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the
Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of
Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's
obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by
Owner's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's
Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by
the Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or
any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review
and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance
by the Engineer.
6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK
Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or
disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any
disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing.
Section ill Page 23 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
6.14 INDEMNIFICATION
Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the
officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and
against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other
dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work,
provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness,
disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itself),
including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any
negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or
indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose
acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or
omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such
indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person.
If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor
shall suffer loss or damage on the work, Contractor shall settle with such other Contractor or
Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so
settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against the Owner on such
account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, the Owner shall notify Contractor, who
shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any such claim. In any and all claims
against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, or
employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of
Contractor, any Subcontractor, any
Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of
the work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation
under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of
damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub - contractor,
Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts
or other employee benefit acts. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under this
paragraph shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants, officers,
directors, employees, or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any
of them.
6.15 CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION
Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to the City Engineer of any changes in
company contact information. This includes: contact phone, address, project manager, email
addresses, etc.
7 OTHER WORK
7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE
The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and
perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether
related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for
these purposes.
SectionlII Page 24 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work
will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity
is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with
the Contractor's work or schedule.
7.2 COORDINATION
If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site,
the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and
responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be
identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be
itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless
otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and
responsibility in respect of such coordination.
8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY
Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all
communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative.
The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly
and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General
Conditions.
The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The
Work.
The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in
the Article on Tests and Inspections.
In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer
may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's
right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances.
Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for,
Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be
responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
9 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING
CONSTRUCTION
9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE
Dependent of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will
either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The
duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during
construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written
consent of Owner and Engineer.
Sectionlll Page 25 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of
the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of
Submittal responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine
necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract
Documents. All other clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued
form the Owner's Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding
on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation
justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to
agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as
provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time.
9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK
The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work
which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's
Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to
the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the
completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's
Representative or the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of
the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed.
9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS
In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop
Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change
Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection
with Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on
Payments to Contractor and Completion.
9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES
The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract
Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other
matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the
Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under
the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will
be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in
accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will
be delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement
promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event
giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and
the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's
Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more
accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit
any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of
the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's
Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the
opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's
Sectionlll Page 26 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner
and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty
(30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a
Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or
(ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention
to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor
to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision
and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction
to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim,
dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60)
days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and
Contractor.
When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the
Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision
rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative
with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any
exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have
under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute
or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution.
9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S
RESPONSIBILITIES
Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any
other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in
good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking,
exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall
create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or
agent of any of them.
Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be
responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of
Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of
the work. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or
furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any
of the work.
Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying
documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and
certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered
by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the
requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and
approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents.
The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to
Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants.
Sectionlll Page 27 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
10 CHANGES IN THE WORK
Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any
time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions,
deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work
Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with
the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract
Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided).
If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the
Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a
Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions.
Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract
Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions
except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in
article for Uncovering Work.
The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments
recommended by Owner's Representative covering:
changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance
of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective
Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the
parties;
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written
decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions on
Disputes;
provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any
such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable
Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and
adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work.
If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract
Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the
provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's
responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly.
11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments)
payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations
assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the
Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written
Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice
of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to
the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days)
SectionIIl Page 28 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the
claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such
occurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time for claimant to
submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by
claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the
claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the
Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any
Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be
determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the
Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii)
where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by
a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii)
where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and
agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work.
Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and
where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and
Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for
directed changes in the WORK, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall
apply for compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and
other items of direct costs required for the directed work.
The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items:
1. Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual
payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes
established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with
negotiating the subject change.
2. Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall
be substantiated through vendors' invoices.
3. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation
costs if specifically used for the WORK. The rental rates shall not exceed the current
rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for
Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as
the full- unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment
and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs
associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor -owned
equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize
lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed
estimated operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for
equipment on stand -by.
4. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater.
The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed
by the Contractor or Subcontractor.
A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15 %) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 above. If
work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five
percent (5 %), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10 %).
B. A fixed fee of ten percent (10 %) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above.
Sectionlll Page 29 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4.
The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general
supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense.
11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT
It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the
Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such
sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances
include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment
required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii)
Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead,
profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract
Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the
foregoing will be valid.
Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's
Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by
allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall
be correspondingly adjusted.
11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK
Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work,
initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to
the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times
the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of
items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of
Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and
classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Owner's
Representative. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to
be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The
Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity
of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from
the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no
corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes
that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred
additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract
Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On
unit price contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily
complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project
construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a
finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually
used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract
Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor
in his original bid.
Sectional Page 30 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME
The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written
Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on
written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's
Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the
event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of
the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence,
unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate
data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that
the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is
entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract
Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an
adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with
the requirements of this paragraph.
All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement.
Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time
(or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones)
may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made
therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the
Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the
Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the
article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God.
Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be
delays within the control of Contractor.
Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times
(or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension
of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall
be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable
to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or
employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused
by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including
but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by
utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for
Other Work.
13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR
ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION
Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the
Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and
testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests.
Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform
all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these
Sectionill Page 31 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in
the Contract Documents.
If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof)
specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such
public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments,
Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or
approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required
certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner
permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and
obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required
for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work,
or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase
thereof for incorporation of the Work.
If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by
Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by
Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this
paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative
and Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's
Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice.
13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK
If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if
requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and
replaced at Contractor's expense.
If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by
Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Owner Representative's
request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing
as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question,
furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective,
Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting
from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory
replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of
work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price
for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof,
may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however,
such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract
Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such
uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if
the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim
therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time.
13.3 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK
If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable
materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed
Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order
Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been
Sectionlll Page 32 of 49 7/31/2012
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
Section III — General Conditions
eliminated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to
any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of
Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this
paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract
Price.
13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either
correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has
been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with
Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by
or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or
replacement of work of others).
13.5 WARRANTY /CORRECTION PERIOD
If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may
be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee
required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any
Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in
accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has
been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective
and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of
others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such
instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the
Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and
all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement
(including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by
Contractor.
In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service
before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from
an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written
Amendment.
Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected,
removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such
Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and
replacement has been satisfactorily completed.
13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner
prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so.
Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation
of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's
Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner
Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating
the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall
be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree
Sectionlll Page 33 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for
Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's
recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the
Owner.
13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK
If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner's Representative to
correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's
Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or
if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if
Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may,
after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In
exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously.
In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from
all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's
services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the
site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall
allow Owner, Owner's Representatives, Agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors,
and Owner's Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable
the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and
damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be
charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary
revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to
an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the
amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of
Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs
of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or
replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the
Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable
to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder.
14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
Requests for payment shall be processed in accordance with F.S. 218.735 and as described
herein. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units
completed.
14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT
Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for
review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work
completed as of the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as
is required by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated
in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not
incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully
installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5 %) of
the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work, including as -built survey
and Inspector overtime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and
SectionfIl
Page 34 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be
construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract.
The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and
work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an
Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on -site
marked up as-built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the
Contract Documents.
In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative
may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any
progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have
been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report
as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the
report is provided.
14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE
Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by
any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner
no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work
shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a
conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller.
Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work,
free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner
harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers,
workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment,
power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract.
Contractor shall at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the
nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do
so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid
bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid
compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful
claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged,
whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this
Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any
obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the
Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the
Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and
the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith.
14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS
The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt authorize and
process payment by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application for payment,
unless the application requires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires
review and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payment
will be paid by the Owner within twenty -five (25) business days. If an Application for payment
is rejected, notice shall be given within twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating the
reasons for refusing payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in
writing, specifying deficiencies and identifying actions that would make the Application proper.
SeetionIll Page 35 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application.
The Owner's Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any
payment to Owner. Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such
payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent
inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be
necessary in Owner Representative's or Agent's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because:
(i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or
replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the
Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's
Representative or Agent has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated
in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination.
The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's
Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of
Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with
the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to
secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner
to a set -off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of
the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor notice of refusal to pay
in accordance with the time constraints of this section with a copy to the Owner's Representative
or Agent, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the
amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when
Contractor corrects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action.
14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION
Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which
(i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's
Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the
Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference
with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final
Completion of all the Work subject to the following:
The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such
part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially
complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor
will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is
substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial
Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's
Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work
ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to
issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time
after either such request, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make
an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not
consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's
Representative, and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that
part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial
Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial
Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and
access thereto.
SectionIIl Page 36 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
14.5 FINAL INSPECTION
Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is
complete, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and
Contractor and will within thirty (30) days notify Contractor in writing of particulars in which
this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will
produce a final punch list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (5) days of completion and
assign a date for this work to be completed not less than thirty (30) days from delivery of the list.
Failure to include any corrective work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the
contractor to complete all the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract.
Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or
remedy such deficiencies.
14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative
and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating
instructions, As- built/Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other
evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of
inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other
documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for
progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as
previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including
but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, (ii)
consent of the surety, if any or if necessary, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally
effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to the Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in
connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by the
Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i)
the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien
could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness
connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might in any way be
responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to
furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a Bond or other collateral
satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any Lien.
Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all
surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an
acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the
prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition.
14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if
Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final
Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without
terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully
completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully
completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have
been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the
surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and
Sectionlll Page 37 of 49 7/31/2012
Section 11I — General Conditions
accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for
such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final
payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims.
If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final
inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and
accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's
Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations
under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in
writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment.
Thereupon, Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the
Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Owner's Representative
will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to
recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and
resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as
to form and substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay
contractor the amount recommended by Owner's Representative.
14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS
The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner
against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing
after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any
special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the
Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than
those previously made in writing and still unsettled.
15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK
At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion
thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which
will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date
so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an
approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of
Contract Time.
15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE
Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails
to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to,
failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere
to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time);
if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative;
if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract
Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this
Sectionlll Page 38 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the
Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise
than as herein specified, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to
the Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or
that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed.
The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and,
to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude
Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools,
appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent
they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion),
incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has
paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem
expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the
Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and
damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such
excess will be paid to Contractor.
If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the
difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be
reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by
Owner's Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any
rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price
for the Work performed.
Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not
affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may
thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not
release Contractor from liability.
Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may,
without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate
the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items):
for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract
Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable
sums for overhead and profit on such Work;
for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services
and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in
connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and
profit on such expenses;
for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts
with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly
attributable to termination.
Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other
economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination.
Sectionlll Page 39 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE
If, through no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety
(90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's
Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is
submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to
be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's
Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such
suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner
payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if
the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall
not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement
and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act
on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has
failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor
may upon seven (7) day's written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work
until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended
to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or
Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to
Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article.
16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION
If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for
resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution
method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for
resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on
Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may
otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any
dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding
arbitration.
17 MISCELLANEOUS
17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS
The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other
documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall
be determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner.
17.2 GIVING NOTICE
Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice
will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member
of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of
the notice.
SectionIII Page 40 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM
Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any
error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or
agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to
the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The
provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the
provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose.
17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED
Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in
each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other
professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs.
17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT
The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without
the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights
to notice of assignment.
17.6 RENEWAL OPTION
Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2)
years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the Contractor/Vendor. All terms, conditions
and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or
in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be
agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds,
and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction
Department.
17.7 ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND /OR DUMPSTERS
All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll -off containers
and /or dumpsters for their disposal needs. For availability or pricing contact Mike Pryor at the
City of Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, phone: (727) 562 -4923 or email:
Michael.Pryor @mvClearwater.com.
18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK
The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to
the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the
Contractor shall work and order thereof.
19 MATERIAL USED
All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by
the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all
materials.
SectionIll Page 41 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or
discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General
Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications, Technical
Specifications, Drawings. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern.
21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION
The Owner reserves the right, when identified during the bidding process as part of the project's
documents, to contract with the Contractor to purchase certain portions of materials identified in
the project as a sales tax savings option in compliance with Florida Law since the Owner is
exempt from payment of sales tax. The Contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable
taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment, which will be a part of the Contractor's work. The
Owner, being exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various
construction materials included in the Contractor's contract. The Owner purchasing of
construction materials, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis.
Additionally, Purchase Orders will include Owner's Certificate of Exemption number. See
SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE DESCRIPTION for ODP items included in the Contract
Documents and the APPENDIX for ODP Documents.
22 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION
22.1 GENERAL
The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500 -foot radius,
unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating
the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing
the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of
construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water
service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the
Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo
(optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances
which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the
scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by
the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and
durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4 -1/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door
hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's
activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected
by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas,
equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor
cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to
maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain
appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours.
Resident notification by the Contractor is a non - specific pay item to be included in the bid items
provided in the contract proposal.
22.2 EXAMPLE
CITY SEAL
Sectionlll
Page 42 of 49
7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
Of
CITY OF CLEARWATER
NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION
TODAY'S DATE: / /
PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE
We are the construction contractor performing (state type of contract) for the City of Clearwater
in your area. The work will be performed in the public right -of -way adjacent to your property.
This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property
owners of the pending start of construction.
(Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners)
The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right -of -way.
Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the
contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks
will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for
the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors,
textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or
structures within the right -of -way which must be removed due to the construction process will
not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property
owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within
the right -of -way may be required to be placed elsewhere.
We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or
any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Manager
at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you.
Construction is anticipated to begin on:
Company Name
Company Address
Contractor Phone Number
23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS
23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE
The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public
funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this
purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during
the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active
work. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s)
shall be included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in
SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 — SCOPE DESCRIPTION.
23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE
Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended
locations or various locations. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined
after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on
sign at the preconstruction conference.
Sectionlll Page 43 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
23.3 FIXED SIGN
Fixed sign shall be 4 -foot by 6 -foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade
plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2- inches. Sign shall be attached to a
minimum of two (2) 4 -inch by 4 -inch (4 "x4 ") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts
and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring
in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24- inches above the ground. Alternate
mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for
approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint.
23.4 PORTABLE SIGNS
Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24- inches by 30- inches (24 "x30 ") in size and will be
attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080 -
inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl
lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic
barricade.
23.5 SIGN COLORING
Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other
lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional
to the sign itself. Each sign shall depict the City's sun and waves logo. The color of the sun shall
be pantone yellow; the wave shall be process blue; and the text shall be black.
23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT
Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the
project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either
pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right -of -way, the
signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right -of-
way, the signs will be placed in the right -of -way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations
of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in
several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and
will remain in place until the request for final payment.
23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE
The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement,
removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The
Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs
are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced.
SectionIll Page 44 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN
6'
PROJECT NAME
(CONTRACT NUMBER)
(DEPARTMENT NAME) PROJECT
CONTRACTOR•
COMPLETION DATE-
FUNDING-
OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE•
Clearwater
24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND
GUARANTEE
It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the
Engineer gives written notice to proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in
Article 2 of these General Conditions.
It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number
of consecutive calendar days as determined in SECTION IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE
DESCRIPTION. Contract date to commence at issuance of notice to proceed. If the Contractor
fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the
Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be
discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the
Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee
Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the
SectionIIl Page 45 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
Contractor shall pay the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars
($480.00) per each eight -hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment.
The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage
to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of
final acceptance.
25 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS
WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM
Any company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner on the Scrutinized Companies
with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum
Energy Sector List, or is engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, is ineligible for, and
may not bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of
Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million
($1,000,000.00) dollars. Therefore, if applicable, each entity submitting a bid, proposal, or
response to a solicitation must certify to the City of Clearwater that it is not on either list or
engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria at the time of submitting a bid, proposal or
response, in accordance with section 287.135, Florida Statutes. Business Operations means, for
purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or
Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling,
possessing, leasing, or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal
property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce.
The certification form (the Certification) is attached hereto, and it must be submitted, along with
all other relevant contract documents, at the time of submitting a bid, proposal, or response.
Failure to provide the Certification may deem the entity's submittal non - responsive. If the City
of Clearwater determines that an entity has submitted a false certification form, been placed
either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies
with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (for contracts entered into or renewed
on or after July 1, 2011 through June 30, 2012), or submitted a false certification form, has been
placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized
Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List or been engaged in business
operations in Cuba or Syria, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2012) then
the contract may be terminated at the option of the City of Clearwater. Other than the submission
of a false certification, the option to waive the aforementioned deficiencies mentioned in the
previous sentence may be asserted on a case -by -case basis, at the sole discretion of the City of
Clearwater, if to the following conditions are found to exist:
A. For Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies
with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (all of the following must
occur):
1. The scrutinized business operations were made before July 1, 2011.
2. The scrutinized business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July
1, 2011.
3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to
contract with the company or entity.
Sectionlll Page 46 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized and is implementing a formal
plan to cease scrutinized business operations and to refrain from engaging in any
new scrutinized business operations.
B. For Companies Engaged in Business Operations in Cuba or Syria:
1. The business operations were made before July 1, 2012.
2. The business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2012.
3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to
contract with the company or entity.
4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized, and is implementing a formal
plan to cease business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new
business operations in Cuba or Syria.
Further, the City may allow a company to bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a
contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than
one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars, if the City makes a public finding that, absent one of the
above exemptions, the City would otherwise be unable to obtain goods or services for which the
contract is offered.
The City retains the right to pursue civil penalties and any other applicable rights and remedies
as provided by law for the false submission of the attached certification form.
Sectionlll Page 47 of 49 7/31/2012
Section III — General Conditions
SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND
SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM
THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL.
FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM AS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL
NONRESPONSIVE.
The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that:
1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the
requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the
Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with
Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in
Cuba and Syria; and
2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to
participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with
Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum
Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and
3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging
in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring,
developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment,
facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military
equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and
4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal,
subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing,
no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the
Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with
Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in business operations in Cuba
and Syria.
Authorized Signature
Printed Name
Title
Name of Entity /Corporation
Sectionlll Page 48 of 49 7/31/2012
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
STATE OF
COUNTY OF
Section III — General Conditions
The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this day of
, 201, by (name of person whose signature
is being notarized) as the (title) of (name of
corporation /entity), personally known to me as described herein , or produced a
(type of identification) as identification, and who did/did not take
an oath.
Notary Public
Printed Name
My Commission Expires:
NOTARY SEAL ABOVE
SectionIII Page 49 of 49 7/31/2012
SECTION Ilia
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
The General Conditions of the Construction Contract; Articles 1 through 24 inclusive;
are a part of this contract.
The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the General
Conditions of the Construction Contract. Where any article of the General Conditions
is modified or any paragraph, subparagraph or clause thereof is modified or deleted by
these supplements, the unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph, subparagraph
or clause shall remain in effect.
MODIFICATIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS
ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME; NOTICE TO PROCEED;
STARTING THE PROJECT
2.3.1 The Contract shall be substantially completed within 180 calendar
days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as
provided in paragraph 2.3 of the General Conditions.
2.3.2 Substantial completion is defined as having all components of the
system installed and ready for daily operation. Substantial
completion includes start -up, operation, testing, manufacturer's
checks and services, operator training, and similar items. The
following items need not be completed for Substantial Completion:
c. Final application for payment and final acceptance.
2.3.3 All work in the Contract shall be completed and ready for final
payment in accordance with paragraph 14.6 of the General
Conditions within 210 calendar days after the date when the
Contract Time commences to run.
2.7 HURRICANE PROTECTION PLAN
Within two weeks of the date of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall
submit to the Owner a Hurricane Preparation Plan that outlines the
measures that will be completed by the Contractor at no additional cost
to the Owner in the event of a hurricane warning.
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Section Ilia - 1
13- 0047 -UT Supplementary General Conditions
In the event of inclement weather, or when directed by the Owner, the
Contractor will protect the Work and materials from weather related
damage. In the event that, in the opinion of the Owner, the Work or
materials have been damaged due to failure on the part of the Contractor
to protect the Work and materials, the Work and materials shall be
replaced at the expense of the Contractor.
ARTICLE 9 - OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE STATUS DURING
CONSTRUCTION
9.1 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
The Owner's Representative during the Bidding Phase is listed below.
Khang Nguyen
City of Clearwater Engineering
100 S. Myrtle Avenue, Room 220
Clearwater, Florida 33756
Phone: 727 - 562 -4749
Fax: 727 - 562 -4755
Email: khang.nguyen @myclearwater.com
END OF SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Section Ma - 2
13- 0047 -UT Supplementary General Conditions
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
i
1
t
A
1
1
SECTION IV
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Table of Contents:
SECTION IV I
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1 SCOPE OF WORK 1
1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST 2
2 FIELD ENGINEERING 3
2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR 3
2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS 3
2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA 4
2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY 4
3 DEFINITION OF TERMS 4
3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS 4
3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS 4
4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK 6
5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK 6
6 CONCRETE 7
7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 7
7.1 EXCAVATION 7
7.2 FORMS 7
8 REINFORCEMENT 7
8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT 8
9 OBSTRUCTIONS 8
10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS
AND STREET PAVEMENT 8
11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS 9
12 DEWATERING 9
12.1 GENERAL 9
12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 10
12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL 10
12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND
WATER FROM ANY NON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY 10
13 SANITARY MANHOLES 12
13.1 BUILT UP TYPE 12
13.2 PRECAST TYPE 13
SectionIV i 11/26/2013
13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) 13
13.3 DROP MANHOLES 13
13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS 13
13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS 13
13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES 14
14 BACKFILL 14
15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. 14
16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE
STRUCTURES 14
16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT 14
17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL 15
17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 15
17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 15
18 UNDERDRAINS 15
18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 15
18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 16
19 STORM SEWERS 16
19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION 16
19.2 TESTING 16
19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT 17
20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 17
20.1 MATERIALS 17
20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE 17
20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE 18
20.2 INSTALLATION 18
20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE 18
20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE 18
20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS 19
20.4 TESTING 19
20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS 19
20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS 19
20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT 19
20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE 19
20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE 20
21 DRAINAGE 20
22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 20
22.1 BASE 20
22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE 21
22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE 22
22.2 SUBGRADE 22
22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 22
22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 22
SectionlV
ii 11/26/2013
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS 22
23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 22
23.1.1 AGGREGATE 22
23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 23
23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT &
QUALITY ASSURANCE 23
23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES 23
23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS 24
23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 24
23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 25
23.6.1 CRACKS 25
23.6.2 POTHOLES 25
23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES 25
23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 26
23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 26
23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 27
23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT 27
24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT 27
25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 28
25.1 IRRIGATION 28
25.1.1 DESCRIPTION 28
25.1.2 PRODUCTS 29
25.1.3 EXECUTION 33
25.2 LANDSCAPE 37
25.2.1 GENERAL 37
25.2.2 PRODUCTS 42
25.2.3 EXECUTION 45
26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 52
26.1 INTENT 52
26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY 52
26.3 MATERIALS 52
26.4 CLEANING /SURFACE PREPARATION 53
26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION 53
26.6 LINER INSTALLATION 53
26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION 54
26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION 54
26.9 PAYMENT 54
27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS 54
27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 54
27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 54
28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS 55
29 CONCRETE CURBS 55
29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 55
29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 55
SectionlV
iii 11/2612013
30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 55 1
30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 55
30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 55
30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 56
30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT 56
31 SODDING 56
32 SEEDING 56
33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM 1
STRUCTURES 57
33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES 57
33.2 PRECAST TYPE 57
33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT 58
34 MATERIAL USED 58
35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 58
36 STREET SIGNS 58
37 AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 58
37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING 58
37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIO /VIDEO RECORDING 58 I
37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS 58
37.4 EQUIPMENT 58
37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO 59
37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO 59
37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION 59
37.8 LIGHTING 59
37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL 59
37.10 VIDEO LOG /INDEX 60
37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE 60
37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES 60
38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL 60
38.1 STABILIZATION
OF O DENUDED AREAS 60
38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES 60
38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS 60 I
38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES 61
38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS 61
38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES 61 I
38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS 61
38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION 62
38.9 MAINTENANCE 62
38.10 COMPLIANCE 62
39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING 65
40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE 65
SectionN
iv 11/26/2013
I
1
1
r
1
1
1
41 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND
APPURTENANCES 65
41.1 SCOPE 65
41.2 MATERIALS 66
41.2.1 GENERAL 66
41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 66
41.2.3 GATE VALVES 68
41.2.4 VALVE BOXES 68
41.2.5 HYDRANTS 69
41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES 70
41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 70
41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS 70
41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES 71
41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS 71
4L3 CONSTRUCTION 71
41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING 71
41.3.2 PIPE LAYING 71
41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES; HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 73
41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES 73
41.4 TESTS 74
41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS 74
41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST 74
41.5 STERILIZATION 74
41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT 74
41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM 74
41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE 74
41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS 75
41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS 75
41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 75
41.6.1 GENERAL 75
41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 76
41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 76
41.6.4 FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES
AND COVERS 76
41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 76
42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS 77
43 TENNIS COURTS 77
43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS 77
43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS 77
43.1.2 BASE COURSE 77
43.1.3 PRIME COAT 77
43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE 77
43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE 77
43.1.6 COLOR COAT 78
43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS 79
43.2.1 GENERAL 79
43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION 80
SectionN
11/26/2013
43.2.3 SLOPE 80
43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION 81
43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING 81
43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE 81
43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER 81
43.2.8 FENCING 82
43.2.9 WINDSCREENS 82
43.2.1000URT EQUIPMENT 82
43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE 84
43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) 84
43.2.13CONCRETE 84
43.2.14EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING 84
43.2.15WATER COOLER 85
43.2.16DEMONSTRATION 85
43.2.17 WARRANTY 85
44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 86
44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL . 86
44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 86
44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY 86
44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES 87
44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS 87
44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS 87
44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 87
44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS 87
44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 87
44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION 88
44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 88
44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR88
45 CURED -IN -PLACE PIPE LINING 88
45.1 INTENT 88
45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY 89
45.3 MATERIALS 89
45.4 CLEANING /SURFACE PREPARATION 89
45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION 90
45.6 LINER INSTALLATION 90
45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION 90
45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION 90
45.9 PAYMENT 90
46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING .91
46.1 MATERIALS 91
46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS 91
46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL 91
46.1.3 SAMPLES 91
46.1.4 REJECTION 91
46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS 91
46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES 92
SectionIV
vi 11/26/2013
1
r
1
1
r
1
1
1
r
1
1
r
r
1
1
46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE 92
46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS 92
46.3.3 PIPE JOINING 92
46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE 92
46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE 92
46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS 9 2
46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION 92
46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS 93
46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER 93
46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES 93
46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED 93
46.4.7 BACKFILLING 94
46.4.8 POINT REPAIR 94
46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS 94
47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE 94
47.1 SCOPE 94
47.2 MATERIALS 94
47.3 PIPE 94
47.4 JOINING SYSTEM 95
47.5 FITTINGS 95
48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS 95
48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT 95
48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE 95
48.3 COMPOSITION 95
48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS 96
48.5 MATERIALS 96
48.6 WATER 96
48.7 REINFORCEMENT 96
48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS 96
48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION 97
48.10 PROPORTIONING 97
48.11 MIXING 97
48.12 APPLICATION 97
48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS 98
48.14 SURFACE FINISH 98
48.15 CURING 98
48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION 98
48.17 INSPECTION 99
48.18 EQUIPMENT 99
49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 100
49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT 100
49.2 PAYMENT 100
49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 100
49.3.1 MATERIALS 100
49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 101
49.4 STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 101
SectionN
vii 11/26/2013
49.4.1 MATERIALS 102
49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL 102
49.6 GROUTING MIX 102
49.7 LINER MIX 102
49.8 WATER 103
49.9 OTHER MATERIALS 103
49.10 EQUIPMENT 103
49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 103
49.11.1 PREPARATION 103
49.11.2 MIXING 104
49.11.3 SPRAYING 104
49.11.4PRODUCT TESTING 104
49. 11.5 CURING 104
49.11.6MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE 105
49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 105
49.12.1 SCOPE 105
49.12.2 MATERIALS 105
49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 107
50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 109
51 IN -LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM 109
51.1 SCOPE 109
51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS 110
51.2.1 ASPHALT 110
51.2.2 CONCRETE 110
51 ?.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX 110
51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT 110
51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE 111
51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION 111
51.6 PLAYING LINES 111
51.7 GENERAL 111
51.8 LIMITATIONS 111
52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 112
53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 112
53.1 MATERIAL 112
53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MAI1 RESS MATERIAL 112
53.1.2 GABIONAND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: 114
53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE 115
53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC 115
53.2 PERFORMANCE 115
54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 116
54.1 SCOPE 116
54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK 116
54.3 WORK METHODS 117
54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING 117
54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT 117
SectionIV
viii 11/26/2013
1
1
r
1
r
1
1
1
54.4 LITTER 117
54.5 VISUAL CHECK 117
54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING 117
54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.)
117
54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL 117
54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL 118
54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY 118
54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION 118
54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA 118
54.13 MULCH CONDITION 118
54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR 118
54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL 118
54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION 118
54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION 119
54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE 119
54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK 119
54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL 119
54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 119
55 MILLING OPERATIONS 120
55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE 120
55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 120
55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS 121
55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS 121
55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 121
55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES 121
55.7 TYPES OF MILLING 121
55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS 122
55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 122
55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT 122
56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 122
56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 122
56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 122
57 RIPRAP 122
57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 122
57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT 123
58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY 123
58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL 123
58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING 123
59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 123
59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 124
60 SIGNING AND MARKING 124
60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 124
Sectional ix 11/26/2013
61 ROADWAY LIGHTING 124
61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 124
62 TREE PROTECTION 125
62.1 TREE BARRICADES 125
62.2 ROOT PRUNING 125
623 PROPER TREE PRUNING 126
63 PROJECT WEB PAGES 127
63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN 127
63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES 127
63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE 127
63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS 128
63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS 128
63.6 POSTING 128
63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES 128
64 OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 128
64.1 CLEARANCE OPTIONS 128
64.2 REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES 128
SectionlV
x 11/26/2013
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
1 SCOPE OF WORK
1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION
Project Name: Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements
Project Number: 13- 0047 -UT
Scope of Work:
The following work will be performed at Lift Station #29: removal of the existing pumps and
discharge piping, removal of existing top slab, pouring of a new concrete slab and installation of
new access hatches, separation of the wet well and the valve vault, lining the existing wet well,
installation of new pumps, discharge piping and pressure gauges; replacement of the valves in
the valve vault; air release valve assembly, new lighting in the pump station area; installation of a
new control panel, new potable water service connection, new GeoWeb stabilized driveway and
a new frame and cover for the upstream manhole. Relocate the existing RTU and radio presently
installed in the existing control cabinet to the proposed control panel. Provide monitoring
signals to the existing SCADA system. Provide bypass pumping, as necessary, to perform the
work. Sod disturbed area.
The following work will be performed at Lift Station #46: removal of third riser pipe, rails and
pump shoe from previous triplet configuration; relocation of bypass connection outside of the
valve vault; lining the existing wet well, new frame and cover for the upstream manhole;
replacement of pumps' base elbows in the wet well, new valve vault with new access hatch and
safety grates at the wet well opening, correction of soil erosion near the wet well slab; new area
light. Provide bypass pumping, as necessary, to perform the work.
The following work will be performed at Lift Station #50: replacement of discharge piping and
pumps' base elbows, replacement of valves, relocation of bypass connection outside of the valve
vault; lining the existing wet well, removal of sump pump and installation of a new valve vault
drain, safety grates at the wet well hatches, new area light. Provide bypass pumping, as
necessary, to perform the work.
The Contractor shall provide 1 Fixed project signs at each lift station site as described in
SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 of the Contract Documents. The final number of project signs will
be determined at the beginning of the project based on the Contractor's schedule of work
submitted for approval. Additional project signs may be required above the indicated amount due
to the Contractor's schedule of work, which will be provided at no additional cost to the Owner.
List ODP Items to be included in the Contract Document.
CONTRACT PERIOD: 210 CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS
SectionlV
Page 1 of 128
11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST
Project Name: Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements
Project Number: 13- 0047 -UT
The following Articles of the Technical Specifications will apply to this contract if marked "X"
as shown below:
1
a
Scope Of Work
2.1
4
Line and Grade Shall Be Performed By The Contractor
2.2
❑
Line and Grade Shall Be Performed By The City
3
0
Definition Of Terms
4
0
Order And Location Of The Work
5
L
Excavation For Underground Work
6
►1
Concrete
7
1
Excavation And Forms For Concrete Work
8
0
Reinforcement
9
//
Obstructions
10
/1
Restoration Or Replacement Of Driveways, Curbs, Sidewalks And Street Pavement
11
a
Work In Easements Or Parkways
12
1
Dewatering
13
►1
Sanitary Manholes
14
►4
Backfill
15
0
Street Crossings, Etc.
16
❑
Raising Or Lowering Of Sanitary Sewer, Storm Drainage Structures
17
'
Unsuitable Material Removal
18
/1
Underdrains
19
❑
Storm Sewers
20
1/
Sanitary Sewers And Force Mains
21
❑
Drainage
22
1
Roadway Base And Subgrade
23
►/
Asphaltic Concrete Materials
24
A
Adjustment To The Unit Bid Price For Asphalt
25
General Planting Specifications
26
❑
Hdpe Deformed - Reformed Pipe Lining
27
❑
Plant Mix Driveways
28
❑
Reporting Of Tonnage Of Recycled Materials
29
/1
Concrete Curbs
30
//
Concrete Sidewalks And Driveways
31
/1
Sodding
32
❑
Seeding
33
❑
Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins Or Other Storm Structures
34
Material Used
35
//
Conflict Between Plans And Specifications
36
A
Street Signs
37
■
Audio/Video Recording Of Work Areas
38
0
Erosion And Siltation Control
39
.1
Utility Tie In Location Marking
SectionlV
Page 2 of 128
11/26/2013
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
40
/1
Award Of Contract, Work Schedule And Guarantee
41
/1
Potable Water Mains, Reclaimed Water Mains and Appurtenances
42
❑
Gas System Specifications
43
❑
Tennis Courts
44
►1
Work Zone Traffic Control
45
❑
Cured -In -Place Pipe Lining
46
❑
Specifications for Polyethylene Sliplining
47
❑
Specifications for Polyvinyl Chloride Ribbed Pipe
48
❑
Gunite Specifications
49
►1
Sanitary and Storm Manhole Liner Restoration
50
/1
Project Information Signs
51
❑
In -Line Skating Surfacing System
52
L
Resident Notification of Start of Construction
53
❑
Gabions and Mattresses
54
i1
Lawn Maintenance Specifications
55
//
Milling Operations
56
/1
Clearing and Grubbing
57
❑
Riprap
58
❑
Treatment Plant Safety
59
//
Traffic Signal Equipment and Materials
60
'
Signing And Marking
61
❑
Roadway Lighting
62
/1
Tree Protection
63
E
Project Web Pages
64
//
Overhead Electric Line Clearance
2 FIELD ENGINEERING
2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE
CONTRACTOR
The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such
work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site
improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the
work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the
Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals
under the laws of the state of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As-
built Survey to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III
(General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents.
2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS
Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the
Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the
Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and
shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any
permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or
disturb any such markets. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the
SectionlV
Page 3 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Land
Surveyor qualified under the laws of the state of Florida.
2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA
The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the
Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing
locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record
drawings for the project.
2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY
At the completion of all work the contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project
inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project.
Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and
grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the
rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be
computed in one -hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The City will generate the
project Record construction drawings.
3 DEFINITION OF TERMS
For the purpose of these Technical Specifications, the definition of terms from SECTION III,
ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS of these Contract Documents shall apply.
For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that
the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal Sheet is approximate and is given only as a
basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not
assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated
quantities nor shall the contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate
of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations
pertaining thereto.
3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS
Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of
local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard
adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise.
3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
Abbreviations used in the Contract Documents are defined as follows:
AA Aluminum Association, Inc.
AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials
ACI American Concrete Institute
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
AMA Acoustical Materials Association
AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc.
ANSI American National Standards Institute
SectionlV
Page 4 of 128 11/26/2013
SectionlV
Section IV — Technical Specifications
APA American Plywood Association
ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers
ASHRAE American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air
Conditioning
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
AWG American Wire Gauge
AWMA Aluminum Window Manufacturer's Association
AWS American Welding Society
AWWA American Water Works Association
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
CS Commercial Standards and National Bureau of Standards
DEP Department of Environmental Protection (Florida)
DOT Department of Transportation (Florida)
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
FAC Florida Administrative Code
FBC Florida Building Code
FFPC Florida Fire Prevention Code
FGC Florida Gas Code
FMC Florida Mechanical Code
FPC Florida Plumbing Code
FedSpec Federal Specifications
HI Standards of Hydraulic Institute
IBBM Iron Body, Bronzed Mounted
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
IPS Iron Pipe Size
MIL Military Specification
NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters
NEC National Electrical Code
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
NPT National Pipe Thread
NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association
PCA Portland Cement Association
PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute
SBC Standard Building Code (SBCCI)
SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc.
SDI Steel Door Institute
SFPC Standard Fire Prevention Code (SBCCI)
SGC Standard Gas Code (SBCCI)
SJI Steel Joist Institute
SMACCNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National
Association
Page 5 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
SMC Standard Mechanical Code (SBCCI)
SPC Standard Plumbing Code ( SBCCI)
SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau
SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council
TCA Title Council of America
UL Underwriters' Laboratories
4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK
This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 18 — ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE
WORK.
5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK
The contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner
which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times
maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property.
The contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements
of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in
these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory
agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractor.
For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to
consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as
OSHA "Type C ". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for
excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the
removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of
a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify his Competent
Person to City staff at the start of construction.
City staff are required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or
other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in conformance with
the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with
these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's
excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is
unsafe or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must
either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the
accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense.
The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract to not contain
sufficient quantities to allow the contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open
cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to
OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the
Contractor is required to use excavation and trench - shoring methods in compliance with all
safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work
necessary to complete the project.
Not more than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the
completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance
specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be six (6) inches wider on each side than
the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid
SectionlV Page 6 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the
body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place,
excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling
and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without
compensation.
6 CONCRETE
Unless otherwise directed, all concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest
editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the
American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. All appropriate testing shall
be performed according to the American Society of Testing Materials.
Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum
compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall
conform to AASHTO M -85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C -33. All ready mix concrete
shall conform to ASTM C -94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of 3" to 5 ", except
when admixtures or special placement considerations are required.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all
concrete placement.
All concrete shall be tested in the following manner:
Placement of less than 5 cubic yards (cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise,
for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding 5 cy, one set of 3
compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion
of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as
determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and
compensation or denial thereof.
7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK
7.1 EXCAVATION
Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon
which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a
point 6" outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. Concrete shall be poured "in the
dry".
7.2 FORMS
Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal (except curbs, metal only, unless by
written permission from Engineer). They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth
equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall
be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or
springing.
8 REINFORCEMENT
When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be
deformed: ASTMA -A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel
A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the
SectionIV
Page 7 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete
reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Epoxy coated
reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM 775/A77 M -86 requirements.
8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the
contract unit price for the item of work specified.
9 OBSTRUCTIONS
Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be
carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and
properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof.
Should it become necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains,
or poles, the Engineer shall be at once notified of the locality and circumstances, and no claims
for damages arising from the delay in adjusting the pipe, sewer drains or poles shall be made.
Failure of the plans to show the location, nature or extent of any existing structures or
obstructions shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey monument or
benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless
otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land
surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the
nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means.
10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS,
CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT
Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and
shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards,
whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be
replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is
unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved
material. All replaced base shall be a minimum 8" compacted thickness, or same thickness as
base destroyed plus 2 ", if over 6 ", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T-
180.
Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor,
materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per lineal foot of main or
square yard of base.
The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals,
shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid
for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of
replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the
pipe. All over this will be at the Contractor's expense.
The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in
the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and
shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard:
concrete - per square foot; curbs - per lineal foot; sidewalk 4" or 6" thick - per square foot.
SectionIV
Page 8 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of 6" thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10 /10
welded wire mesh (also see Articles 8 and 30).
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all
driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work.
11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS
Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the
construction progress.
The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration Activities within a reasonable time
following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration
within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction
activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests.
Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery
removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work.
The contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on
any and all phases of the contract work. The contractor shall not obtain water from local
residents or businesses except as the contractor shall obtain written permission.
Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's wastewater
treatment plants, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for
Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the treatment plants will be coordinated at the pre -
construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory
requirements.
12 DEWATERING
12.1 GENERAL
Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the
dry". The contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the
work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity
underdrain system, or sumps with pumps.
Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the
excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain
firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and
the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of
handling large volumes of air as well as of water.
The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering
operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work,
the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in
excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to
conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer.
The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the
case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures.
SectionlV
Page 9 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS
12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL
The City of Clearwater will hold the Contractor responsible for obtaining a Generic Permit for
the Discharge of Produced Groundwater from Any Non - Contaminated Site Activity prior to
dewatering or discharging into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways.
Prior to discharging produced groundwater from any construction site, the contractor must
collect samples and analyze the groundwater, which must meet acceptable discharge limits. The
following document has been incorporated into this section for reference...
12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED
GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON - CONTAMINATED SITE
ACTIVITY
City Notification Procedure - Contractor must provide the City of Clearwater Environmental
Department with the following information prior to beginning dewatering activities:
1) A copy of all groundwater laboratory results
2) A copy of the FDEP Notification
It is recommended that the Contractor call or meet with the City Environmental staff if you have
any questions. You may contact the City at 562 -4750 for direction or further assistance.
STATE OF FLORIDA
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
GENERIC PERMITOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER
FROM ANY NON - CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY
The facility is authorized to discharge produced ground water from any non - contaminated site
activity which discharges by a point source to surface waters of the State, as defined in Chapter 62-
620, F.A.C., only if the reported values for the parameters listed in Table 1 do not exceed any of the
listed screening values. Before discharge of produced ground water can occur from such sites,
analytical tests on samples of the proposed untreated discharge water shall be performed to
determine if contamination exists.
Minimum reporting requirements for all produced ground water dischargers. The effluent shall be
sampled before the commencement of discharge, again within thirty (30) days after commencement
of discharge, and then once every six (6) months for the life of the project to maintain continued
coverage under this generic permit. Samples taken in compliance with the provisions of this permit
shall be taken prior to actual discharge or mixing with the receiving waters. The effluent shall be
sampled for the parameters listed in Table 1.
TABLE 1
Screening Values for Discharges into:
Parameter
Fresh Waters
Coastal Waters
SectionlV
Page 10 of 128
11/26/2013
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Total Organic Carbon (TOC)
10.0 mg /1
10.0 mg/1
PH, standard units
6.0 -8.5
6.5 -8.5
Total Recoverable Mercury — by Method 1631E
0.012 µg/1
0.025 µg /1
Total Recoverable Cadmium
9.3 µg/1
9.3 1..tg/1
Total Recoverable Copper
2.9 µg /1
2.9 pg /1
Total Recoverable Lead
0.03 mg/1
5.61.1g/1
Total Recoverable Zinc
86.0 µg11
86.0 µg/1
Total Recoverable Chromium (Hex.)
11.0 µg/1
50.0 pg /1
Benzene
1.0 µg /1
1.0 pg /1
Naphthalene
100.0 1..tg/1
100.0.tg /1
If any of the analytical test results exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, except TOC, the
discharge is not authorized by this permit or by the City of Clearwater.
(a) For initial TOC values that exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, which
may be caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic
compounds, the permittee may request to be exempted from the TOC
requirement. To request this exemption, the permittee shall submit additional
information with a Notice of Intent (NOI), described below, which describes the
method used to determine that these compounds are naturally occurring. The
Department shall grant the exemption if the permittee affirmatively demonstrates
that the TOC values are caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight
organic compounds.
(b) The NOI shall be submitted to the appropriate Department district office thirty
(30) days prior to discharge, and contain the following information:
1. the name and address of the person that the permit coverage will be issued
to;
2. the name and address of the facility, including county location;
3. any applicable individual wastewater permit number(s);
4. a map showing the facility and discharge location (including latitude and
longitude);
5. the name of the receiving water; and
6. the additional information required by paragraph (3)(a) of this permit.
(c) Discharge shall not commence until notification of coverage is received from the
Depai tuient.
For fresh waters and coastal waters, the pH of the effluent shall not be lowered to less than 6.0
units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units for coastal waters, or raised above 8.5 units, unless
the permittee submits natural background data confirming a natural background pH outside of
SectionIV
Page 11 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
this range. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be less than 6.0 units
for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units in coastal waters, the pH shall not vary below natural
background or vary more than one (1) unit above natural background for fresh and coastal
waters. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be higher than 8.5 units,
the pH shall not vary above natural background or vary more than one (1) unit below natural
background of fresh and coastal waters. The permittee shall include the natural background pH
of the receiving waters with the results of the analyses required under paragraph (2) of this
permit. For purposes of this section only, fresh waters are those having a chloride concentration
of less than 1500 mg/1, and coastal waters are those having a chloride concentration equal to or
greater than 1500 mg /1.
In accordance with Rule 62- 302.500(1)(a -c), F.A.C., the discharge shall at all times be free from
floating solids, visible foam, turbidity, or visible oil in such amounts as to form nuisances on
surface waters.
If contamination exists, as indicated by the results of the analytical tests required by paragraph
(2), the discharge cannot be covered by this Generic Permit. The facility shall apply for an
individual wastewater permit at least ninety (90) days prior to the date discharge to surface
waters of the State is expected, or, if applicable, the facility may seek coverage under any other
applicable Department generic permit. No discharge is permissible without an effective permit.
If the analytical tests required by paragraph (2) reveal that no contamination exists from any
source, the facility can begin discharge immediately and is covered by this permit without having
to submit an NOI request for coverage to the Department. A short summary of the proposed
activity and copy of the analytical tests shall be sent to the applicable Department district office
within one (1) week after discharge begins. These analytical tests shall be kept on site during
discharge and made available to the Department if requested. Additionally, no Discharge
Monitoring Report forms are required to be submitted to the Department.
All of the general conditions listed in Rule 62- 621.250, F.A.C., are applicable to this Generic
Permit. There are no annual fees associated with the use of this Generic Permit.
13 SANITARY MANHOLES
13.1 BUILT UP TYPE
Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the
drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to
inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of
as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and
evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into
concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full
section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe.
The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels.
Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed
twenty four inches.
Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches.
Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be
smoothed from inside of manholes.
SectionlV
Page 12 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar.
Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a
stretcher course.
13.2 PRECAST TYPE
Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the
City Engineer.
AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of 5
inches. The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be
a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "0" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum
concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days.
Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for
approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve contractor of responsibility for compliance
to these specifications unless letter from contractor requesting specific variance is approved by
the City Engineer.
Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as
numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before
being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering
system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered.
Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of
Clearwater Engineering Index #302 Sheets 1 and 2 of 2.
Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings
are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed.
The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five (5)
inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing.
13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS)
Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring
shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade
changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section IV, Article 23.7 — Asphaltic Concrete —
Adjustment of Manholes.
13.3 DROP MANHOLES
Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as
detailed on the drawings.
13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS
Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush
with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Detail 301.
13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS
The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type II
Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as
SectionlV
Page 13 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. Interior of built up manholes which
have sewers entering with a free drop or which receive discharge from a force main shall have
the inside plastered with l/2 -inch of grout and coated as precast manholes below.
The exterior of all precast manholes shall have a 15 mil dry thickness of PROCO EP214 -351
Sewper Coating or approved equal. The interior shall be AGRU SUREGRIP HDPE or PP -R
Liner with a minimum thickness of 2 mm.
13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES
Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a
manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc., or approved water stop coupling.
14 BACKFILL
Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources
as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from organic matter or
debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension and all
fill shall be similar material.
Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand
shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means.
Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness
unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98%
compaction as determined by the modified Proctor Density Test to the bottom of pavement.
Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a
minimum of 95% compaction of AASHTO T 180 Standard Density Test.
The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of the pipe, or, in the
case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structure.
15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC.
At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, the trenches shall be
bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon
the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The
material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be
satisfactory to the Engineer.
The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation.
16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM
DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
Sanitary Sewer or Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans
or as indicated by the Engineer.
16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work.
Section1V
Page 14 of 128 11/26/2013
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL
All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated and removed from the
site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off-
site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall be determined in the field by the Engineer.
17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated
and replaced with suitable material as determined by either cross sections of the excavation,
truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal.
17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment,
tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and
incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable
material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item.
18 UNDERDRAINS
The Contractor shall construct sub - surface drainage pipe as directed in the Contract Scope of
Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe
shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT crushed aggregate, located behind the back of curb and
aggregate surface covered with a non - degradable fibrous type filter material. A #57 aggregate
may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be
stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be 8"
diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F- 758 "Standard Specification
For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of
46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M -189
described in FDOT Section 948 -4.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 -
SDR 35.
Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A -2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe
exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C,
manufactured per ASTM F949 -93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of
splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60%
flatting and with a double gasket joint.
Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non - perforated pipe
with compacted backfill. All poly - chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure
to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall
be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain
aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140 -N or approved
equal) per the construction detail drawings.
18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Measurement shall be the number of lineal feet of 8" Sub -drain in place and accepted.
SectionlV
Page 15 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be based upon the unit price per lineal foot for underdrain as measured above,
which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and
shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain
(specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean -outs, sod, driveway,
road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item.
19 STORM SEWERS
All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be steel reinforced concrete
unless otherwise specified or approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section
430 of the 2013 FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction.
All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent
(as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit
price for the pipe.
All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty
is found in the fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street
before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No
pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and
not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that
the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout.
19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the stations and left or right offsets of all manholes,
inlet structures and terminals ends of subdrains, as measured from the nearest downstream
manhole along the centerline of the sewer along with the elevations of the north edge of manhole
cover, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets. (Gutter)
19.2 TESTING
The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly watertight sewer under all
conditions. At the discretion of the City Engineer or his designee, the watertightness of a sewer
which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring the infiltration.
The watertightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by
filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the
crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section of the water table outside of the sewer,
whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or
exfiltration exceed 150 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish
all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the
Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive the Contractor at his own
expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer,
remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No
trench made joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be
acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation.
The work under this Section shall include the internal video recording of new stormwater
drainage pipes and drainage structures. The Contractor shall provide the City with a video of the
completed stormwater drainage system, and a written report. The Contractor shall pump down
SectionlV
Page 16 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
and clean the pipes and drainage structures, to the satisfaction of the City, prior to video
recording. The video shall be of the standard DVD format, in color, with all the pertinent data
and observations recorded as audio on the DVD. The data should include:
1) An accurate recorded footage of the pipe lengths.
2) The drainage structure number and pipe size.
3) The run of the pipe and direction of flow (i.e. from S -1 to S -2).
4) Details of structural defects, broken pipes, sags, dips, misalignments, obstructions and
infiltration.
The written report shall include the four (4) items listed previously.
All visual and video recording inspections shall be completed by the Contractor and be in
accordance with Section 430 -4.8 of the 2013 FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction. Any deficient or damaged pipe discovered during the video recording process shall
be the responsibility of the Contractor to repair or replace at their own expense within the
contractual duration.
As a complement to the video report, the Contractor shall also provide digital photos of areas of
concern in electronic (computer CD) and hard copy form (in color).
All known pipe breaks or those breaks discovered after the video inspection shall be repaired by
the Contractor regardless of the test allowances. Faulty sections of drainage pipes or drainage
structures rejected by the Engineer shall be removed and re -laid by the Contractor. Sections of
pipe that are repaired, re -laid or replaced shall be accompanied with a corresponding post
construction video inspection at the Contractor's expense. In all cases that a leak is found, re-
inspection shall be required at the Contractor's expense, to confirm that the problem has been
resolved.
19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted,
measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of
storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price
includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap,
labor and incidentals, etc.).
20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS
20.1 MATERIALS
20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON.
Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform with ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R.
35. Sewer pipe with more than 10 feet of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly
marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber
sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212 76. The laying
length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of 20 -feet.
Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and
fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for DIP
SectionlV Page 17 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
water main except pipe shall be interior "polylined" in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline
easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral
connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets
shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in Technical Section 41.
A two -way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line.
20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE
FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless
otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile
iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications
for water main pipe except that DIP shall be "polylined" in accordance with manufactures
recommendations.
All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet
radiation shall be rejected.
20.2 INSTALLATION
20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
Installation of gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained
in ASTM D 2321 and Unibell UNI B 5.
The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable
width (typically pipe OD plus 8 to 12 -inch on each side) allowing working space to place and
compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be
performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction will not disturb compacted
haunching material or pipe alignment.
Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow
preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without
standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to
prevent flotation or misalignment.
Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the contractor will be required to
remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (1/2" Dia. aggregate) to provide firm
support of pipe.
Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint 2 feet in length and shall use an
approved water stop around pipe joint entry.
The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The contractor is
required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction
inspector the location of all new laterals.
20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE
Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Section 41 of these Technical
Specifications for water main pipe.
SectionlV
Page 18 of 128 11/26/2013
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS
The contractor shall submit to the Engineer a marked set of "As Built" construction drawings
describing both the stations and left or right offset of all lateral terminal ends as measured from
the nearest downstream manhole along the center line of the sewer main. The as built drawings
will also describe elevations of the north edge of the manhole cover rings and inverts of all main
pipes in manholes.
20.4 TESTING
20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS
The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all
conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level
may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying
above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a
hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test
section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the
exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 50 gallon per inch of diameter
per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the
amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or
exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to
remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire
length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after
they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The
Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true and uniform grade and the absence of
bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any infiltration, dips or sags of more than 1/4-
inches shall be cause for rejection.
The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the
line.
20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS
Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as
described in Section 41.04 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains.
20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT
20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per lineal foot per
appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for
payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes.
Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per lineal foot of pipe as measured from the centerline
of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two -way cleanout at the
property line.
Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete
the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering,
backfill and grading.
Sectional
Page 19 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE
Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Section 41 of
these Technical Specifications for water main pipe.
21 DRAINAGE
The Contractor shall provide proper outlet for all water courses and drains interrupted during the
progress of the work and replace them in as good condition as he found them.
22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE
22.1 BASE
This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall
refer to Section IV, Article 1 "Scope of Work" of the city's Contract Specifications for additional
roadway base and subgrade items.
Roadway base shall be 8" compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or
directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be 12" compacted minimum thickness with a
minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed
by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor
and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing
laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is found within the
limits of the base, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract
Specifications will apply.
Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed
by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs
required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done
to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can
commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material
shall be included in the bid item for base.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all base
and subgrade placement or reworking.
The following base materials are acceptable:
1. SHELL BASE: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913
of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted
thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the
prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base.
2. LIMEROCK BASE: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections
200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a
minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a
FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item
price for base.
3. CRUSHED CONCRETE BASE: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in
accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition),
and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed
concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified
SectionlV
Page 20 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms
to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 185. LBR and gradation
tests shall be provided to the city by the Contractor once a week for continuous
operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City
Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price
for base.
4. SOIL CEMENT BASE: Unless otherwise noted, soil cement base shall be constructed
in accordance with Section 270 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have
a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. An Asphalt Rubber Membrane
Interlayer (ARMI) shall be included in the pavement design per Section 341 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (latest edition) to minimize reflective cracking unless otherwise
noted in the project plans and specifications. The ARMI layer shall be overlaid with
asphalt on the same day it is placed for the Contractor to receive full compensation for
the work.
The soil cement base design shall be by a certified lot under the direction of a Registered
Florida Professional Engineer, and must be approved by the City Engineer. Said design
shall provide for a minimum of 300 P.S.I. in seven days. All plant mixed soil cement shall
be certified by a registered laboratory that has been approved by the Engineer.
The only approved method for spreading the cement is the use of a spreader box. The use
of a spreader bar for spreading cement will not be allowed. The applying of the cement
shall not be allowed when the wind velocity is sufficient to jeopardize material interests
(i.e. vehicles, etc.) from airborne cement particles. The density testing frequency shall be
at the discretion of the registered Florida Professional Engineer responsible for the soil
cement design.
5. ASPHALT BASE: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with
Section 280 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum
compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement and
compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in
the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item
price for asphalt or base.
6. REWORKED BASE: When the plans call for the working of the existing base, the
finished reworked base shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 8" unless
otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, and be constructed in
accordance with the applicable FDOT requirements for the type of material used. The
density requirements (except for asphalt and soil cement base) shall be per Section 200 -7
of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). For asphalt, the density requirements
are per Section 330 -11 and for soil cement per Section 270 -5 of FDOT's 2000 Standard
Specifications.
22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE
The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as
called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half -inch (1/2 "). Areas
deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if
so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be
made for such deficient areas that are left in place.
SectionIV
Page 21 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE
The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading,
compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item),
stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to
complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt
unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
22.2 SUBGRADE
All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of
FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall
have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by
the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (latest edition). Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of
the subgrade, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract
Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in
accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing,
grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to
prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or
subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value
after the mixing of materials for the stabilized subgrade.
22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place
and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth
shall be per Section 161 -6.4 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values
shall be per Section 160 -7.2 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Areas deficient in
thickness or bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable
tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment,
however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place (latest edition).
22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading,
compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all
incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in
the bid item for base.
23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS
This specification is for the preparation and application of all S -Type Marshall Mix Design
asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted.
23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE
23.1.1 AGGREGATE
All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections
901 through 915 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
SectionIV
Page 22 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS,
EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE
The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous
materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications
(latest edition). Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control /assurance
procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard
Specifications.
The Contractor shall note that the City shall have the right to have an independent testing
laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all
materials to be used. Tests to be performed by the independent testing laboratory every 1000 tons
include, but are not limited to, Marshall stability and flow, extraction/gradation and cores to
determine density and thickness. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along
with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable
specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and
accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent
testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract
documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of
removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the
Contractor.
Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined by the following:
1. Density per Section 330 -11 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per Section 330 -13 of FDOT's 2000 Standard
Specifications.
3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of 1/4" or greater shall be
corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness
for a length extending at least 25' from each end of the deficient area, or when the
Engineer allows for an overlay per Section 330 - 15.2.3 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications 2000 edition. In addition, for excesses of 1/4" or greater, the Engineer will
determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the
pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness
specified in the contract.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the
placement of all asphalt.
23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES
All asphalt mix designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's
2000 Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer PRIOR
to the commencement of the paving operation. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material may
be substituted for aggregate in the asphaltic concrete mixes up to 25% by weight.
SectionIV
Page 23 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS
All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements:
Table 1: Layer Thickness for Asphalt (Layers Are Listed in Sequence of Construction)
COURSE
THICKNESS
(Inches)
LAYER THICKNESS (Inches)
Type S —I
Type S —I with
Type S —III
Top Layer
Type S —III
FC -3
Type S —III
with FC -3
Top Layer
Type S —I
with FC -3
Top Layer
1st
2nd
1st
2nd
1st
2nd
1st
2nd
1st
2nd
1st
2nd
1
1
1
11/2
11/2
2
11/4
3/4
*
1
1
21/2
11/4
11/4
11/2
1
11/2
1
3
11/2
11/2
2
1
2
1
* At the Engineer's discretion, 2" of S -III is acceptable for use on residential streets
Additional Notes:
1. Type S —III shall be limited to the final (top) structural layer (one layer only).
2. All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337
of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
3. All pavement designs shall include a minimum of two inches of asphalt.
4. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the project plans for complete pavement
design detail.
5. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, Type S —III per Section 331 of FDOT's 2000
Standard Specifications shall be used as final riding surface on streets with the speed
limit of less than 35 mph, streets with an average daily traffic (ADT) of less than 3000,
and all residential streets.
6. An FC -3 friction course per Section 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications shall
be used on streets with a speed limit of 35 mph or greater, and streets with an ADT of
3000 or greater.
23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of
operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture,
surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, etc.) shall be in accordance with
Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
Section IV
Page 24 of 128 11/26/2013
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION
23.6.1 CRACKS
Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by
the following steps:
1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method.
2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as
appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the
level of the surrounding roadway surface.
3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks
are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking.
4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete.
23.6.2 POTHOLES
Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps:
1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method.
2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole.
3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted.
4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete.
23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES
The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall
be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each
item.
The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions:
The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements.
The riser shall consist of an A -36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum
requirements of A.S.T.M. A -36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel
adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or
fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per
manufacturer's specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each
riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring
section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original
casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that
the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are
thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each
riser.
If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of
pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and
compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is
acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable.
SectionlV
Page 25 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final
asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving
operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On
arterial roadways, the manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between
initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree
aeration vents, etc. will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included
in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they
are not paved over. It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of
impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled
paving.
23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS
1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed
by the Construction Inspector or Engineer, with payment to be included in the per ton bid
item for asphalt.
2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the
road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans.
3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely
manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements.
4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. Prior to paving,
all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or
mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be
equipped with its own water supply for pre- wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the
Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day
before leaving the job site.
5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's
discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest
edition). Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost
(including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for
asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the
plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard
Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless
otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336
of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications.
8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be 1/4" above the lip
or face of said curb per City Index 101.
23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE
1. Unless otherwise noted in this section, all of the asphaltic concrete specifications in
Sections 23.1 through 23.8 above shall apply to superpave asphaltic concrete. All
asphaltic concrete pavement shall be designed and placed in accordance with the FDOT
Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (latest edition).
SectionlV
Page 26 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
2. All aggregate shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to
Sections 901 and 902 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition).
3. All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition). Asphaltic binder shall be Grade PG 67 -22 unless otherwise
specified in the Scope of Work.
4. All superpave mix designs shall conform to Sections 320 and 334 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition).
5. All general construction requirements shall conform to Section 330 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition).
23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Basis of measurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and
accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used.
23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and
measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack
and /or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching,
filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and
incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and
specifications.
24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT
When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in
accordance with the following provisions:
1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price
Index varies more than 10% from the bid price at the time of the bid opening.
2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT
shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's interne
site. The address is: http://www11.myflorida.com. It is under the section "Doing Business
with FDOT" in the "Contracts Administration" section under "Asphalt Index ". For
additional information, call FDOT @ 850- 414 -4000.
3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be
used for the initial determination of the asphalt price.
4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt
will be used for payment calculation.
5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period
for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index.
6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat.
7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made
for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time.
8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt.
SectionlV
Page 27 of 128 11/26/2013
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS
25.1 IRRIGATION
25.1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic
underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials,
equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the
underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or
specified. Work noted as "NIC ", "existing ", or "by others" is not included in this pay
item.
B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the
turf /landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be
sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of
the Engineer.
25.1.1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation
subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope,
mainline, system pressure, controls, etc.
B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all
applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work
shall apply.
C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with
the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject
material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall
be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the contractor's expense.
D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The contractor shall prepare and deliver to the
Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of
three (3) hard cover binders with three rings containing the following information:
1. Index sheet stating the contractor's address and business telephone number, 24 hour
emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and
address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where
replacement equipment can be purchased.
2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract.
3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment.
4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and
"hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the
Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered.
a. Four -hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and
maintenance.
b. Two -hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and
maintenance.
SectionlV
Page 28 of 128 11/26/2013
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
25.1.1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. The Irrigation Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground
improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting
requiring excavation 24 in. diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of
main lines.
B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials.
C. The Irrigation Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until
final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen,
or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the
contractor.
D. The Irrigation Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to
the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be
responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to
comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the
public.
25.1.1.3 WARRANTY
A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory
service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City
of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or
faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater or FDOT.
25.1.2 PRODUCTS
25.1.2.1 GENERAL
A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations
from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted.
25.1.2.2 PIPING
A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and
tested in accordance with these specifications.
B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40,
conforming to ASTM D2665 and D1785.
C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the
mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80.
25.1.2.3 PIPE FITTINGS
A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to
the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or
trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval.
The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with
threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples.
SectionIV
Page 29 of 128 11/26/2013
25.1.2.4
Section IV — Technical Specifications
PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER
A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as
recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end.
B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The
Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe.
25.1.2.5 THREADED CONNECTIONS
A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant.
25.1.2.6 GATE VALVES
25.1.2.6.1 MANUAL GATE VALVES 2 IN. AND SMALLER
A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings:
1. 200 -250 psi Ball Valve
2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals
3. Threaded -Dual end Union Connectors
4. Non -Shock Safe -T -Shear Stem
5. Safe -T -Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing
Company , Sylmer, California, or approved equal.
25.1.2.6.2 GATE VALVES 21/2" IN. AND LARGER
A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings:
1. AWWA -C -509
2. 2001b. O.W.G.
3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B
4. Deep socket joints
5. Rising stem
6. Bolted bonnet
7. Double disc
8. Equipped with 2" square operating key with tee handle
B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve 3" and larger. The "street key" shall be 5'
long with a 2" square operating nut.
25.1.2.7 SLEEVES
A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater)
25.1.2.8 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES
A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance- pressure across -the
diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25 -30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a
SectionIV
Page 30 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating
shall not be less than 150 psi.
B. The valve body and bonnent shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic,
stainless steel and other chemical /UV resistant materials. The valve's one -piece
diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice.
C. The valve body shall have a 1" inch (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch slip by slip
inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections.
D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable
from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation.
E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora,
California, or approved equal.
F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings.
25.1.2.9 VALVE BOXES
A. For remote control drip valve assembly and UNIK control timer use a Brooks #36
concrete value box with #36 -T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal.
B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 (10 ") circular valve box with #181015
cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal.
C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek #182001 (6 ") economy turf box with #182002
cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal.
25.1.2.10 DRIP IRRIGATION
25.1.2.10.1 CONSTRUCTION
A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one -half inch (1/2 ") low- density linear
polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self - cleaning,
integral drippers at a specified spacing, (12 ", 18 ", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be
brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside
diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded
to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers
shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self -
flushing /cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper.
25.1.2.10.2 OPERATION
A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet
pressure of seven to seventy (7 -70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and
with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating
pressure shall be between 15 -45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9
gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow /reduced pressure
compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The
drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be
available in 12 ", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified.
Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum
system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius
shall be 7 ".
SectionlV
Page 31 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
B. For on- surface or under mulch installations, 6" metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be
installed 3' -5' on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction.
25.1.2.10.3 LINE FLUSHING VALVES
A. The sub - surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each
independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning
of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect
directly to the dripline.
25.1.2.10.4 AIRNACUUM RELIEF VALVE
A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an Air/Vacuum Relief Valve at its high
point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi.
1
1
1
1
25.1.2.10.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS
A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds
per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressures of 25 psi. Regulating
accuracy shall be within =/ -6 %. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high -
impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed
stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the
water passage.
25.1.2.10.6 FILTERS
A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial
size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be
constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance.
25.1.2.10.7 FITTINGS
A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings
and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the
integrity of the subsurface irrigation system.
25.1.2.11 AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER
A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate
transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from
the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type
which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function
normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall
function if submerged in water.
B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to
insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for
screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box.
C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt alkaline battery for one full year regardless
of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either
sequentially or independently.
SectionlV
Page 32 of 128 11/26/2013
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
D. The controller shall have three independent programs with eight start times each, station
run time capability from one minute to twelve hours in one minute increments, and a
seven day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed
on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to
the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of
manual single station or manual program operation.
E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora,
California USA.
25.1.2.12 FIELD TRANSMITTER
A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field
Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an
infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS
plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall
operate on one 9V alkaline battery.
B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven -key programming pad.
A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after
one minute when not in use.
C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK
Control Modules.
D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp.,
Glendora, California USA.
25.1.2.13 LATCHING SOLENOID
A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing
installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES -B, GB, of EFB series
valve.
B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp.,
Glendora, California USA.
25.1.3 EXECUTION
25.1.3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general
details of the work.
B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced.
C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary
shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed,
except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor
in his absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given
to the Contractor.
D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by
outside authorities.
SectionlV
Page 33 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically
mentioned in these Technical Special Provisions.
F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific
interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or
clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the
decisions. In event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall
be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost.
G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of
sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other
underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract
Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the
manner by which it relates to the installation.
H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that
obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or
specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be
brought to the attention of the Engineer.
I. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving
prior to roadway base.
25.1.3.2 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING
25.1.3.2.1 TRENCHING - GENERAL
A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches.
Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on
Drawings.
B. Maintain 6 in. horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all
lines of other trades.
C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind.
D. Maintain 6 in. vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45
degrees to 90 degrees.
E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities.
25.1.3.2.2 BACKFILLING
A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have 18" of fill placed over the pipe.
B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter
larger than 1/2 in.
C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Specification Book, 1996 Edition.
D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil.
E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs.
F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per
AASHTO T 180 - latest edition. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed
95% of maximum density.
SectionlV
Page 34 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical tampers or approved hand
tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more
than six (6 ") inches thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall
have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to
prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities.
25.1.3.2.3 ROUTING OF PIPING:
A. Routing of pressure and non - pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on
Drawings.
B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines.
1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations.
2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated.
C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure
supply line.
D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between
site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original
Drawings, and without additional cost.
E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of
approved layout.
25.1.3.3 INSTALLATION
25.1.3.3.1 WATER SUPPLY
A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the
Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost
to the Owner.
25.1.3.3.2 ASSEMBLIES
A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install
lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings.
B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own
outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly.
C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical
Special Provisions.
D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the
male threads only.
25.1.3.3.3 SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER)
A. The contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway,
utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies.
25.1.3.3.4 PLASTIC PIPE
A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations.
SectionIV
Page 35 of 128 1 1/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent.
1. Allow welded joints as least 15 minutes setup /curing time before moving or handling.
2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water
pressure is on.
3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four hours has elapsed for
solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent
manufacturer.
C. Curing
1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least 24
hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure.
D. Flushing the system:
1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control
valves and flush out the system with a full head of water.
E. Installing piping under existing pavement:
1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring.
2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing
pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be
accomplished at no additional cost.
25.1.3.3.5 CONTROLLERS
A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans.
1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineers representative prior
to installation.
25.1.3.3.6 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES
A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than 6 in., nor less than 4 in. cover from the
top of the valve to finish grade.
B. Install valves in a plumb position with 24 in. minimum maintenance clearance from other
equipment, 3 feet minimum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer
than 7 feet from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways.
C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for
each sprinkler zone.
25.1.3.3.7 GATE VALVES
A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper
maintenance.
B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill.
SectionlV
Page 36 of 128 11/26/2013
1
I Section IV — Technical Specifications
25.2 LANDSCAPE
25.2.1 GENERAL
25.2.1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The Contract Documents shall include the Plans, Details, Specifications, Bid Proposal,
Contract Agreement, including Installation Schedule, all Addenda, and Contractual and
Special Conditions when required.
25.2.1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
' A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory
agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and
environmental matters.
B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the
contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having
jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the
Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing.
25.2.1.3 SCOPE OF WORK
A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to
the work specified in this Section. The Scope of Work includes everything for and
incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans,
1 Schedules, Notes and as specified herein.
B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to
prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish
grading if necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish,
plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to
I execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans.
. Work under this Section shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to
prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will
appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the
landscape drawings.
D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document.
25.2.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who
shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors
under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work,
shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their
commencement of work on the project.
B. All work of this Section shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices.
1 C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the
Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the
1
SectionlV Page 37 of 128 11/26/2013
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plan shall predominate
and be considered the controlling document.
D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among
persons in his employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety
and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape
Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting
from compliance or non - compliance with these standards.
E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is
built into or affects the work in this Section.
F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to
excavation. Call "One Call" at 1- 800 -432 -4770.
G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the
work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in
conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect.
25.2.1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance
period, two copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established
by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one year.
B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all
specified work.
25.2.1.6 ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS
A. If there are additions /alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor
must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions /alternates at the time of
bidding.
B. The Owner, through his Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of
the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void.
C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any
substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without
approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk.
D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions
and warranties stated herein.
25.2.1.7 ABBREVIATIONS /DEFINITIONS
O.A. or HT.:
The over -all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of
the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds.
C.T.:
Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with
no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or
similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds.
SectionlV
Page 38 of 128 11/26/2013
c.w:
SPR.:
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf
sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms
or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the
fronds.
Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not
including extreme leaves, branches or fronds.
ST. TR.:
Straight trunk.
MIN.:
Minimum.
GAL.:
Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc.
O. C::
On center, distance between plant centers.
DIA.:
Diameter.
LVS.:
Leaves.
D.B.H.:
Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4 -1/2 feet above
grade.
CAL.:
B&B:
PPP:
FG:
STD.:
Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade,
larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade.
Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American
Association of Nurserymen.
Plants per pot.
Field grown.
Standard, single, straight trunk.
Owner:
To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work
is performed.
Owner 's Representative:
Owner's on -site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of
materials specified and execution of installation.
SectionlV
Page 39 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Contractor:
Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor.
Landscape Architect:
This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the
landscape Plans and Specifications.
25.2.1.8 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
25.2.1.8.1 PLANT MATERIALS
A. Provide container grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune
prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark,
break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If
plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered.
B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected
from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have
been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be
pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time.
C. Balled and burlapped plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than
1 foot diameter of ball to every 1 inch caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less
than 2/3 of root ball diameter. B & B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall
have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch.
D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root
pruning to be done a minimum of 4 weeks before removal from the field and planting at
the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except
plastic shrink wrap for transport only.
E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of 12 inches
of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a
minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling.
Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be
removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within 24 hours of
delivery.
F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant
immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs
in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots
moist.
G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof
tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name.
H. Sod: Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty -four (24) hours after
stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing
in a shaded area.
SectionIV
Page 40 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
25.2.1.9 JOB CONDITIONS
25.2.1.9.1 ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS.
A. The Contractor shall examine the sub - grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions
under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project
Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not
proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner
acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of
conditions and full responsibility for the completed work.
B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become
available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and
following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape
Architect for adjustments to the Schedule.
C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting
procedures.
D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage
conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing
prior to planting.
E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to the planting of lawns,
protecting lawn trees and promptly repairing damages from planting operations.
25.2.1.9.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK
A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon
award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy
to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The
Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule.
B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc. in order
to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the
progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to
the Owner.
C. The Owner's Representative's may request in writing work stoppage. Upon written
request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend
delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the
Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor with respect to any
additional costs which may result from work stoppage.
25.2.1.9.3 UTILITIES
A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities.
Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities.
Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties
concerned.
SectionlV
Page 41 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
25.2.2 PRODUCTS
25.2.2.1 MATERIALS
25.2.2.1.1 PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE
A. Plant species, sizes, etc. shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material
Scheduled. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of
Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint
Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names
accepted in the nursery trade.
25.2.2.1.2 PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in
the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the
species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insect pests or their eggs, plant
diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in
leaf and shall have healthy, well - developed root systems.
B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant
materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided
tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees
that have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable.
C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality
for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II,
Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition).
D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at
the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with
requirements for name variety, size quality, or designated area.
E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by
governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that
are applicable to landscape materials.
F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit
Landscape Architect proof of it being non - available. In such event, if the Landscape
Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source.
When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by
adjustment to Contract amount.
G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall
be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This
measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be
taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to
measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger
than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect; with
no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery.
H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where
symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible.
SectionlV
Page 42 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
I. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter
and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the
plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen.
Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B & B
procedures.
J. Container -grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice -versa
provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect
approves the substitution.
K. Container grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but
not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound
condition exists.
25.2.2.1.3 GRASSES: SOD OR SEED
A. Sod or seed (as /if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of
even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious week, freshly mowed
before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than 24
hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be
installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation.
B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place.
Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements.
25.2.2.1.4 MULCH
A. Mulch shall be 100% Grade `B" shredded cypress bark mulch, thoroughly mixed with a
pre- emergence weed killer according to the label directions as specified on the plan.
B. Install mulch to an even depth of 3" before compaction.
25.2.2.1.5 FERTILIZER
A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for
application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags
bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully
conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws.
B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the
appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein.
C. Agriform 20 -10 -5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for
all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling.
D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release
Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate.
E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St.
Augustine grass at the rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) square
feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 50% of the
nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be
1:1 or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than 1/4 the
nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese,
iron, zinc, copper, etc.).
SectionlV
Page 43 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
25.2.2.1.6 STAKES AND GUYS
A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree
trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used.
B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over 2" caliper.
Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees 2" caliper and under. A
minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree shall be used.
C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with
a minimum of 3 stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5 - 2" x 4"
by 16" wood connected with two - 3/4" steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk.
D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved.
25.2.2.1.7 PLANTING SOIL
A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and
loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test,
prior to planting and at no additional cost to the Contract, any soils which may be
unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to
the Landscape Architect immediately in writing.
B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist
of 1/3 peat and 2/3 sandy loam, with no lumps over 1".
C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil.
There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 — 6.5 pH) with no excess of
calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps,
roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or
a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily
organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt.
D. Bed preparation for annual beds under 1 gallon container size shall consist of 3" of
Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width
of planting area. Rototil organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into native soil.
25.2.2.1.8 SOIL AMENDMENTS
A. Terra -Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting
soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's
recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans.
25.2.2.1.9 TREE PROTECTION
A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal
members. Space vertical members 6 feet to 8 feet on center. The barricade shall be placed
so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree
within a circle described by a radius of one foot for each inch of the tree's diameter at
breast height DBH at 4 - '/2 feet above grade.
SectionlV
Page 44 of 128 11/26/2013
1
1
1
i
1
1
1
t
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
25.2.2.1.10 ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM
A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and /or specifications for
protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install
as directed by the manufacturer.
25.2.2.1.11 PACKAGED MATERIALS
A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of
manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the
site.
25.2.2.1.12 PESTICIDES
A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's
directions.
25.2.3 EXECUTION
25.2.3.1 PREPARATION
25.2.3.1.1 OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND
A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities,
irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work.
B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation
of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a
relocated position for any materials necessary.
25.2.3.1.2 GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS
A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with
Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas
adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's
specifications.
B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been
achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting
bed.
C. Pre - emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round -Up" or
"Rodeo ", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect.
D. Should any plant material in the same, or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals,
the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the
Contractor at no cost to the Owner.
E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the
Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish
grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will
conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface
drainage without puddling.
SectionlV
Page 45 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over 1 - %2 inches in any
dimension form individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated
material off the site.
25.2.3.1.3 PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING
A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread 3 inches of
Florida peat (1/3), sandy loam (1/3), or other approved organic soil amendment over the
full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer 6 inches to 8
inches into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface
drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release
fertilizer according to product instructions and rate.
25.2.3.1.4 PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS
A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with
Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas
adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's
Specifications.
B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub -
grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of 4 inches.
C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth,
even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf
flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing
yard drains.
D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one (1)
pound of nitrogen per 1000 square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed
granules, with 30% - 505 of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form.
Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top 4 inches of soil.
E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and
allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil
condition.
25.2.3.2 INSTALLATION
25.2.3.2.1 BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED)
A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated.
Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction.
B. Exact location and configuration of benns may require modification to allow proper
drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect.
C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well -
drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 -
6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction.
25.2.3.2.2 LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS
A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans
by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc. as
SectionlV
Page 46 of 128 11/26/2013
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
r
t
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent
blockage of signage, etc.
B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material
schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the
normally accepted spacing for each species.
C. Leave an 18 inch (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of
installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for all plant
sizes.
D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the
Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as
possible to the intent of the plans.
25.2.3.2.3 PLANTING PROCEDURES
A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides
and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball.
B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after
settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground
surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain
conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root
ball about 1 inch higher than the surrounding grade.
C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20 -10 -5 planting tablets, or approved
equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting
tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the
middle and the bottom of the root mass.
Application rate:
1 gallon 1 - 21 gram tablet
3 gallon 2 - 21 gram tablet
5 gallon 3 - 21 gram tablet
7 gallon 4 - 21 gram tablet
Trees 3 tablets each 1/2" (12 millimeters) caliper
Palms 7- 21 gram tablets
D. Native soil shall be used in back - filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be
responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers.
E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the
base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the
sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 inches (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all
tie -down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of
the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the back -fill up to the proper grade
Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in
among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection.
F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of
the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball.
Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly
water -in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade.
SectionlV
Page 47 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each
variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to
straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant
a minimum of 18 inches from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant.
H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed -free
Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree
angles in a triangular pattern.
I. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved.
25.2.3.2.4 SODDING
A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the
soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut.
B. An application of 6 -6 -6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made
to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen
per 1,000 square feet. The ground shall be wet down before the sod is laid in place.
C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface
edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub
areas. Cut down soil level to 1 inch to 1 -1/2 inches below top of walks prior to laying
sod.
D. Within 2 hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water
shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of 2 inches (50
millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the
application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will
prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to
keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade.
E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other
approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and
insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of
sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall
be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated.
F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean
silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be
leveled, filling -in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas.
G. On slopes steeper than 2:1 and as required, the sod shall be fastened in place with suitable
wooden pins or by other approved method.
25.2.3.2.5 SEEDING
A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of
Transportation. See plan for type of seed.
25.2.3.2.6 TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING
A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound
nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum
of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used.
SectionlV
Page 48 of 128 11/26/2013
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by approved
plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of 4 feet height of stake
above grade and a minimum of 30 inches of stake below grade.
B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of 3 stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be
used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2 inch x 4 inch x
16 inch wood connected with two % inch steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a
minimum of 5 feet of stake above grade.
C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months
after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work.
D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially
hazardous areas.
25.2.3.2.7 MULCHING
A. All planting beds shall be weed -free prior to mulching.
B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied
mulch.
C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a 3 inch layer (before
compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified
on the Plans or General Notes.
D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of
buildings. Maintain a minimum 3 inch clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a
minimum 6 inch clearance for the walls of buildings.
E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed
in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum 6 inches of non - mulched
clearance from the outside edge of annuals.
25.2.3.2.8 PRUNING
A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape
and form of the plant.
B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches,
and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree.
25.2.3.2.9 CLEAN -UP
A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner.
B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job,
keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess
soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition.
C. The clean -up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying,
staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications.
SectionlV
Page 49 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
25.2.3.2.10 PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on,
about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards.
B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage.
C. the Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to
landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods.
D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms
as specified.
25.2.3.2.11 REPAIR OF DAMAGES
E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by his operations to other materials,
property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage.
F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by his work or employees
to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be
done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the
Contractor who is responsible for the damage.
25.2.3.3 MAINTENANCE
A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the
beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance.
B. Operations:
1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds,
mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control,
replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections,
replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash -out
repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural
practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under
the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the
University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service.
2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance
practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy,
vigorous growth of the landscape.
3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch of
water for all planted materials before leaving the site.
25.2.3.4 INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE
25.2.3.4.1 INSPECTION
A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's
Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within 15 days of notifications, the
installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic
inspection report will be sent to the Owner and /or Landscape Contractor.
SectionlV
Page 50 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
25.2.3.4.2 REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT
A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any
part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set
forth in Plans and Specifications.
B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within 15 days and notify the Landscape
Architect that the correction has been made.
25.2.3.4.3 ACCEPTANCE
A. After replacement of rejected plant material (if any) have been made, and completion of
all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in
writing.
B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the
terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty
period.
C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the
Owner.
1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in
performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment
sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such
claim.
2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent ", or
in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species
specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from his Contract
price. The final selection rests with the Owner or his representative.
3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to
request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to
compensate for the value not received from the under - specified plant materials. No
additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that
exceed specifications.
25.2.3.5 WARRANTY
A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a
period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is
either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no
charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation
during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper
materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same
with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant
shall be given the equal amount of warranty.
SectionlV
Page 51 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING
26.1 INTENT
It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of 8" to 12"
sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and
form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic
sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and
functioning installation.
26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY
The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding
contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the
fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for
prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the
installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system
has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The
installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system.
The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the
liner system and the installer.
26.3 MATERIALS
Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell
classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to
ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer,
from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material
shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum
property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements:
Material
Property
ASTM Method
Value
HDPE
HDPE
Tensile Strength
D 638
3,300 psi
Elasticity Modulus
E= 113,000 psi
Impact Strength
D 256 A
3.0 ft -lb /in
Flexure Modulus
E= 136,000 psi
Expansion Coeff.
c =0.009 in/in/deg F
At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in
accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be
homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or
deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by
the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable
requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field
samples to the above requirements.
SectionIV
Page 52 of 128
11/26/2013
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Liner shall be marked at 5 -foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the
manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded.
Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design
calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS -20 traffic loading,
water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural
strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications
of Pipe Liners, Inc. 3421 N. Causeway, Suite 321, New Orleans, LA 70002, 1- 800 - 344 -3744 or
approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal
system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or equal liner system
approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving
bids.
26.4 CLEANING /SURFACE PREPARATION
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for
rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean
interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior
to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of
restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local
traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation
operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the
sewer from damage.
All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal
in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to
control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the
City's treatment plants.
26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION
After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is
completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed- circuit color
television, and recorded on VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television
system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of
the entire periphery of the pipe.
26.6 LINER INSTALLATION
Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the
full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner
product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods
approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe,
pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately
notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation.
Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or
problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of
irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner
shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense.
OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met.
SectionlV
Page 53 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION
Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be
reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the
original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method
and material is to be approved by the Engineer.
Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be
resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected
unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect
any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local
system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of
door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project.
26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION
Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no
time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than a eight hour
period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage
backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and
property damage costs and claims.
26.9 PAYMENT
Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation,
bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc, to provide a fully
completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center
of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems.
27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS
New driveways or existing black top driveways that must be broken back in widening the
pavement (remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street) shall be
constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the
exception that the base shall be six (6) inches. Use Section 23 G Asphaltic Concrete as specified
for the street paving.
When finished surface of existing drive is gravel, replacement shall be of like material. Payment
shall be the same as Plant Mix Driveways.
27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Plant Mix Driveways in place and accepted.
27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Plant Mix Driveways as measured above,
which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications
and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the
work.
SectionlV
Page 54 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS
This Article deleted.
29 CONCRETE CURBS
Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans.
Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a
minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to
exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 10 feet. In addition,
all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the
Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs.
29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be lineal feet of curb in place and accepted.
29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for
all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all
materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS
30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS
Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans
or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh
reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise
specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete
sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4 "), except at driveway crossings
where a minimum thickness of six inches (6 ") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10 /10 welded wire mesh
reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be
positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the
welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not
more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every 5 feet. Concrete shall be
poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8
shall also apply.
30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS
Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six (6)
inches in thickness with 6/6 x 10 /10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal
distance between expansion joints of no less than four (4) feet measured in any direction. The
welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No
compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be
poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8
shall also apply.
SectionlV
Page 55 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the
placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways.
30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of 4" concrete sidewalk, 6" concrete
sidewalk, and 6" concrete driveways in place and accepted.
30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which price
shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the
specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where
required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
31 SODDING
Unless otherwise noted herein, the contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at
the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (latest edition). The area for sod application shall be loosened and
excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and
structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform
finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be
graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod
that has been cut for more than 72 hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in
advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall
continue to water sod as needed and /or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure,
soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract.
Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor
at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be
determined by the Engineer.
Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials,
placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these
associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly
placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor,
equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the
basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the
Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass.
32 SEEDING
Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The
seed and /or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to
be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic
conformance with the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982
and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used
instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye
Seed (to total 60 ib. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required
that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured.
SectionlV
Page 56 of 128 11/26/2013
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment
(including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in
place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such
work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work.
33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER
STORM STRUCTURES
For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Part B Index Numbers 200 to
235.
When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans
and applicable parts of the specifications, Section Numbers 7, 8, & 9, and as approved by the
Engineer. Said structures shall be protected and saved from damage by the elements or other
causes until acceptance of the work.
33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES
Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the Index
Numbers 201 and 202. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape
conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a
smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be
made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with brick and mortar on top of
concrete base.
The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels.
Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be
smoothed from inside of the manholes.
The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar.
Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course.
In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a
concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer.
33.2 PRECAST TYPE
The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches thick to
secure proper seating and bearing.
Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and
junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets
will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be
in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturers option.
Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or
outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of
precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be
provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated.
Manhole steps shall not be provided. Manhole using 0 ring between precast sections will not be
acceptable for storm structures.
SectionlV
Page 57 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis.
34 MATERIAL USED
This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 19 — MATERIAL USED.
35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 20 — CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND
SPECIFICATIONS.
36 STREET SIGNS
The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is PROHIBITED.
All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division
in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest
edition).
The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of 24 hours in
advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal.
37 AUDIONIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS
37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING
Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio /video recording
taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets,
easements, rights -of -way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve
as a record of a pre- construction conditions.
37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING
The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty -one (21) days prior to construction in
any area.
37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS
The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio
videotapes shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly
engaged in the business of pre- construction color audio -video recording documentation.
37.4 EQUIPMENT
All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the
Contractor. The total audio video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with
accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection.
The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with
proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio
video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such
coverage shall be obtained by walking.
SectionlV
Page 58 of 128 11/26/2013
i
1
1
1
1
s
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO
Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general
location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each
video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio
recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in
viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective
description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio
recording shall also be free from any conversations.
37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO
All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the
date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time
information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be
displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name,
contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall
appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom -in and zoom
out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during
videotape playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens
focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be
properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. The construction documentation
shall be recorded in SP mode.
37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION
The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end,
overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas
where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the videotape viewer,
highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly
indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used
as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the
ground shall not exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the
camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture.
37.8 LIGHTING
All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No taping shall be done during
precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to
properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of
those subjects.
37.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL
The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional
to the number, size and value of the surface features within that construction areas zone of
influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during taping
shall not exceed forty -four (44) feet per minute.
SectionlV
Page 59 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
37.10 VIDEO LOG /INDEX
All videotapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by videotape number
and project title. Each videotape shall have a log of that videotape's contents. The log shall
describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the names of
the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video
unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the
date.
37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE
Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of
construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be
limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features,
mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc.
within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults,
fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or
right of way at any one time.
37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES
The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items
provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work.
38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL
38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS
No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise
authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by
mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other permanent
vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a
project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization
measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping.
38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES
Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on -site drainage controls which prevent
erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required,
depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In
no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days.
38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS
During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by
sediment traps such as secured hay bales, sod, stone, etc., which shall be maintained and
modified as required by construction progress, and which must be approved by the City Engineer
before installation.
SectionlV
Page 60 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES
Sediment basins and traps, perimeter berms, filter fences, berms, sediment barriers, vegetative
buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment and/or prevent the transport of sediment
onto adjacent properties, or into existing water bodies; must be installed, constructed, or, in the
case of vegetative buffers, protected from disturbance, as a first step in the land alteration
process. Such systems shall be fully operative and inspected by the City before any other
disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structures including but not limited to berms, earth filters,
dams or dikes shall be stabilized and protected from drainage damage or erosion within one
week of installation.
38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS
Areas of 3 acres or more shall be required to have temporary sedimentation basins as a positive
remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown and detailed on construction plans.
During development, permanent detention areas may be used in place of silt basins, provided
they are maintained to the satisfaction of the City.
The Contractor will be required to prohibit discharge of silt through the outfall structure during
construction of any detention area and will be required to clean out the detention area before
installing any permanent subdrain pipe. In addition, permanent detention areas must be totally
cleaned out and operating properly at final inspection and at the end of the one year warranty
period. When temporary sedimentation basins are used, they shall be capable at all times of
containing at least one (1) cubic foot of sediment for each one hundred (100) square feet of area
tributary to the basin. Such capacity shall be maintained throughout the project by regular
removal of sediment from the basin.
38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES
Land alteration and construction shall be minimized in both permanent and intermittent
waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of 25 feet from top of bank of the waterways and
the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in channel
work cannot be avoided, precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during land
alteration, development and /or construction to minimize erosion. If the channel and buffer area
are disturbed during land alteration, they must be stabilized within three (3) calendar days after
the in channel work is completed.
Silt curtains or other filter /siltation reduction devices must be installed on the downstream side of
the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to increased turbidity. Wherever stream
crossings are required, properly sized temporary culverts shall be provided by the contractor and
removed when construction is completed. The area of the crossing shall be restored to a
condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any construction activity.
38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS
All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of
excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to
issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy.
Sectional
Page 61 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance
with the following standards:
a. No more than 400 lineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time;
b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast
to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of
any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway.
38.9 MAINTENANCE
All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall
and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required.
38.10 COMPLIANCE
Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more
stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a "Stop Work Order ".
City of Clearwater Standard Detail Drawings No. 601 and 607 are examples of accepted methods
that may be used or required to control erosion and siltation.
SectionIV
Page 62 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
City of Clearwater - Erosion Control
This notice is to inform the prime contractor that the City of Clearwater holds them responsible
for soil erosion control on their site.
The City of Clearwater Engineering Depaitinent has the responsibility to minimize the amount of
soil erosion into the City's streets, storm sewers and waterways.
The construction of a new residence or commercial site and major remodeling of an existing site
creates a potential for soil erosion. These instances are usually the result of contractors and
subcontractors accessing the property with equipment or construction materials. Then rain storms
redistribute the eroded soil into the adjacent streets, storm systems and waterways.
When erosion takes place, a City Inspector will place a correction notice at the site. The
procedure will be as follows:
1st occurrence
2nd occurrence
3rd occurrence -
4th occurrence -
Warning
$32 Re- inspection Fee
$80 Re- inspection Fee
Stop Work Order
Dependent on the severity of the erosion, the City's Engineering Depai tnient may elect to rectify
the erosion problem and charge the contractor accordingly.
The attached drawings and details are recommendations for the contractor to use as means to
support the site from eroding. The contractor may elect to shovel and sweep the street daily or on
an as needed basis. However, erosion must be held in check.
If the contractor would like to meet with a City inspector on any particular site, please contact
Construction Services at 562 -4750 or Planning & Development Services at 562 -4741.
Erosion Control Required - City of Clearwater's Code of Ordinances requires erosion control on
all land development projects.
Erosion control must be in place and maintained throughout the job. Failure to do so may result
in additional costs and time delays to the permit holder.
Contact Engineering Department with specific questions at 562 -4750.
SectionIV
Page 63 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
CITY OF CLEARWATER
NOTICE OF
EROSION VIOLATION
UNDER SECTION 3 -701 (DIVISION 7 — EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL) OF THE CITY OF CLEARWATER CODE OF
ORDINANCES, THIS SITE HAS BEEN FOUND IN VIOLATION. THIS SITE MUST BE RESTORED TO AN EROSION
CONTROLLED SITE PRIOR TO ANY FURTHER DEVELOPMENT TO CONTINUE.
Warning
$32.00 Re- inspection Fee
$80.00 Re- inspection Fee
Stop Work Order
DATE POSTED:
CITY OF CLEARWATER
PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT SERVICES 727 562 -4741
ENGINEERING /CONSTRUCTION 727 562 -4750
Inspector's Name: Received by:
Inspector's Signature:
SectionlV
(Signature indicates only a copy of this notice has been
received and does not in any way indicate admission of guilt
or concurrence with findings of the inspector.)
IT IS A VIOLATION TO REMOVE THIS NOTICE
ANY UNAUTHORIZED PERSON REMOVING THIS SIGN WILL BE PROSECUTED
Page 64 of 128 11/26/2013
NM ON IIIIN 41111 MS NM 1101 Ili" NMI NMI lell NM IS MB all MN IMO MB MIS
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
f
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING
The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on
the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb
of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals
cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to
service connection.
Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by
the American Public Works Association as follows:
SAFETY RED
Electric power, distribution & transmission
Municipal Electric Systems
HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW
Gas Distribution and Transmission
Oil Distribution and Transmission
Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines
SAFETY ALERT ORANGE
Telephone and Telegraph Systems
Police and Fire Communications
Cable Television
SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE
Water Systems Slurry Pipe Lines
SAFETY GREEN
Sewer Systems
LAVENDER
RECLAIMED WATER
WHITE
PROPOSED EXCAVATION
Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension
perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall
be 6 -inch x 3 -inch and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical
curb shall be 4 -inch X 2 -inch and be placed on the curb face.
40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND
GUARANTEE
This article not used. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 24 — AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK
SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE.
41 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND
APPURTENANCES
41.1 SCOPE
The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in
connection with the construction of potable water mains, reclaimed water mains and
appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up.
SectionlV Page 65 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
41.2 MATERIALS
41.2.1 GENERAL
Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall
be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of
workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and
engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment
and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation,
except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings
and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects
during shipment and construction.
41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS
41.2.2.1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE
Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision.
Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table:
Size
Class
Thickness
(In.)
Rated Water Working Pressure
(PSI)
4"
51
0.26
350
6"
50
0.25
350
8"
50
0.27
350
12"
50
0.31
350
The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to
centerline of pipe.
Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision.
Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with
approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSUAWWA C104/A21.4 80 or latest
revision.
41.2.2.2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 4 -inch through 8 -inch shall be in accordance with ANSI /AWWA
C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241
and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784.
Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be
compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings.
Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table:
SectionlV
Page 66 of 128 11/26/2013
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Size
Dimension Ratio
(OD /Thick.)
Rated Water Working Pressure
(PSI)
Laying Length
(Ft)
4
18
150
20
6
18
150
20
8
18
150
20
Pipe larger than 8 -inch shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the
use of ductile iron in sizes 4 -inch through 8 -inch when needed due to laying conditions or usage.
The bell of 4 -inch and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross
section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements of ASTM D 1869.
Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling,
storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe
material for potable water service.
All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated 12 gauge A.W.G. solid
strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about 18- inches between each piece
of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a 2 -inch PVC pipe to 12- inches minimum
above the top of the concrete slab. The 2 -inch PVC pipe shall be the same length as the
adjustable valve box, and the 2 -inch PVC pipe shall be plugged with a 2 -inch removable brass
plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by direct bury 3M
brand splice kit approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and
elbows.
41.2.2.3 FITTINGS AND JOINTS
Fitting from 4 -inch through 16 -inch in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with
ANSI /AWWA C153 /A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in
accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C 153/A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall
be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with require
requirements of ANSI /AWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in
accordance with ANSIIAWWA C111 /A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI /AWWA
Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic
(USA) manufacture will be acceptable.
41.2.2.4 RESTRAINT
Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved
mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants
shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on
hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint
connectors.
41.2.2.5 PIPE WITHIN CASING
All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining
gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing
spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing.
SectionIV
Page 67 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris
within the casing itself. It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method
by the Engineer.
41.2.3 GATE VALVES
Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with
respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures,
shall be handwheel operated with rising stems. Valves 4- inches and larger, buried in earth shall
be equipped with 2 -inch square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted
with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all
valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise).
Pressure Rating: Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be
rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, nonshock.
The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body.
Installation: Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines
shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves.
Two Inch Diameter and smaller: Not allowed. These should be approved ball valves.
Three Inch Diameter: Not allowed.
Four Inch to Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate Valves, 4 to 16 -inch diameter, inclusive, shall be
resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance with
ANSI/A.W.W.A. Standard Specification C509 -515 latest revision. These valves shall include the
following features consistent with C509 -515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage
at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing
body from pressure main, corrosion resistant bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with 0 ring
bonnet seal with epoxy coated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body..
Larger than Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate valves larger than 16 -inch shall be suitable for the
service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in
conformance with ANSI /AWWA. These valves shall include the following features consistent
with C509 -80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure.
All valves shall be equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers,
bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by -pass.
41.2.4 VALVE BOXES
Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast
iron. No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be a-
piece valve box assembles. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights to
accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be
provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their
installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of
5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet
2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail.
SectionlV
Page 68 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
41.2.5 HYDRANTS
No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of
the City of Clearwater potable water system:
• Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant,
• Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant
• AVK Nostalgic 2780.
• American Darling B -84 -B.
No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater.
Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C 502
and include the following modifications:
1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery.
2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Standard C -502 latest revision and must be UL /FM
listed.
3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure.
4. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and
bottom with an 0-ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil.
5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two
sections with the break flange located approximately 2 -inch above the ground line.
Breakaway bolts not allowed.
6. Operating nut shall be of one -piece bronze or ductile iron construction.
7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism from grit buildup and
corrosion due to moisture.
8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stem lock nut to facilitate
operation.
9. Operating nut shall be a #7 (1-1/2-inch) pentagon nut.
10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, 1/4 turn type with 0-ring seals or threaded into
upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device.
11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber.
12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with 0-
rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the shoe.
13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections
with a breakable coupling.
14. Hydrant shall have a 6 -inch Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories.
15. Hydrant shall have a 5 -1/4 -inch valve opening, and shall be a left hand operation to open.
16. Hydrant shall be without drains.
17. Hydrant shall have two (2) 2 -1/2 -inch hose nozzles and one (1) 4 -1/2 -inch pumper
nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread
Specifications.
SectionIV
Page 69 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with
AWWA standard C- 502 -85 or latest revision.
All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AWWA Specification C 502.
Constrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from
the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Constrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent
movement of the hydrant.
All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may
be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system.
No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of
Clearwater's Engineering Department.
41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES
Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to 4 -inch P.V.C. water main. The largest service
connection allowable on 4 -inch main shall be 1 -1/2 -inch. Service saddles shall be used on all 2-
inch service connections to 6 -inch and larger mains. Service saddles (JCM 406 series or Ford FC
202 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless
steel straps.
41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS
1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA
Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the
tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials.
2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery;
and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or
unsatisfactory material shall be used.
3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects
shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site.
4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in
handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The
Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items.
41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that
are installed within their system. Therefore, any and all devices must be
purchased from the City and installed by City work forces.
Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery
(service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 or latest
revision.
Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, when
required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from
possible backflow of water within the customers private system. The types of devices allowed
are:
SectionlV
Page 70 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
1. Double Check Valve Assembly a device composed of two single, independently acting,
approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the
assembly and suitable connections for testing the watertightness of each check valve.
2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device a device containing a minimum
of two independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically
operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit
must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each
device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks.
41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES
Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412 or Smith -Blair 622. All steel
body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel
bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and 3/4 -inch bronze test plug.
41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS
Blow offs are not allowed.
41.3 CONSTRUCTION
41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING
1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting
with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall
such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded rolled against
pipe already on the ground.
2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any
part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at his
expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer.
3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite
or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench.
41.3.2 PIPE LAYING
41.3.2.1 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE
The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and
hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems
plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly blown off before any pressure testing and
sterilization of the pipe can be completed.
The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of 30- inches and a maximum of 42-
inches below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and
obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress
of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer
shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or
arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the
obstructions.
SectionlV
Page 71 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
41.3.2.2 INSTALLATION
Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used
by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves
and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick,
ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials
and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or
dumped in the trench.
If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage
shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective
repairs or rejection of the damaged items.
All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended
above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined
with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe
or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs
or rejection.
All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each
pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped
clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is
being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place
without getting earth into it, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the
trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there
until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools,
clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe.
As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the
pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with
approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to
prevent dirt from entering the joint space.
At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a
watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer.
The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and
workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth
end at right angles to the axis of the pipe.
Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the
Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of 10 per cent or greater, the laying shall start at
bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade.
Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal
plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems; or where long radius curves are permitted, the
amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of
ANSUAWWA C600 -82 and C900 81 or latest revisions.
No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable.
SectionlV
Page 72 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS
41.3.3.1 GENERAL
Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified
above for installation of pipe.
41.3.3.2 VALVES
Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended
unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to
exceed 18- inches from the main line.
The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb
over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished
pavement or such other level as may be directed. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 &
Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2
of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail.
41.3.3.3 HYDRANTS
Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and
minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located
10 -feet of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the
hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of
two valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 5 of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants
shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's
Engineering Department.
All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the
curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with
nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer.
Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a 6 -inch ductile iron branch controlled by an
independent 6 inch gate valve.
41.3.3.4 ANCHORAGE
Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by
attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturers
recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining
mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant runout length precludes the use
of hydrant connecting swivel joints.
Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown
on the plans.
41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES
Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this
contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place_ No such connection shall be made
until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met
and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer.
SectionlV
Page 73 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be
made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the
actual conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized and pipe will be properly swabbed
before connections to existing facilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completed
under the supervision of the City of Clearwater Water Division.
41.4 TESTS
41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS
After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service
taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds
per square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall conform to AWWA C600 latest revision.
All mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter before any
hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump
connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and
all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor
at his expense.
The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water
for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line.
41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST
The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative 48 -hours advance
notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing.
41.5 STERILIZATION
Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new
construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance
with AWWA C651.
41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT
The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to
Federal Specification 0 S 602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or
"Perchloron ".
41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM
Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing
shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are
not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow off devices
generally at the ends of the lines.
41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE
All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a
minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then
remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never
more than 24 hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be
opened and closed several times during the contact period.
SectionIV
Page 74 of 128 11/26/2013
1
' Section IV — Technical Specifications
41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS
After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free
1 residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall
be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set.
'
4t5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS
After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of
Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personnel shall take samples of water
from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall
forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial
' examination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of
coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the
absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system
' is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as
outlined above.
If methods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in
accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall
have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of
samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all
respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from the Florida
Department of Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into
operation.
41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
41.6.1 GENERAL
Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form.
Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum
payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full
compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate
payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the
applicable pay items of work:
• Clearing and grubbing
' •
• Excavation, including necessary pavement removal
Shoring and/or dewatering
• Structural fill
' • Backfill
• Grading
• Tracer wire
1 • Refill materials
• Joints materials
1 • Tests and sterilization
• Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system.
SectionlV Page 75 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS
41.6.2.1 MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type
satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line,
including the length of valves and fittings.
41.6.2.2 PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor,
materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains complete and ready for operation.
41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS
41.6.3.1 MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron
fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped
on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more
than the tolerances permitted in ANSI /AWWA C110 /A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case,
the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance.
41.6.3.2 PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor,
materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings.
41.6.4 FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES
AND COVERS
41.6.4.1 MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished
and installed.
41.6.4.2 PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all
plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover.
41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS
41.6.5.1 MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and
installed. The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are
listed in Section 41.2.5. No exceptions.
41.6.5.2 PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor,
material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant complete including necessary thrust
SectionlV
Page 76 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
anchorage, 6 -inch pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the
hydrant lead.
42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
This article not applicable.
43 TENNIS COURTS
43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS
43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS
All soil under courts shall be treated with DSMA 184 at the rate of 2 pounds active ingredient per
1,000 square foot.
Materials shall be brought to the job site in tagged containers. Tags shall be retained and turned
into the Engineer's Office.
43.1.2 BASE COURSE
Base Course shall be Limerock 6" thick after compaction. Specifications for the base shall be the
same as those for Limerock in Section IV - Article 22 of the City of Clearwater Technical
Specifications. Subgrade stabilizing will not be required.
Surface shall be cut to within 1/2" of true grade in preparation of 1" leveling course. Prior to
applying prime coat, surface shall be approved by the Engineer.
43.1.3 PRIME COAT
The material used for prime coat shall be cut -back Asphalt Grade RC -70 or RC -250 and shall
conform to Section 300 of the Florida State Department of Transportation's "Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction ".
43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE
A.Leveling Course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S -III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in
Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Leveling Course shall be
constructed running East and West.
Finish surface of leveling course shall not vary more than 1/4" when checked with a 10 foot
straight edge. If a deficiency of more than 1/4" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface
should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation.
43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE
Surface course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S -III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section
331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Surface Course shall be constructed
running North and South.
Finish surfaces shall not vary more than 1/4" in 10 feet. Prior to application of color coat, surface
shall be checked for low areas by flooding the surface with water. Low areas shall be patched as
approved by the Engineer prior to application of the color coat. No areas which retain water will
SectionIV
Page 77 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
be approved. If a deficiency of more than 1/4" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface
should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation.
43.1.6 COLOR COAT
43.1.6.1 MATERIALS
Materials used in the patching and color coating of Tennis Courts shall be manufactured
specifically for Tennis Court Application.
All materials must be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of construction. Request for
approval of coating materials may be submitted prior to the opening of bids. In requests for
approval, the Contractor shall present manufacturer's literature along with the name, address, and
date of three previous Tennis Court applications of the proposed material.
43.1.6.2 CONSTRUCTION
43.1.6.2.1 SURFACE PREPARATION
The surface to be coated must be sound, smooth, and free from loose dirt or oily materials.
Prior to the application of surfacing materials, the entire surface should be checked for minor
depressions or irregularities. If it is determined that minor corrections are necessary, the
Contractor shall make repairs using approved tack coat and/or patching mix in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations for use.
After patching the surface shall not vary more than 1/8" in ten feet in any direction. If a
deficiency of more than 1/8" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled
or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation.
In order to provide a smooth, dense underlayment of the finish course, one or more applications
of resurfacer or patch mix shall be applied to the underlaying surface as deemed necessary by the
Engineer. Asphaltic concrete Surface Course with a smooth tight mix and no ponding, will not
require the resurfacing or patching mix. Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course which is course and
rough or is ponding water will require the use of the resurfacer or patch mix.
No applications shall be covered by a succeeding application until thoroughly cured.
43.1.6.2.2 FINISH COLOR COURSE
The finish course shall be applied to a clean, dry surface in accordance with the manufacturer's
directions. A minimum of two applications of color coat will be required.
Texture of cured color coat is to be regulated in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations to provide a medium speed surface for tennis play.
The color of application shall be dark green for the regulation double's playing area and red for
all other others.
The finished surface shall have a uniform appearance and be free from ridges and tool marks.
43.1.6.3 PLAYING LINES
Forty-eight (48) hours minimum after completion of the resurfacing, 2 inch wide playing lines
shall be accurately located, marked and painted with approved marking paint.
SectionlV
Page 78 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
43.1.6.4 WEATHER LIMITATIONS
No parts of the construction involving Tennis Court surfacing or patching products shall be
conducted during rainfall, or when rainfall is imminent or unless the air temperature is at least 50
degrees, Fahrenheit and rising.
NOTE: The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum or 24 hours in advance of
all base and asphalt related work.
43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS
43.2.1 GENERAL
43.2.1.1 SCOPE
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the installation of
clay tennis court(s) as set forth in these specifications and /or the construction drawings. The
scope of work is indicated on drawings and specified herein. Basis of design for clay courts with
sub - surface irrigation system is Hydrogrid Tennis, Inc. or prior approved equal.
43.2.1.2 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS
The Owner may make such investigation as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the
Bidder to perform the work and the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and
data for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if
the evidence submitted by, or investigations of such Bidders fail to satisfy the owner that such
Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work
contemplated herein within the time limit agreed upon. Factors to be considered in awarding the
Bid shall include the successful completion of similar sub - surface irrigation clay tennis court
installations of like value, scope, size and quality as this project, with in the last five (5) years.
The Owner desires to award this contract to firms that have been in business for a minimum of
five (5) years. The qualifications and experience of the personnel assigned to the project will be a
determining factor in the award of the Bid.
43.2.1.3 STANDARDS
The Contractor shall perform all work in a thorough, workmanlike manner and conform to
standards for tennis court construction as prescribed or approved by the United States (Lawn)
Tennis Association and the United States Tennis Court and Tract Builders Association. The
Contractor shall construct the tennis courts with laser guided equipment.
43.2.1.4 BUILDING PERMITS AND TAXES
The Contractor shall secure all construction permits required by law, the City of Clearwater will
waive all permit fees.
43.2.1.5 COURT LAYOUT
The Owner shall establish two horizontal control points and a construction bench mark. The
Contractor shall locate the four corners of each battery and shall layout the courts in
conformance with the specifications and drawings.
SectionlV
Page 79 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
43.2.1.6 BUILDING REQUIREMENTS
The Owner shall provide and maintain reasonable access to the construction site, as well as an
area adjacent to the site for storage and preparation of materials. Adequate water outlets within
fifty (50) feet of the site shall be provided.
43.2.1.7 SCHEDULE
The Owner desires to award the contract to firms who will complete this project in a reasonable
time schedule. Consideration in awarding this bid will be given to firms who may commence and
complete the project within a reasonable period of time after award of the bid. The Owner, in its
sole discretion, will determine the reasonable schedule standard as it relates to the "Notice to
Proceed."
43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION
43.2.2.1 SUITABILITY
The Contractor shall examine the site to determine its suitability for installation of the courts.
43.2.2.2 DEMOLITION
The contractor shall demo the existing tennis courts, remove the existing ten (10) foot high fence
surrounding the tennis courts and all underground utilities within the limits of the construction
area. Utilities extending outside the construction limits shall be capped and terminated. The
existing tennis courts shall be ground into millings suitable to be mixed into the sub -grade at the
proposed location of the new clay tennis courts. Any sub -grade material beneath the existing
tennis courts not suitable for planting beds shall be removed and also utilized as sub -grade
material beneath the new courts. All demolition materials not utilized in construction of the new
courts shall be removed and disposed from the project site. The Contractor shall provide
documentation of any recycled materials.
43.2.2.3 SUB -GRADE
The sub -grade shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final sub -grade
elevation. The sub -grade shall be graded level. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of
the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 is required. The Contractor
shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner.
43.2.2.4 FINAL GRADE
The final grades outside the tennis court areas and within the construction limits shall be graded
to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final grade elevations with positive drainage
away from tennis courts and towards drainage swales or outfall structures. A compaction to a
density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 is
required. The contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner.
43.2.3 SLOPE
43.2.3.1 SLOPE REQUIREMENTS
Rate and direction of slope of the finished surfaces shall be one (1) inch in forty (40) feet, all in
one plane, as indicated on the drawings.
SectionlV
Page 80 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION
43.2.4.1 LINER
Two layers of 6 mil construction plastic shall be installed over the sub -grade surface with a
minimum overlap of five (5) feet where pieces are joined. Use only materials that are resistant to
deterioration when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154, as follows:
a. Polyethylene sheet, Construction Grade.
43.2.4.2 BASE COURSE
The base course shall consist of six (6) inches of porous base material as supplied by Quality
Aggregate of Sarasota Florida. The surface of the base course shall be smooth and even, and it
shall be within one- quarter (1/4) inch of the established grade.
43.2.4.3 IRRIGATION SYSTEM
Perforated pipe shall be installed in trenches in the base course. These trenches shall be in on
four (4) foot centers and shall be run perpendicular to the slope of the court. The pipe shall be
two and one - quarter (2 -1/4) inch diameter with a nylon needle punched sock surrounding the
pipe. Six (6) water control canisters shall be installed per court with each canister controlling five
(5) grid pipe trenches. Provide all required controls systems time clocks; float switches, control
wiring and solenoids, etc: for a complete sub - surface irrigation system.
43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING
43.2.5.1 CURB
Brick curb shall be installed around the entire perimeter of the court area with an elevation of
one - quarter (1/4) to one -half (1/2) inch above the finished screening course elevation.
43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE
43.2.6.1 COURT SURFACE
A surface course of ISP Type II Aquablend or Lee Hyroblend tennis court material shall be
installed over the screening course to a compacted depth of one (1) inch. The Aqua/Hydroblend
material shall be watered to its full depth immediately after leveling and then compacted by
rolling with a tandem roller weighing 600 to 1000 pounds. The finished surface shall not vary
from specified grade by more than one - eighth (1/8) inch.
43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER
Root barrier (geo -tech fabric) eighteen (18) inches height shall be placed in a trench on the
outside edge of the perimeter curbing eighteen (18) inches in depth with herbicide coating
buttons to prevent plant root systems in entering the sub - surface base course of the clay tennis
courts.
SectionIV
Page 81 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
43.2.8 FENCING
43.2.8.1 DESIGN
The contractor shall provide a total color coated fencing system as indicated on drawings and
described herein. All components: frames, fabric and fittings shall be black. Basis of Design
Ameristar HT-25 or prior approved equal subject to strict compliance with Ameristar published
specification.
43.2.8.2 POSTS
All posts shall be a minimum 2 -1/2" Ameristar HT-25 pipe; top rails 1 -5/8" Ameristar HT-25
pipe with manufacturers standard "Permacoat" color system.
43.2.8.3 FENCE FABRIC
Fence Fabric shall be 1 -3/4" #6 gauge mesh throughout, manufactures standard galvanized wire
with PVC coating. All fabric to be knuckled on both selvages.
43.2.8.4 GATES
Provide gates at locations indicated. At service gates, provide a keeper that automatically
engages gate life and holds it in the open position until manually released. Provide gate stops for
double gates consisting of a mushroom -type flush plate with anchors, set in concrete, and
designed to engage a center drop rod or plunger -bar. Include a locking device and padlock eyes
as an integral part of the latch, permitting both gate leaves to be locked with a single padlock.
Provide latch, fork type or plunger -bar type to permit operation from either side of gate, with
padlock eye as an integral part of the latch. Gate Hinges — Size and material to suit gate size,
non - lift -off type, and offset to permit 180- degree gate opening. Provide one and one -half (1 -1/2)
pair of hinges for each leaf over six (6) foot nominal height.
43.2.9 WINDSCREENS
The contractor shall provide nine (9) foot high windscreens at all ten (10) foot high fencing.
Basis of design is Durashade plus by Ball Products, Inc. or equal by Putterman. Black high -
density polyethylene, eight (8) oz. per square yard edges hemmed with grommets at twelve (12)
inch on center. Attach to chain link fencing at the top and bottom with 50 LBS plastic ties.
43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT
43.2.10.1 POST FOUNDATIONS
Post foundations shall be not less than thirty -six (36) inches in length, eighteen (18) inches in
width and thirty (30) inches in depth. Foundations shall be placed to provide an exact distance
between posts of forty-two (42) feet on a doubles court and thirty-three (33) feet on a singles
court.
43.2.10.2 NET POSTS & SLEEVES
Net posts shall be galvanized steel having an outside diameter of not less than two and seven -
eighths (2 7/8) inches with electrostatically applied enamel finish and shall be equipped with a
reel type net tightening device. Post sleeves and posts shall be set plumb and true so as to support
SectionlV
Page 82 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
the net a height of forty -two (42) inches above the court surface at the posts. Post sleeves shall be
Schedule 40 PVC to be set in concrete per net post manufactures recommendation.
43.2.10.3 CENTER STRAP ANCHOR
A center strap anchor shall be firmly set in accordance with the rules of the USTA.
43.2.10.4 NET
A tennis net conforming to the USTA regulations shall be installed on each court. The net shall
have black synthetic netting, a headband of white synthetic material in double thickness with the
exterior treated for resistance to mildew and sunlight, and bottom and end tapes of back synthetic
material treated to prevent deterioration from the sunlight. A vinyl coated, impregnated steel
cable, having a diameter of one quarter (1/4) inch and a length five (5) feet greater than length
between the net post shall hold the net in suspension. The net shall have tie strings of a synthetic
material at each corner. Basis of Design — Durant DTS by Ball Products, Inc.
43.2.10.5 CENTER STRAP
Provide a center strap of white heavy duty polyester webbing with black oxide coated brass slide
buckles and nickel plated double end snap. Center strap shall be placed on the net and attached to
the center strap anchor.
43.2.10.6 LINE TAPES
Line tapes shall be 100% nylon and shall be two (2) inches in width. The tapes shall be firmly
secured by aluminum nails with aluminum length of two and one -half (2 — 1/2) inches.
Positioning shall be in accordance with regulations of the USTA.
43.2.10.7 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
Deliver the following equipment to the owner:
1. Ride -on Tandem Roller - Brutus AR -I Roller, automatic forward - neutral- reverse
transmission; 24 inch wide drum; 3 -horse power Briggs and Stratton engine.
2. Hand drag brooms (4 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame with 4 -1/2" synthetic bristles;
Proline.
3. Tow drag brooms (1 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame 4 -1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline.
4. Deluxe Proline Line Sweeper (4 each) - friction - driven rubber sleeves; synthetic bristle
brush; with fence hook cast aluminum.
5. Scarifier /Lutes (2 each) - 30" wide all aluminum; Proline.
6. Tennis Shoe Cleaners (2 each) - steel frame construction "Scrusher" exact installation
location by Owner.
7. Tennis Two Step (2 each) - polyethylene construction with two rubber panels.
Court Rake (1 each) — six -foot length aluminum.
Section IV
Page 83 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE
Provide shade structures as indicted on drawings. Basis of design: Suntrends, Inc. "Cabana
Bench 8" — 8'long x 6' wide gable design with standard canvas canopy, direct burial installation.
Provide concrete footing, size and reinforcement as required by shade structure manufacture.
43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable)
The owner shall supply water line to within fifty (50) feet of the courts with 50 pounds per
square inch running pressure at its terminus. This line shall have the capacity to supply 30
gallons of water per minute for each court.
43.2.13 CONCRETE
Provide concrete consisting of portland cement per ASTM C 150, aggregates per ASTM C 33,
and potable water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with a minimum 28 -day compressive
strength of 3,500 psi. Use at least four sacks of cement per cu. yd., 1 -inch maximum size
aggregate, 3 -inch maximum slump.
43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING
43.2.14.1 SHOP DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall provide signed and sealed electrical shop drawings by a professional
electrical engineer for approval of the relocation and re- aiming of the existing tennis court sport
lighting fixtures and electrical service to water coolers. The shop drawings shall include all
necessary information according to local electrical codes in providing a complete operating
system from the existing electrical panel. The shop drawings shall provide data showing the
maximum foot candles the existing fixtures will provide at its new locations for tournament play.
Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval.
43.2.14.2 RE -LAMP
The Contractor shall re -lamp and clean lens of all existing lighting fixtures after relocating the
light pole and fixtures to its new location. The City will provide the new lamps.
43.2.14.3 ELECTRICAL PERMIT
The Contractor shall submit electrical drawings to City of Clearwater Planning and Development
Services to obtain permits for installation of the electrical works.
43.2.14.4 POLES & FIXTURES
The Contractor shall install three (3) new sixty foot (60') poles and fourteen (14) new fixtures.
The City will purchase and provide the new poles and fixtures for the Contractor to install, any
other miscellaneous items required to provide a complete operable system shall be provided by
the Contractor.
Attached with this specification are the photometric lumination charts for the eight -(8) tennis
courts. This information is provided by Musco Sport Lighting, 1838 East Chester Drive, Suite
#104, High Point, NC 27265, phone (336) 887 -0770 fax (336) 887 -0771. Contact Douglas A.
Stewart.
Contractor shall install the poles and fixtures based on the following information:
SectionlV
Page 84 of 128 11/26/2013
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Pole T1 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5
Pole T2 existing 12 fixture pole, remove six fixtures and place on pole T5
Pole T3 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5
Pole T4 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits
Pole T5 new pole w /existing sixteen fixtures (8 on one side and 8 on the other) and 2
circuits
Pole T6 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits
Pole T7 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5
Pole T8 existing 12 fixture pole, remove four fixtures and place on pole T5
Pole T9 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5
Light levels ended up at 58+ footcandles.
Existing poles have concrete footing approximately one foot wide on all sides Contractor shall
plan relocation light poles accordingly.
43.2.14.5 ELECTRICAL CONDUITS
Existing electrical conduits are installed individually to the existing light pole, it is suggested the
Contractor place electrical junction boxes at existing pole locations and utilize existing conduits.
New conduits will be required for the three (3) new light poles and the Contractor shall include
the cost for these electrical conduits in the relocating of the new light poles.
43.2.15 WATER COOLER
43.2.15.1 SHOP DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for the installation of water cooler in the cabana area
of the tennis courts, electrical, water and drainage submitted to the Parks and Recreation
Department for approval.
43.2.15.2 WATER FOUNTAIN
Basis for design: Halsey Taylor HOF Series — water cooler with sealed back panels, or equal.
43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION
Instruct the Owner's personnel on proper operation and maintenance of court and equipment.
43.2.17 WARRANTY
43.2.17.1 EQUIPMENT
The Contractor shall supply warranty cards and operation and maintenance manuals for all
equipment to the Owner upon completion of construction of the project.
43.2.17.2 WARRANTY
The Contractor shall warranty the courts, fencing, sidewalks and court accessories against
defective materials and /or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of
completion.
SectionlV
Page 85 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
43.2.17.3 WARRANTY SUB - SURFACE IRRIGATION SYSTEM
The Contractor shall warranty the sub - surface irrigation of the clay tennis courts for a period of
two years from the day of completion.
44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC
CONTROL
The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone
traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization,
hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be
necessary at outlying points.
44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of
performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction
permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the
Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for
Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident
Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the
U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of
Transportation, or most recent addition.
44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY
The general objectives of a program of work zone safety is to protect workers, pedestrians,
bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective
may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives:
• Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones.
• Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation he will be facing as he
proceeds through or around the work zone.
• Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle.
• Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material.
• Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site).
• Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices.
• Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and /or around construction or
maintenance work zones.
The 2004 Design Standards (DS), Index 600
"When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone,
accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only
approved temporary traffic control devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control
zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and detours marked shall
be provided by appropriate signs ".
2004 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction
SectionIV
Page 86 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
102 -5 Traffic Control: 102 -5.1 Standards: FDOT Design Standards (DS) are the minimum
standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans
44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES
Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local
Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of
requirements increase with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting
business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but
local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the
designated "Spring Break" season with prior approval by the City Engineer.
44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS
Obtain permits for Pinellas County and Florida Department of Transportation roadways.
Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards.
44.3.1.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected
by the construction process.
44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS
Consult with City Traffic staff for preliminary traffic control options.
Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary.
44.3.2.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
Message Board Display, Minimum of 7 -day notice period prior to road closure and maybe longer
for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor.
44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS
44.3.3.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
C -View Release
44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS
44.3.4.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
News Release
The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than 7 days.
44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a
specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the
Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone
562 -4750, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control plan.
SectionlV
Page 87 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer or
an individual who is certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of Florida.
44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION
The Traffic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic
control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may
make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The
Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector.
44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
Payment for work zone traffic control is a non - specific pay item to be included in the
construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise in
the Scope of Work in these Technical Specifications and a bid item(s) is included for Work Zone
Traffic Control in the proposal form.
44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
SUPERVISOR
The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on
the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control
Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic
Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of
Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or
sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the
Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted.
The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a 24 -hour per day basis and shall review
the project on a day -to -day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The
Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain
traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure
that routine deficiencies are corrected within a 24 -hour period.
The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification
of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control
or to provide alternate traffic arrangements.
Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may
be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a
designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in
temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities
deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety.
45 CURED -IN -PLACE PIPE LINING
45.1 INTENT
It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of sanitary sewer
and storm pipes by the installation if a cured in place jointless, continuous, thermosetting resin
impregnated polyester flexible felt liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand
SectionlV
Page 88 of 128 11/26/2013
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a
complete, fully restored and functioning installation.
45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY
The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding
contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the
liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval
for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed
liner system(s) and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and
successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified
by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and
complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the
installer.
45.3 MATERIALS
The liner shall be polyester fiber felt tubing saturated with a resin prior to insertion. Resin type
and qualities shall be as specified by the manufacturer to obtain a cured liner with the following
properties:
Tensile Strength
Flexural Strength
Flexural Modulus of Elasticity
Long Term Modulus of Elasticity (50 Years)
ASTM D638
ASTM D790
ASTM D790
ASTM D2290
3,000 psi
4,500 psi
300,000 psi
150,000 psi
Liner shall meet strengths as shown in ASTM F1216 unless otherwise submitted and approved
by the Engineer. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested,
complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS -20
traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no
structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures
specifications of Insituform of North America, Inc., 3315 Democrat Road, Post Office Box
181071, Memphis, Tennessee 38118; or InLiner USA 1900 N.W. 44th St., Pompano Beach
Florida 33064, 305- 979 -0802, or an approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be
approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor
prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later
than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids.
45.4 CLEANING /SURFACE PREPARATION
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for
rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean
interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior
to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of
restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local
traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation
operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the
sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's
responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The
Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid
heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants.
SectionlV
Page 89 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION
After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is
completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed- circuit color
television, and recorded on DVD, CD VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The
television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear
picture of the entire periphery of the pipe.
45.6 LINER INSTALLATION
Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide for a tight fit on
the interior of the existing pipe to be lined. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by
the liner manufacturer including operations for inversion, heat curing and reconnection of
laterals.
The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place
during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass
pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes
shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots,
excessive wrinkling or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be
removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense.
45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION
Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be
reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 95% of the area of the
original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method
and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to
manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered
during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City.
The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a
later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be
available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information
regarding the construction project.
45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION
Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no
time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight -hour
period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage
backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and
property damage costs and claims.
45.9 PAYMENT
Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation,
bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, lateral reconnection, etc, to
provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of
manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for
storm systems.
SectionlV
Page 90 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING
46.1 MATERIALS
46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS
The pipe supplied under this specification shall be high performance, high molecular weight,
high density polyethylene pipe (Driscopipe 1000) as manufactured by Phillips Driscopipe, Inc.,
Dallas, Texas and shall conform to ASTM D 1248 (Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34) or
approved equal. Minimum cell classification values shall be 345434C as referenced in ASTM D
3350 latest edition. If fittings are required, they will be supplied under this specification and shall
be molded or manufactured from a polyethylene compound having a cell classification equal to
or exceeding the compound used in the pipe.
To insure compatibility of polyethylene resins, all fittings supplied under this specification shall
be of the same manufacture as the pipe being supplied.
46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL
The resin used for manufacturer of the pipe shall be manufactured by the pipe manufacturer, thus
maintaining complete control of the pipe quality. The pipe shall contain no recycled compound
except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from
the same raw material. The pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks,
holes, foreign inclusions, or other deleterious defects, and shall be identical in color, density,
melt index, and other physical properties.
The polyethylene resin used shall have all ingredients pre compound prior to extrusion of pipe, in
plant blending is not acceptable.
The Engineer may request, as part of the quality control records submittal, certification that the
pipe produced is represented by the quality assurance testing. Additionally, test results from
manufacturer's testing or random sampling by the Engineer that do not meet appropriate ASTM
standards or manufacturer's representation, may be cause for rejection of pipe represented by the
testing. These tests may include density and flow rate measurements from samples taken at
selected locations within the pipe wall and thermal stability determinations according to ASTM
D 3350, 10.1.9.
46.1.3 SAMPLES
The owner or the specifying engineer may request certified lab data to verify the physical
properties of the materials supplied under this specification or may take random samples and
have them tested by an independent laboratory.
46.1.4 REJECTION
Polyethylene pipe and fittings may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this
specification.
46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS
Pipe supplied under this specification shall have a nominal IPS (Iron Pipe Size) O.D. unless
otherwise specified. The SDR (Standard Dimension Ratio) of the pipe supplied shall be as
specified by the Engineer, on the construction plans and/or the scope of work.
SectionlV
Page 91 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES
46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE
Pipe shall be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gouging of the pipe. If
the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking should be done in accordance with the pipe
manufacturer's recommendations. The handling of the pipe should be done in such a manner that
it is not damaged by dragging over sharp objects or cut by chokers or lifting equipment.
46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS
Segments of pipe having cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of the wall thickness of the pipe should
be cut out and removed. The undamaged portions of the pipe shall be rejoined using the butt
fusion joining method.
46.3.3 PIPE JOINING
Sections of polyethylene pipe should be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above
ground. The joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed by the
manufacturer's representative and in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's
recommendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining procedures should be capable of
meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but not limited to,
temperature requirements, alignment, and fusion pressures.
46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE
Fused segments of pipe shall be handled so to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting fused
sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers should be avoided. Nylon slings are preferred.
Spreader bars should be used when lifting long fused sections. Care should be exercised to avoid
cutting or gouging the pipe.
46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE
46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS
The liner(s) to be slip lined into the existing storm sewer shall have the following sizes:
12 -inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 15 -inch existing sewer.
16 -inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 18 -inch existing sewer.
18 -inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 21 -inch existing sewer.
211/2-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 24 -inch existing sewer.
28 -inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 30 -inch existing sewer.
34 -inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 36 -inch existing sewer.
42 -inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 48 -inch existing sewer.
46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION
The existing line shall be cleaned of debris and other obstructions prior to TV inspections or
insertion of the polyethylene liner. Cleaning can be accomplished with a high velocity cleaner, a
bucket and scrapper, root saws, corkscrews, and rodding or balling units. The method used will
be determined by the condition of the existing line. Final cleaning may be required prior to
inserting the liner.
SectionlV
Page 92 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS
All excavations shall conform to OSHA requirements and any additional requirements as set by
the specifying engineer or his representative.
Insertion shaft excavations shall coincide with points requiring removal of obstructions or shall
be determined by the engineer.
An entry slope grade of 2 1/2:1 maximum shall be used to provide a safe bending radius for the
polyethylene. The bottom of the entry pit should provide a straight section for ease of entry of
the liner into the existing pipe. The length of the level excavation should be at least twelve times
the diameter of the liner being inserted. The width of the shaft should be as narrow as possible.
The required width will depend on the location, type of soil, depth of the existing sewer line and
the water table.
46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER
After completion of the access shaft, the top half of the existing sewer shall be broken or cut and
removed for the full length of the access shaft.
A fabricated pulling head shall be connected to the leading end of the liner pipe. A cable shall be
connected to the pulling head so that the liner pipe can be pulled into the existing sewer.
Power winches used for pulling in long lengths of polyethylene liner pipe shall be rated equal to
the project requirements.
Once started, the pulling operation should continue to completion.
Insertion is normally done at about a slow walking speed. After insertion, a minimum of 12 hours
shall be allowed for the liner pipe to reach equilibrium with the sewer temperature and to allow
the liner pipe to stress relieve itself.
The polyethylene liner pipe should protrude at least 6 inches into the manhole where it
terminates.
After the 12 -hour equilibrium period, the annular space between the original pipe and the liner
shall be pressure grouted. Said grouting must be from the bottom up to prevent air pockets from
forming. Also the grout must be recommended for underwater application and have elastomeric
properties. Products used shall be approved by the engineer.
The liner shall not be displaced when the annular space is being filled. Spacers, inflatable plugs
or other methods approved by the Engineer must be used to prevent displacement.
The length of fused pipe that can be pulled will vary depending on field conditions, the ease of
access to the area, and the working space available.
46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES
The Contractor shall be solely responsible to confirm all pipe sizes prior to ordering, fusing and
installation of the liner.
46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED
After the liner has been pulled into place, allowed to recover and sealed at the manholes, pipe
connections okayed by the engineer shall be reconnected to the liner pipe.
SectionlV
Page 93 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Pipe connections shall be connected by the use of a pre- fabricated polyethylene saddle. A
neoprene gasket shall be installed between the saddle and the liner pipe so that a complete water
seal is accomplished when the saddle is placed on the liner pipe and secured with stainless steel
bands.
46.4.7 BACKFILLING
All excavations shall be backfilled using on site materials or as specified by the engineer. Cost
for backfilling of access shafts and underdrain connections shall be including in the unit price bid
for sliplining and reconnection of service laterals. Before any excavation is done for any purpose,
it will be the responsibility of the contractor to contact the various utility companies and to
determine the locations of their facilities. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to provide
adequate protection for utility facilities. Any temporary construction right of way and/or storage
areas will be arranged for by the contractor.
46.4.8 POINT REPAIR
The engineer or his representative will determine if a point repair is necessary only after it has
been demonstrated that a liner pipe cannot be pulled through the existing pipe. Payment will be
made for each repair.
The contractor will be expected to remove the obstruction and clear the pipe. If removing the top
of the existing pipe will accomplish the removal of the obstruction, the bottom of the existing
pipe should remain in place to form a cradle for the liner.
46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS
All materials not used in the backfilling operation shall be disposed of off site by the contractor.
Finish grading shall be required. In locations other than street right -of -ways, the surface shall be
graded smooth and sodded with the same kind of grass as the existing lawn. Excavation points in
street right -of -ways shall be repaired as specified by the engineer.
47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE
47.1 SCOPE
This specification designates general requirements for unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
plastic (spiral wound) pipe with integral wall bell and spigot joints for the conveyance of storm
water.
47.2 MATERIALS
All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with specification for "Poly
(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large Diameter Ribbed Gravity Storm Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on
Controlled Inside Diameter ".
The pipe and fittings shall be made of PVC plastic.
47.3 PIPE
The bell shall consist of an integral wall section. The solid cross section fiber ring shall be
factory assembled on the spigot. Sizes and dimensions shall be as shown in this specification_
SectionlV
Page 94 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Standard laying lengths shall be 13 ft. + 1 inch. At manufacturer's option, random lengths of not
more than 15% of total footage may be shipped in lieu of standard lengths.
47.4 JOINING SYSTEM
Joints shall be either an integral bell gasketed joint. When the joint is assembled according to
manufactures recommendation it will prevent misalignment of adjacent pipes and form a silt
tight joint.
47.5 FITTINGS
All fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured and furnished by the pipe supplier or
approved equal and have bell and /or spigot configurations compatible with that of the pipe.
48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS
48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT
Pressure injected grout shall be of cement and water and shall be proportioned generally in the
ratio of 1.5 (one and one half) cubic foot (one and one half bags) of cement to 1 (one) cubic foot
(7.50 gal.) of water. This mix shall be varied as the grouting proceeds as is necessary to provide
penetration in the operator's judgment.
Cement shall be Portland Cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society
for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, latest edition serial designation C150 for Portland
Cement, Type I. Portland Cement shall weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot.
Water used in the grout shall be fresh, clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali,
vegetable, sewage and /or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per
gallon.
Grout pump shall be of the positive displacement type and shall be capable of producing
adequate pressure to penetrate the area.
All pressure grouting will be at the direction of the Engineer.
48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH
GUNITE
Guniting shall conform to all requirements of "Specifications for Materials, Proportioning, and
Application of Shotcrete (ACI 506.2 77)" published by the American Concrete Institute, Detroit,
Michigan, except as modified by those specifications.
Steel reinforcement shall be incorporated in the Gunite as required and shall be furnished, bent,
set and placed in accordance with the provisions of these specifications.
The purpose of this specification is to obtain a dense and durable concrete having the specified
strength.
48.3 COMPOSITION
Gunite shall be composed of Portland Cement, aggregate and water so proportioned as to
produce a concrete suitable for pneumatic application.
SectionlV
Page 95 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS
Concrete ingredients shall be selected, proportioned in such a manner as will produce concrete
which will be extremely strong, dense and resistant to weathering, and abrasion. Concrete shall
have a minimum 28 -day strength of 4,000 psi.
48.5 MATERIALS
Portland Cement: Cement shall be Portland cement conforming to all of the requirements of the
American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C150
for Portland Cement, Type I. A bag of cement shall be deemed to weigh not less than 94 pounds
per cubic foot.
Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall be natural siliceous sand consisting of hard, clean, strong,
durable and uncoated particles, conforming to the requirements of American Society for Testing
Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C33 for Concrete Aggregates.
Fine aggregate shall not contain less than 3% nor more than 6% of moisture.
Fine aggregate shall be evenly graded from fine to coarse and shall be within the following
limits:
Passing No. 3/8 Sieve 100%
Passing No. 4 Sieve 95% to 100%
Passing No. 8 Sieve 80% to 100%
Passing No. 16 Sieve 50% to 85%
Passing No. 30 Sieve 25% to 60%
Passing No. 50 Sieve 10% to 30%
Passing No. 100 Sieve 2% to 10%
48.6 WATER
Water used in mixing, at the nozzle shall be fresh, clean, and free from injurious amounts of oil,
acid, alkali, vegetable, sewage, and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing
8.33 pounds per gallon.
48.7 REINFORCEMENT
Steel mesh reinforcement shall be electrically welded, cold drawn, mild steel fabric conforming
to the latest requirements of ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 185 for
Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. Mesh can be fabricated from cold drawn
steel wire conforming to the requirements of the latest ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial
Designation A 82 and sized as shown on Plans Page 7 of 7.
48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS
Cement shall be stored with adequate provisions for the prevention of absorption of moisture. It
shall be stored in a manner that will permit easy access for inspection and identification of each
shipment.
Aggregate shall be stockpiled at points selected to provide maximum drainage and to prevent the
inclusion of any foreign material during rehandling.
SectionlV
Page 96 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION
Unsound materials of construction and all coated, scaly, or unsound concrete in manholes and
inlets shall be removed by chipping with pneumatic hammers and chisels to sound surface, all
cracks and cavities shall be chipped to such formation that their sides form approximately a 45
degree angle to the exposed surface for at least one (1) inch in depth. All areas to receive
pneumatic concrete shall be cleaned by flushing or scouring with water and compressed air jets
to assure removal of all loose particles. All areas of existing surfaces that do not require chipping
shall be given a wet sandblasting with the gunite equipment and the air pressure at the cement
gun shall not be less than 50 psi.
Surface preparation of existing metal surface of a corrugated pipe shall be lightly sandblasted to
remove loose material. All sandblasted areas shall then be cleaned by an air /water blast to
remove all particles from the cleaning operation.
To insure perfect bond, the newly sandblasted surface shall be thoroughly moistened with water
prior to application of gunite. In no instance shall gunite be applied in an area where free running
water exists.
48.10 PROPORTIONING
Prior to start of guniting the Contractor shall submit to the Owner the recommended mix as a
ratio of cement to aggregate. Recommended mix shall be on the basis of test data from prior
experience. Provided data submitted is adequate no further testing of recommended mix will be
required.
If required, the Contractor shall provide all equipment necessary to control the actual amounts of
all materials entering into the concrete. The types of equipment and methods used for measuring
materials shall be subject to approval.
48.11 MIXING
Gunite shall be thoroughly mixed by machine and then passed through a sieve to remove all
large particles before placing in hopper of the cement gun. The mixture shall not be permitted to
become damp. Each batch should be entirely discharged before recharging is begun. The mixer
should be cleaned thoroughly enough to remove all adherent materials from the mixing vanes
and from the drum at regular intervals.
Water in any amount shall not be added to the mix before it enters the cement gun. Quantities of
water shall be controlled by a valve at the nozzle of the gun. Water content shall be adjusted as
required for proper placement, but shall in no case exceed four gallons of water per sack of
cement, including the water contained in the aggregate.
Remixing or tempering shall not be permitted. Mixed material that has stood 45 minutes without
being used shall be discarded. Rebound materials shall not be reused.
48.12 APPLICATION
Gunite shall not be placed on a frozen surface nor during freezing weather. Gunite shall not be
placed when it is anticipated that the temperature during the following 24 hours will drop below
32 degrees, Fahrenheit.
Sequence of application may be from bottom to top or vice versa if rebound is properly removed.
Corners shall be filled first. "Shooting" shall be from an angle as near perpendicular to the
Section IV
Page 97 of 128 1 1/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
surface as practicable, with the nozzle held approximately 3 feet from the work (except in
confined control). If the flow of material at the nozzle is not uniform and slugs, sand spots, or
wet sloughs result, the nozzleman shall direct the nozzle away from the work until the faulty
conditions are corrected. Such defects shall be replaced as the work progresses.
Guniting shall be suspended if:
1. Air velocity separates the cement from the sand at the nozzle.
2. Temperature approaches freezing and the newly placed gunite cannot be protected.
Gunite shall be applied in one or more layers to such total thickness as required to restore the
area as detailed over the original lines of the adjoining surface, unless otherwise specified. All
cavities, depressions, washouts and similar failures shall be rebuilt to original lines by use of
gunite reinforced with wire mesh. Where the cavity exceeds 4 inches in depth a layer of mesh
shall be used for each 3 inches of depth of gunite. In no case shall wire mesh be placed behind
existing reinforcement.
The time interval between successive layers in sloping vertical or overhanging work must be
sufficient to allow initial but not final set to develop. At the time the initial set is developing, the
surface shall be cleaned to remove the thin film of laitance in order to provide a perfect bond
with succeeding applications.
48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
Construction joints or day's work joints shall be sloped off to a thin, clean, regular edge,
preferably at a 45- degree slope. Before placing the adjoining work, the slope portion and
adjacent gunite shall be thoroughly cleaned as necessary, then moistened and scoured with an air
jet.
48.14 SURFACE FINISH
Nozzleman shall bring the gunite to an even plane and to well formed corners by working up to
ground wires or other guides, using lower placing velocity than normal.
After the body coat has been placed, the surface shall be trued with a thin edge screed to remove
high areas and expose low areas. Low areas shall be properly filled with concrete to insure a true,
flat surface.
After the concrete surface has been trued, the entire surface shall be given a flashcoat finish
except where a special type finish is specified on the drawings.
48.15 CURING
Curing shall be in accordance with either paragraph 3.7.1(d) or paragraph 3.7.5. of ACI 506.2 77
depending upon atmospheric condition.
48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION
During progress of the work, where appearance is important, adjacent areas or grounds which
may be permanently discolored, stained, or otherwise damaged by dust and rebound, shall be
adequately protected sensitive areas, when contacted, shall be cleaned by early scraping,
brushing or washing, as the surroundings permit.
SectionlV
Page 98 of 128 11/26/2013
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
48.17 INSPECTION
Because of the importance of workmanship affecting the quality of the gunite, continual
inspection during placing shall be maintained. Any imperfections discovered shall be cut out and
replaced with sound material.
48.18 EQUIPMENT
Cement Gun: The mixing and delivering equipment shall be either the vertical double chamber
type or rotary type. The upper chamber of the double chamber type shall receive and pressurize
the dry mix and deliver it to the lower chamber. The lower chamber shall force the pressurized
mix into the delivery hose by means of a feed wheel. The type of feeder utilized should be of
sufficient capacity that the lower chamber may continuously furnish all required material to the
delivery hose while the upper chamber receives the recharge. The rotary type cement gun shall
have an enlarged hopper to feed material into a rotating multiported cylinder. Material shall fall
by gravity into a port which shall then be rotated to a position in which the material is expelled
by air into a moving stream of air. All equipment must be kept in good repair. The interior of
drums, feed gearing and valves shall be cleaned as often as necessary (at least once every 8 hour
shift) to prevent material from caking on critical parts.
Nozzle: Nozzle shall be the premixing type with perforated water feed ring inside the nozzle.
The maximum length of material hose for the application of gunite shall be approximately 150
feet although it shall be permissible to use as much as 800 feet of material hose if the supply air
pressure measured at the cement gun is increased to maintain proper velocity. The following
table gives requirements for compressor size, hose size and air pressure using 150 feet of
material hose:
Comp. Cap
(cfm)
Max. Hose Dia.
(In.)
Max. Size Nozzle
(In.)
Min. Air Press.
(psi)
365
1 5/8
1 5/8
60
600
2
2
80
750
2 1/2
2 1/2
90
For each 25 feet of material hose used in excess of 150 feet, the required air pressure shall be
increased by 5 psi.
Air Compressor: Any standard type of compressor shall be satisfactory if it is of sufficient
capacity to provide, without interruption, the pressures and volume of air necessary for the
longest hose delivery. The air compressor capacity determinations shall include allowances made
for the air consumed in blowing rebound, cleaning, reinforcing and for incidental uses.
Compressor equipment shall be of such capacity so as to insure air pressures at the special mixer
capable of producing the required material velocities.
Water Supply: The water pressure at the discharge nozzle should be sufficiently greater than the
operating air pressure to assure the water is intimately mixed with the other materials. If the line
water pressure is inadequate, a water pump or pressurized tank shall be introduced into the line.
The water pressure shall be uniformly steady (nonpulsating).
SectionlV
Page 99 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION
49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT
It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of
manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made -in -place liner systems used in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to
these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion
protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular
system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All
OSHA regulations shall be met.
49.2 PAYMENT
Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the
installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate
payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the
pay item per linear foot of liner: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation,
including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and
compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions
and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or
shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as
required for a complete and operable system.
49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS
49.3.1 MATERIALS
49.3.1.1 LINERS
Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound
vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise
stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The
contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is
solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory
certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D
3753.
49.3.1.2 MORTAR
Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two and three parts
clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve.
49.3.1.3 GROUTING
Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of
clean, well graded sand.
SectionlV
Page 100 of 128 11/26/2013
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION
Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the
removal of the manhole ring and corbel section.
Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls.
Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole.
Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the
manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner.
If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar.
Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing
inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts.
Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout.
Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the
outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertically
as possible. Pour six inches of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular
void to insure an adequate bottom seal.
Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the
existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to
seal the area around the manhole liner and piping.
Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with
grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure.
Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed.
Observe watertightness and repair any visible leakage.
Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing
sod.
Where manholes fall in paved areas, disturbed base shall be replaced twice the original thickness
and compacted in 8" layers. Asphalt shall be replaced with 1 1/2" of Pinellas County Type II
surface.
49.4 STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM
This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious
liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong
Seal MS 2 product.
Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The
applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory
training. The applicator /contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying
the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural
cementitious liner of a minimum 1/2" thickness using a machine specially designed for the
application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and with the following specifications which includes:
1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application.
2. The removal of any loose and unsound material.
SectionlV
Page 101 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a 2
coat application.
49.4.1 MATERIALS
49.4.1.1 PATCHING MIX
Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations
and shall have the following minimum requirements:
1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C -109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi
2. Shrinkage (ASTM C -596) 28 days, 150 psi
3. Bond (ASTM C -952) 28 days, 150 psi
4. Cement Sulfate resistant
5. Density, when applied 105 +/- 5 pcf
49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL
Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacture's
recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements:
1. Compressive strength (ASTM C -109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs.
2. Bond (ASTM C -952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs.
49.6 GROUTING MIX
Strong -Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according
to the manufacture's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum
28 day compressive strength of 250 psi and a 1 day strength of 50 psi.
49.7 LINER MIX
Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole
surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at 28 days:
1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi
2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi
3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi
4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H.
5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi
6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf
Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Job site. Bag weight
shall be 50 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot.
Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be 1/2" to
5/8" long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the un mixed state, have a
lead content not greater than two percent (2 %) by weight.
SectionlV
Page 102 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according
to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide
conditions.
Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site.
Bag weight shall be 50 -51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 56 pounds per
cubic foot.
Cement content must be 65 % -75% of total weight of bag.
One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 108
pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of .67 cubic foot of volume.
Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than 1/2" in length nor greater
than 5/8" in height.
Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for
any heavy metal.
Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process.
A two coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough
troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray
applied to assure minimum 1/2" thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively
smooth finish.
49.8 WATER
Shall be clean and potable.
49.9 OTHER MATERIALS
No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or
recommendation from the manufacturer.
49.10 EQUIPMENT
A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of
producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles
with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete
with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered.
Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete
with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power
the hydraulic system and air compressor.
49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION
49.11.1 PREPARATION
1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines
and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole.
2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high
pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and
SectionlV
Page 103 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any
large voids with quick setting patching mix.
3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to
the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the
infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the
quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present,
drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout.
Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required.
4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting
mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations.
5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material.
49.11.2 MIXING
For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using
the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for 30 seconds to a minute after all materials have
been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another
batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption
until each application is complete.
49.11.3 SPRAYING
The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running
water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all
cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light
troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the
bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface
sheen which could be 15 minutes to 1 hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second
application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of 1/2 inch. The surface is then
troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the
surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel
marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than 24 hours have
elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench is
sprayed such that a gradual slope is produces from the walls to the invert with the thickness at
the edge of the invert being no less than 1/2 inch. The wall bench intersection shall be rounded to
a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a
minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow.
49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING
At some point during the application, at least four (4) 2 inch cubes may be prepared each day or
from every 50 bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or
Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C 109.
49.11.5 CURING
Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is
imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been
completed.
SectionlV
Page 104 of 128 11/26/2013
1
1
1
1
1
1
f
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE
Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes
entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn
into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the
manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn
and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the
vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60)
seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and
ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial
test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained.
Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer.
49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT
SYSTEM
49.12.1 SCOPE
Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring
structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of:
1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume
infiltration
2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows:
a. Hydrophilic foam - injected through wall of manhole to fill voids and/or
b. Hydrophilic gel- injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks
3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing)
4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of 1/2 inch
5. Epoxy coating, minimum of 30 dry mils
49.12.2 MATERIALS
49.12.2.1 REPAIRING CEMENT
A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to
instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The
repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The comnnnnrl cha11
�----- `�- - r
II •
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after 24 Hrs moist curing at 68 F.
The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C
1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture
shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch, but no greater than two inches. It will
have a dark grey color.
49.12.2.5 EPDXY COATING
A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of 30 dry mils. This
epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including
excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be
applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its
uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the
following properties at 75 degrees F:
Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume 1:1
Color (other colors available on request) Light Gray
Astm C 495
Compressive Strength, Psi
7000
11000
12000
13000
Astm C 293
Flexural Strength, Psi
1000
1500
1800
2000
Astm C 596
Shrinkage At 90% Humidity
—
<0.04
<0.06
<0.08
Astm C 666
Freeze -Thaw Aft 300 Cycle
No Damage
Astm C 990
Pull - Out Strength
200 - 230 Psi Tensile
Astm C 457
Air Void Content (7 Days)
3%
Astm C 497
Porosity/Adsorption Test
4 - 5%
Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after 24 Hrs moist curing at 68 F.
The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C
1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture
shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch, but no greater than two inches. It will
have a dark grey color.
49.12.2.5 EPDXY COATING
A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of 30 dry mils. This
epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including
excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be
applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its
uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the
following properties at 75 degrees F:
Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume 1:1
Color (other colors available on request) Light Gray
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Flexural Strength ASTM C 78
1 day 410 psi
3 days 855 psi
28 days 1,245 psi
49.12.2.2 HYDROPHILIC GROUTING
Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either
one or both of the following materials:
1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks in
and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows:
Tensile Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574 -86
Elongation 400% ASTM D 3574 -86
Bonding Strength 250 -300 psi
2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole -to prevent
seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior
of manhole. Physical properties are as follows:
Density 8.75 -9.17 lbs /gal ASTM D -3574
Tensile Strength 150 psi ASTM D- 412
Elongation 250% ASTM D -3574
Shrinkage Less than 4% ASTM D -1042
Toxicity Non Toxic
49.12.2.3 WATERPROOFING
A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system
combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to
seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three
components -two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the
substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks
the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for
approximately six months. Upon completion the color will be light grey. Physical properties are
as follows:
Slant/Shear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Cement
ASTM (to be given) 1,200 1,800 psi
Tensile Strength
(7 day cure)
ASTM C 190
Permeability
(3 day cure)
CRD 48 55
380 psi (2.62 MPa)
325 psi (2.24 MPa)
8.1x10 llcm/sec to
7.6x10 cm/sec
at 100% RH
at50 %RH
49.12.2.4 CEMENT LINING
A self bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and
provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following
properties:
Calcium Aluminate Cement
12 Hrs
24 His
7 Days
28 Days
SectionlV
Page 106 of 128
11/26/2013
NOTE: Steps 1 -5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step
6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty -four hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to
cement lining.
49.12.3.2 PREPARATION
An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the
rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to
remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from
entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines ( where feasible) or inserting protective
screens.
49.12.3.3 STRUCTURAL REPAIR
Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill
cracks and voids in stnicmre Allncxj txxr art fh, !111'1 .. , «. .... L_ r____ •
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Astm C 495
Compressive Strength, Psi
7000
11000
12000
13000
Astm C 293
Flexural Strength, Psi
1000
1500
1800
2000
Astm C 596
Shrinkage At 90% Humidity
—
<0.04
<0.06
<0.08
Astm C 666
Freeze -Thaw Aft 300 Cycle
No Damage
Astm C 990
Pull - Out Strength
200 - 230 Psi Tensile
Astm C 457
Air Void Content (7 Days)
3%
Astm C 497
Porosity/Adsorption Test
4 - 5%
Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after 24 Hrs moist curing at 68 F.
The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C
1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture
shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch, but no greater than two inches. It will
have a dark grey color.
49.12.2.5 EPDXY COATING
A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of 30 dry mils. This
epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including
excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be
applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its
uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the
following properties at 75 degrees F:
Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume 1:1
Color (other colors available on request) Light Gray
Pot Life, hrs 1
Tensile Strength, psi, min 2,000
Tensile Elongation, % 10 —20
Water Extractable Substances, mg. /sq. in., max 5
Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 1,800
49.12.2.6 CHEMICAL RESISTANCE
Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3 %), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10 %), MEK,
Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3 %), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin
Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3 %), and many others.
49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION
49.12.3.1 PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW
Work shall proceed as follows:
1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client.
2. Clean manhole and remove debris.
a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris.
b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease.
c. Hydroblast and /or sand blast structure.
SectionlV Page 107 of 128
11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
d. Remove debris from work area.
3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement.
(Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as
required by client.
4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration.
5. Apply cementitious /crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as
needed.
6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces.
7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces.
NOTE: Steps 1 -5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step
6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty-four hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to
cement lining.
49.12.3.2 PREPARATION
An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the
rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to
remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from
entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines ( where feasible) or inserting protective
screens.
49.12.3.3 STRUCTURAL REPAIR
Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill
cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying
waterproofing/crystallization.
49.12.3.4 INFILTRATION CONTROL
Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam.
1. Drill 5/8" holes through active leaking surface.
2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer.
3. Inject material until water flow stops.
4. Remove fittings (if necessary).
49.12.3.5 WATERPROOFING /CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS
1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiff brush, forming an undercoat.
2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand.
3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal
forming process.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks.
5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat.
6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining.
SectionlV
Page 108 of 128 11/26/2013
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
49.12.3.6 CEMENT LINING
1. Dampen surface.
2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application.
3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (and no more than 2 inches)
has been achieved.
4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole.
5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish.
6. Allow for a 24 -hour cure time prior to epoxy coating.
NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing
times.
49.12.3.7 EPDXY COATING
Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a
thickness of at least 30 mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6)
hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours.
49.12.3.8 CLEAN UP
The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area.
49.12.3.9 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE
Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes
entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn
into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the
manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn
and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the
vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60)
seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and
ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial
test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained.
Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer.
49.12.3.10 WARRANTY
All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years,
provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used.
50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS
This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 — PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS.
51 IN -LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM
51.1 SCOPE
1. These specifications pertain to the application of the Plexiflor Color Finish System over
recreational areas intended for In -Line Skating activities. The materials specified in the
SectionlV
Page 109 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
site plans shall be of colors indicated and for application over the Plexipave Acrylic Latex
System.
2. The work shall consist of suitable cleaning and preparation of the surface to assure a
satisfactory bond of the system to the existing surface.
3. All coverage rates are calculated prior to dilution.
4. Plexiflor In -line Skating Surfacing System
• 1 Coat of Acrylic Resurfacer
• 2 Coats of Fortified Plexipave
• 2 Coats of Plexiflor
• Plexicolor Line Paint
51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS
51.2.1 ASPHALT
Allow new asphalt to cure a minimum of 6 months. The surface must be checked for birdbaths,
cracks and other irregularities and repaired with Court Patch Binder according to California
Specification Section 10.14. (Surfacing prior to six months may make the asphalt subject to
indentation).
51.2.2 CONCRETE
Concrete shall have a wood float or broom finish. DO NOT PROVIDE STEEL TROWEL
FINISH. DO NOT USE CURING AGENTS OR CONCRETE HARDENERS. Allow the
concrete to cure a minimum of 30 days. Acid Etch the entire surface with Concrete Preparer
according to California Specification Section 10.13. Check surface for birdbaths, cracks and
other irregularities and repair with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification
Section 10.14.
51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX
Court Patch Binder Mix: 100 Lbs. #80 -100 Mesh Silica Sand (dry) 3 gallons Couth Patch Binder
1 to 2 gallons Portland Cement.
51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT
1. Application of the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix shall be applied to the clean, dry, level
surfaces to receive the Plexiflor Surfacing System. The mix shall be applied according to
California Specification Section 10.8 using the following mix:
Acrylic Resurfacer
Water (Clean and Potable)
Sand (60 -80 mesh)
Liquid Yield
55 gallons
20 -40 gallons
600 -900 pounds
112 -138 gallons
2. Over asphalt surfaces, apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two coats (depending
on surface porosity) at a rate of .05 -.07 gallons per square yard per coat.
3. Non - coated concrete surfaces must be neutralized with concrete preparer and primed with
California Ti -Coat according to Specification Section 10.17. The Acrylic Resurfacer Mix
SectionIV
Page 110 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
must be applied within 3 hours of the TiCoat application while the primer is dry but still
tacky to the touch. Apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two applications at a rate
of .05 -.07 gallons per square yard per coat.
51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE
After the filler coat application has dried, apply two coats of Fortified Plexipave at an undiluted
rate of .05 -.07 gallons per square yard per coat using the following mix:
Plexipave Color Base 30 gallons
Plexichrome 20 gallons
Water 20 gallons
51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION
1. Plexiflor is factory premixed and ready to use from the container. The material may be
diluted with one (1 ) part water to six (6) parts Plexiflor to improve flowability and
provide uniform application.
2. Apply two coats of Plexiflor at a rate of .04 -.05 gallons per square yard per coat.
3. Plexiflor is applied (in a similar manner to Plexipave) in windrows on the surface with
sufficient quantity to cover as the squeegee is pulled over the surface. Apply only light
pressure to the squeegee. Do not allow ridges to form between passes of the squeegee.
Ridges existing after material dries should require corrective action.
4. Plexiflor and its preliminary coatings should be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to
application of subsequent coats.
51.6 PLAYING LINES
Four hours minimum after completion of the color resurfacing, playing lines shall be accurately
located, marked and painted with Plexicolor Line Paint as specified by The National In -Line
Hockey Association.
51.7 GENERAL
1. The contractor shall remove all containers, surplus materials and debris upon completion
of work leaving the site in a clean, orderly condition that is acceptable to the owner.
Gates shall be secured and all containers shall be disposed of in accordance with Local,
State and Federal regulations.
2. Materials specified for the Plexiflor System shall tee delivered to the site in sealed,
property labeled arums with California Products Corporation labels that are stenciled
with the proper batch code numbers. Products packaged or labeled in any other manner
will not be accepted. Mixing with clear, fresh water shall only be done at the job site.
Coverage rates are based upon material prior to mixing with water as specified.
51.8 LIMITATIONS
1. Do not apply if surface temperature is less than 50 °F or more than 1 40 °F.
2. Do not apply when rain or high humidity is imminent.
3. Do not apply when surface is damp or has standing water.
SectionlV
Page 111 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
4. Plexiflor will not hide surface imperfections of previous coatings.
5. Keep from freezing. Do not store in the hot sun.
6. Keep containers tightly closed when not in use.
7. Plexiflor will not prevent substrate cracks from occurring.
8. Plexiflor will mark slightly from normal use of some In -line Skates.
9. Coefficient of friction = 0.78
10. Coating Application Drying Time: 30 minutes to 1 hour at 70 °F with 60% relative
humidity.
11. Keep court clean. Excess dirt or foreign material can cause the surface to be slippery.
In -Line hockey is a physical sport. Always wear NIHA recommended protective gear.
52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION
This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 22 - RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START
OF CONSTRUCTION.
53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES
53.1 MATERIAL
53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL
53.1.1.1 PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES
Gabion & mattress basket units shall be of non - raveling construction and fabricated from a
double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of
a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.1063 inches (approx. US gauge
12). All wire used in the fabrication of the gabion shall comply with or exceed Federal
Specifications QQ- W -461H, possess a maximum tensile strength of 70,000 p.s.i. with a Finish 5,
Class 3 zinc coating in accordance with the current ASTM A -641. The weight of zinc coating
shall be determined by ASTM A -90. The grade of zinc used for coating shall be High Grade or
Special High Grade, as prescribed in ASTM B -6, Table 1. Uniformity of coating shall equal or
exceed four 1- minute dips by the Preece test, as determined by ASTM A -239.
The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC
coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3
1/4 inches by 4 1/2 inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC
coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire
core, 0.1338 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 10), coated with PVC and having an overall
diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.173 inches. Lacing and connecting wire
shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in
diameter (approx. US gauge 13 '/2), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized
wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be
permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge
joint with a strength of 1200 lbs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed
condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a
minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. Tiger -Tite
SectionIV Page 112 of 128 11/26/2013
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
Interlocking Fasteners are an approved alternate joint material. The Interlocking Wire Fastener
shall meet stainless steel material specification ASTM A -313, Type 302, Class 1, or equal.
All of the above wire diameters are subject to tolerance limit of 0.004 inches in accordance with
ASTM A -641.
53.1.1.2 PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING
The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not
less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist
deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show
any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to
attack from acids and resistant to abrasion.
1. Specific Gravity:
a. According to ASTM D -2287 and ASTM D- 792; in the range of 1.30 to 1.34.
2. Tensile Strength:
a. According to ASTM D -142; not less than 2980 psi.
3. Modulus of Elasticity:
a. According to ASTM D -412; not less than 2700 psi at 100% strain.
4. Resistance to Abrasion:
a. According to ASTM 1242; weight loss <12% (Method B).
5. Brittleness Temperature:
a. According to ASTM D -746, Procedure A; shall be at least 8.3 degrees centigrade
below the minimum temperature at which the gabions will be handled or placed but
not lower than -9.4 degrees centigrade.
6. Hardness:
a. According to ASTM D -2240; shall be between 50 and 60 Shore D when tested.
7. Creeping Corrosion:
a. Maximum corrosion penetration to the wire core from a square cut end section shall
not be more than 25mm when the specimen has been immersed for 2000 hours in a
50% SOLUTION HC1 (hydrochloric acid 12 Be).
53.1.1.3 ACCELERATED AGING TESTS
Variation of the initial properties will be allowed, as specified below, when the specimen is
submitted to the following Accelerated Aging Tests:
1. Salt Spray Test:
a. According to ASTM B -117
b. Period of test = 3000 hours.
2. Exposure to ultraviolet rays:
a. According to ASTM D -1499 and ASTM G -23 (Apparatus Type E). Period of test =
3000 hours at 63 degrees centigrade.
SectionlV
Page 113 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
3. Exposure to high temperature:
a. Testing period: 240 hours at 105 degrees centigrade, when tested in accordance with
ASTM D- 1203 and ASTM D -2287.
53.1.1.4 PROPERTIES AFTER AGING TESTS
After the above Accelerated Aging Tests have been performed, the PVC compound shall exhibit
the following properties:
1. Appearance:
a. The vinyl coating shall not crack, blister or split and shall not show any remarkable
change in color.
2. Specific Gravity:
a. Shall not show change higher than 6% of its initial value.
3. Durometer Hardness:
a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value.
4. Tensile Strength:
a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value.
5. Elongation:
a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value.
6. Modulus of Elasticity:
a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value.
7. Resistance to Abrasion:
a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value.
8. Brittleness Temperature:
a. Cold Bend Temperature - Shall not be lower than -20 degrees centigrade.
b. Cold Flex Temperature - Shall not be higher than +18 degrees centigrade.
53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL:
The filler stone shall be limestone from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is
started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or
supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific
gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure.
The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote
deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be
retained in the gabion or mattress baskets.
The stone shall meet the following physical requirements:
• Absorption, maximum 5%
• Los Angeles Abrasion (FM 10T096), maximum loss 45%
• Soundness (Sodium Sulphate), (FM 1- T104), maximum loss 12%
SectionlV
Page 114 of 128 11/26/2013
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
• Flat and elongated pieces, materials with least dimension less than one third of greatest
dimension shall not exceed 5% by weight.
All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical
diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by
weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening.
53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE
Mattress wire shall conform to the same specifications as gabions except as follows:
1. The nominal diameter of the wire used in the fabrication of the netting shall be 0.0866
inches minimum, subject to diameter tolerance in accordance with the current ASTM A
641, Table 3.
2. All wire shall be galvanized according to ASTM A 641, Table 1. The minimum weight of
the zinc coating shall be 0.70 ozs. /sq. ft. for the 0.0866 inch wire used for mesh and
lacing and 0.80 ozs. /sq. ft. for the 0.106 wire used for selvedge.
3. Adhesion of the zinc coating to the wire shall be capable of being wrapped in a close
helix at a rate not exceeding 15 turns per minute around a cylindrical steel mandrel
having a diameter 3 times the nominal wire diameter being tested. After the wrap test is
completed, the wire shall not exhibit any cracking or flaking of the zinc coating to such
an extent that any zinc can be removed by rubbing with bare fingers.
53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC
Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Index 199, Type D -2, and FDOT Standard
Specifications, 1996 edition, Section 985.
53.2 PERFORMANCE
Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's
recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such
a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into
rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses
shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a
single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a
manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the
mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one -half its horizontal width,
they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall
be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no
additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not
ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections
forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of mesh is cut.
Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The
binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single
and double loops are alternated.
A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and
binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical
reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled
line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back.
SectionlV
Page 115 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended.
Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions
shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to
opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full
and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one
two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top.
Filler stone shall not be dropped more than 12" into the gabions and mattresses.
Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the
cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or
cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against
movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be
replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work
shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the
manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less.
54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
54.1 SCOPE
To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of
plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems;
ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces
at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance
activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone.
The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the landscaped street
medians including:
• Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic;
• Trash and debris removal from the job site;
• Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces;
• Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms;
• Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted);
• Irrigation service and repair;
• Mulch replacement;
• Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the
• Reporting of irregularities at the job site.
54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK
The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract
between the hours of 6:30 a.m. and 7 :00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed
holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract
maintenance at other hours.
All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, that is the cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc.,
be completed before leaving the job site.
SectionlV
Page 116 of 128 11/26/2013
1 54.3 WORK METHODS
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING
The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service).
Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in
writing by an authorized representative of the other party.
54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT
The contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated
location:
54.4 LITTER
Remove trash and debris from the area to be maintained. Proper disposal of collected trash and
debris is a requirement of the contractor. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes,
tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The contractor
should report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the
extraordinary cleanup from the contractor would be considered.
54.5 VISUAL CHECK
The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or
damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within 24 hours
after providing the service.
54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING
All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature
size of the particular specie. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants
in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while
maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants
shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope.
Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following
flower formation, according to the following specifications:
54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY
DATE, ETC.)
Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to
remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded
heads that are encountered in the pruning process; remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation;
such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the
trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed
on palms.
54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL
All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the
contractor. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion.
SectionIV
Page 117 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL
Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the
contractor, according to the attached Maintenance of Traffic specifications.
54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY
Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park
users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high
pedestrian use areas.
54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION
All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20 -6 -12 sulfur
coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in
mid - February, early June, and mid - September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and
amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials.
54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA
Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable.
Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied
by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by contractor
at his/her expense.
54.13 MULCH CONDITION
Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil
moisture, usually 3 inches.
54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR
Should be performed at each visit to assure the systems proper operation and timing. Drip tubing
should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and
operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled
system running time. All repairs which will be charged at $20.00 or more must be approved in
advance by the city. Minor repairs, less than $20.00, should be billed to the City in addition to
the monthly maintenance fee.
54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL
Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a
less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be
replaced by the contractor at the contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on
City properties.
54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION
Apply three pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across
the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February.
SectionlV
Page 118 of 128 11/26/2013
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
The City will provide a freeze /frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze /frost
sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility (yet
to be determined). Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the
sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's
directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City
will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty-four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to
protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it
to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or
remain in place as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about
removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may
cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day
(5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on -site
work at the contracted rate per man -hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for
the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate
per employee required. The City and contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations
with weather conditions. Should freeze /frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform
remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City.
54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE
This location is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within 7
working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six and no
further than ten calendar days apart.
54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK
Within 24 hours of completing work the contractor shall notify the supervisor assigned to
monitor the contract either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a
phone message. However, to make certain the message is received, it is advisable to call between
6:30 a.m. — 7:30 a.m. or 2:30 p.m. — 3:00 p.m.
54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL
Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the
following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City
shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be
given 48 hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been
completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed.
54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a six month
period on plants and 12 month warranty on palms. Landscape installer will coordinate
irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the
landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm
heads /fronds as he feels appropriate.
2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates.
SectionlV
Page 119 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
3. All maintenance shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with
trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry.
4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature
caused by the Contractor or his /her employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing
of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option,
invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs the next
regular payment to the Contractor.
5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked
vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular
schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall
schedule to perform the required maintenance to the location as soon as the pertaining
circumstances are relieved.
55 MILLING OPERATIONS
55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE
Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be
performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition).
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all
milling.
55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS
1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the contractor is responsible
to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal
environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment.
2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven days from the time it was milled, unless
otherwise noted in the contract documents.
3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of
the vacuum or the mechanical type, that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The
sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre- wetting to minimize dust.
Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in
addition to the roadways before leaving the job site.
4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled
to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the concrete surface.
5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line
and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this
removal shall be included in the bid item for milling.
6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by
the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling.
7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the
road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000
Standard Specifications for S -Type resurfacing projects or Section 330 (latest edition) for
superpave resurfacing projects. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for
asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
SectionIV
Page 120 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed
that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to said base that result from a
failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and
at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City
approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for
milling.
9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after
the milling operation is complete.
55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS
All surplus existing materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the
City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the
Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the Public Services Division at (727) 562 -4950 to
schedule delivery of material.
55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS
All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the property of the Contractor. The
Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory
requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City.
55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
All utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their
owners at the owner's expense. The Contractor shall arrange his schedule to allow utility owners
the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility
adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing
operations.
55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES
The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances
shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 23.7 of the City's
Technical Specifications.
55.7 TYPES OF MILLING
There are two types of milling used by the City:
A. Wedge — This will consist of milling a six foot wide strip along the curb line of the
pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height
and pavement cross section.
B. Full Width — This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line /edge of
pavement to curb line /edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry
shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer.
Section IV
Page 121 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS
Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to
restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend
approximately 50 to 100 feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale.
55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted.
55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and
stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of
radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's
discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals
necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications.
56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures,
appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles,
posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through
the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction.
Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the
Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off -site in
accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements.
56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and
grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer.
56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and
structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape
trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work.
57 RIPRAP
The work included in this specification includes the construction of either sand - cement or rubble
riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (latest edition).
57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement for riprap shall be the volume of sand used in cubic yards for sand -
cement, or the dry weight in tons for rubble.
SectionlV
Page 122 of 128 11/26/2013
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The pay item for sand - cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling,
equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand - cement and all
incidentals necessary to complete the work.
The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and
shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill,
dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work.
No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on -site is used as rubble riprap.
58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY
This article applies to all City projects located at one of the City's Wastewater Treatment Plants
(WWTP) or Potable Water Reservoirs.
58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL
The Contractor shall be aware that hazardous materials are used at the WWTP's and the water
reservoirs. These may include sodium hypochlorite, gaseous chlorine, sulfur dioxide and
ammonia. Potential safety hazards associated with these substances include:
• An accidental spill or release can impair respiratory functions and result in severe burns
to the skin and eyes. At the pre - construction conference, the contractor will be provided
with a copy of the City of Clearwater Public Utilities Department Emergency Response
Plan, and a copy of the applicable Material Safety Data Sheets. All employees of the
contractor and sub - contractor assigned to this job shall be familiar with the content of
these documents.
58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING
Prior to issuance of a notice to proceed, the contractor must submit documentation regarding
employee safety training relating to the items in Section A above. The documentation must
include:
• Verification that all employees assigned to this job have received and understood training
in the proper work practices necessary to safely perform the job while working around
gaseous chlorine and sulfur dioxide gas.
• The date of the training, and
• The means used to verify that the employee understood the training.
59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
All traffic signal work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (Sections 603 through 699), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents
and plans.
This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment,
materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit,
signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power
service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors,
SectionIV
Page 123 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal of
existing traffic signal equipment, and internally illuminated signs.
All traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's
Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer
registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report,
shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All
mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the
manufacturer.
All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LED's and, approved by both
the City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdown
features.
Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is PROHIBITED unless directed by the
City's Traffic Engineering Division.
59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans
and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to
complete the work per the plans.
60 SIGNING AND MARKING
All signing and marking work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard
Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans.
This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and
markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular
delineators /flex posts (Sections 705 and 972).
The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or
markings shall be "blacked -out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No
payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked -out" areas. Omissions in striping or
markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made.
60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans
and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the
work per the plans.
61 ROADWAY LIGHTING
All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans.
61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans
and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work
per the plans.
SectionIV
Page 124 of 128 11/26/2013
1
' Section IV — Technical Specifications
62 TREE PROTECTION
62.1 TREE BARRICADES
A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land
' preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all
staging and /or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows:
1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms.
1 2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer
species.
3. At or greater than two - thirds of the dripline of all other protected species
4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand.
' B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two -inch lumber for upright posts.
Upright posts are to be at least four feet in length with a minimum of one foot anchored in
the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet apart.
' Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch by four -inch lumber and
shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The project City's representative
must approve any variation from the above requirements.
' C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is
terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during
construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall
' remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor
utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative.
D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or
' debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier
no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No
equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such
1 protective barriers.
E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any
protected tree or palm.
F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this
section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees.
' 62.2 ROOT PRUNING
I A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical
root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society
of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce
I the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to
any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean
pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be
I pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand
digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment
designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is
Istrictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by
SectionfV Page 125 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV — Technical Specifications
construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of 18 inches below existing grade
or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than 18 inches from existing grade. Tim Kurtz,
Senior Landscape Architect is the City's Representative on Engineering Department projects
for root Pruning issues and can be reached at (727) 562 -4737, or through the construction
inspector assigned to the project.
B. Root pruning shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International
Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist.
C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted)
inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning.
D. Root pruning shall be performed as far in advance of other construction activities as is
feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated
tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning.
E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any
root pruning activities.
F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches per one inch of the trunk diameter
from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said
root pruning.
G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be
done to a minimum depth of 18" from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less
than 18 ".
H. Root pruning shall be performed using a Doscocil Root Cutting Machine or equivalent.
Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to
any work adjacent to trees to be preserved.
I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any
excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected.
J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree
roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled
around to prevent damage to the root.
K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or
burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established.
L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may
require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root
pruned trees.
M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root
pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional
boring as opposed to open trenching.
62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING
A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be performed by or
under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified
arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards
Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations — Tree, Shrub and
other Woody Plant Maintenance — Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A -300.
SectionlV
Page 126 of 128 11/26/2013
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Section IV — Technical Specifications
B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts
(pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree)
are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be
recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require
replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances.
C. No protected tree shall have more than 30 percent of its foliage removed.
D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion - tailed. Any protected tree that has been
improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing
condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and
Ordinances.
E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage
trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been
damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy
growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and
Ordinances.
63 PROJECT WEB PAGES
63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN
If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the
current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project
information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project
Contacts.
Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer
shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the
Project Web Pages.
63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES
Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section
508 guidelines whenever possible:
http: / /www.w3.org/TR/1999/WAI-WEBC ONTENT-19990505/
http://www.section508.gov/
In particular, use of variable -width tables, user - adjustable /relative font sizes, ALT text for
images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design /aesthetics.
63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE
The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic
material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles,
apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion
shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to
fit a space. The logo is approved for use by city departments, and is not to be used by outside
vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public
Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from the Public
Communications. This is for internal use only.
SectionlV
Page 127 of 128 11/26/2013
Section IV - Technical Specifications
63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS
Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics
should be posted to the Project Web Pages.
1
1
1
63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS
The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow Public's input sent back
to the City regarding the Project.
63.6 POSTING
The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web
Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different than City's Web server, if approved,
should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity
issues.
63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES
Unless otherwise specified and agreed Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages
up -to -date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's
Webmaster for posting.
64 OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE
64.1 CLEARANCE OPTIONS
When working in the vicinity of overhead power lines the Contractor shall utilize one of the
following options:
Option 1 - Having the power lines de- energized and visibly grounded.
Option 2 - Maintaining a minimum distance of 20 feet of clearance for voltages up to 350
kV an 50 feet of clearance for voltages more than 350 kV.
Option 3 - Determine the line voltage and provide clearance in accordance with the table
included in Section 64.2.
64.2 REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES
VOLTAGE
(nominal, kV, alternating current)
MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCE
(feet)
Up to 50
10
Over 50 to 200
15
Over 20 to 350
20
Over 350 to 500
25
Over 500 to 750
35
Over 750 to 1,000
45
Over 1000
(as established by the utility owner /operator or registered
professional engineer who is a qualified person with
respect to electric power transmission and distribution)
Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200
means up to and including 200kV.
Sectional
Page 128 of 128
11/26/2013
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION IVa
SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
The Technical Specifications of the Construction Contract; Articles 1 through 56
inclusive; are a part of this contract.
The following supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the Technical
Specifications of the Construction Contract. Where any article of the Technical
Specifications is modified or any paragraph, subparagraph or clause thereof is modified
or deleted by these supplements, the unaltered provisions of that article, paragraph,
subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect.
MODIFICATIONS TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ARTICLES 1 -63
Basis for measurement and payment for all Articles shall be
superseded by Section 01630 in Section IVa Supplemental
Technical Specifications.
ARTICLE 3 - DEFINITION OF TERMS
3 Add to the definition of "Estimated Quantities" the following
I statement: The basis of payment for work and materials will be
the actual amount of work done and materials furnished.
Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for damages,
anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any difference
between the amounts of work actually performed and materials
actually furnished and the estimated amounts thereof.
1 ARTICLE 6 - CONCRETE
1
1
1
1
1
1
6 Add the following statements-
Mixing time: Deliver concrete to site and discharge within 1 -1/2
hour or before 300 revolutions of mixer drum, after initial
introduction of mixing water to cement and aggregates or cement
to aggregates.
For concrete joints:
A. General: Provide joints of types indicated. Hold locations
and alignment to within plus 1/4 IN. Finish concrete surface
adjacent to previous section to within plus 1/8 IN, with tooled
radius of 1/4 IN.
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Section IVa - 1
13- 0047 -UT Supplementary Technical Specifications
B. Metal keyway joints: Form by installing metal parting strip,
left in place. Stake and support like side form. Provide
dowels or tie bars where indicated.
C. Weakened plane joints:
1. Tooled joints: Tool groove in freshly placed concrete.
Groove dimensions: 3/8 IN at surface and 1/4 IN at
root.
D. Construction joints: Install at end of day's work or wherever
concreting must be interrupted for 30 minutes. Place timber
bulkhead full depth of slab, securely staked.
E. Expansion joints: Place 3/4 IN preformed expansion joints at
intervals as indicated and at all junctions with previously
placed sidewalks, curb or other structures. Seal sidewalk
joints with polyurethane sealant.
Finishing concrete:
A. As soon as placed, strike off and screed to crown and cross
section, slightly above grade so that consolidation and
finishing will bring final plan elevations. First pass of fist
screed should maintain uniform ridge full width.
B. Consolidate by vibrating screeds, internal units or a
combination.
C. Test with 6 FT straightedges, equipped with long handles
and operated from sidewalk. Draw excess water and
laitance off from surface.
D. Float finish so as to leave no disfiguring marks, but to
produce a uniform granular or sandy texture. Exterior
sidewalks at buildings shall receive light broom finish.
E. Tool pavement edges with suitable edger.
F. Final finish shall equal existing textures and conditions.
Curing concrete:
A. Cure for 7 days by method applicable to ambient conditions.
Apply curing medium as soon as possible. Maintain to
prevent detrimental loss of water from surface and edges of
concrete during entire curing period.
B. Burlap curing: Cover entire surface and edges. Keep
continuously wet. After removal of forms, fold burlap over
back of curb on slab, to subgrade.
C. Curing compound: Spray on white - pigmented membrane
forming compound. Use power driven spraying equipment,
and spread at rate not to exceed 200 SQ FT /GAL. Concrete
surfaces must be moist before application. Recoat, if
directed by the Engineer, to eliminate pinholes or holidays.
Do not use compound on surfaces to which new concrete is
to be bonded.
Cold and hot weather concreting:
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Section IVa - 2
13- 0047 -UT Supplementary Technical Specifications
1 Cold weather (comply with ACI -306).
a. Cease concrete placing when descending air
temperature in shade falls below 40° F. Do not
resume until ambient temperature has risen to 40° F.
If placing is authorized maintain temperature of mix
between 60 and 80° F. Heat aggregates or water or
both. Water temperature may not exceed 175° F;
aggregates, 150° F.
c. When average daily temperature is below 50° F
provide insulative protection of 12 IN minimum
thickness loose dry straw or equivalent, for 10 days.
d. Remove and replace all frost injured concrete.
e. Never use salt or other antifreeze.
2. Hot weather (comply with ACI -305).
a. Cease concrete placing when plastic mix temperature
cannot be maintained under 90° F.
b. Aggregates or water or both may be cooled. Cool
water with crushed ice; aggregates by evaporation or
water spray.
c. Never batch cement hotter than 160° F.
ARTICLE 9 - OBSTRUCTIONS
9 Add the following statement- "Any survey monument or benchmark
which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before
removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon
completion of the work by a Florida registered Professional
Surveyor and Mapper (PSM)."
ARTICLE 14 - BACKFILL
14 Replace the third paragraph with- "Backfill under all types of paving
shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 6" in thickness unless
alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a
minimum of 98% compaction as determined by AASHTO T 180
(Modified Proctor Density Test) to the bottom of pavement."
Replace the fourth paragraph with- `Backfill outside of pavement
areas shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness
the full depth to the ground surface to a minimum of 95%
compaction as determined by AASHTO T 180 (Modified Proctor
Density Test)."
ARTICLE 38 — EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL
38 Add the following statement- "See Sedimentation and Erosion
Control Notes and Details drawing, which states "Contractor shall
prepare and submit a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Section IVa - 3
13- 0047 -UT Supplementary Technical Specifications
(SWPPP) and National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(NPDES) permit in accordance with FDEP criteria for an NPDES
construction activities permit. Visit
www.dep.state.fl.us /water /stormwater /npdes for more information.
Contractor shall obtain a FDEP generic permit for the discharge
of produced groundwater. All soil erosion and sediment control
measures shall be installed prior to disturbance and maintained
through project completion."
38.9 Add the following statement- "No additional payment will be made
to the Contractor for the re- establishment of erosion control
devices which may become damaged, destroyed, or otherwise
rendered unsuitable for their intended function during the
construction of the Project. Near completion of the project, when
directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall dismantle and
remove the temporary devices used for sediment control during
construction.
ARTICLE 41 — WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES
41.2 Article 41.2.2.1 Ductile Iron Pipe shall be superseded by Section
15062 in Section IVa Supplementary Technical Specifications.
Article 41.2.2.3 Fittings and Joints shall be superseded by Section
15062 in Section IVa Supplementary Technical Specifications.
Article 41.2.2.4 Restraint shall be superseded by Section 15062 in
Section IVa Supplementary Technical Specifications.
Article 41.2.4 Valve Boxes: All valve boxes within roadway right -of-
way shall have heavy duty load rating meeting H2O highway traffic
loads (16,000 lb wheel loads).
Article 41.3.2.1 Alignment and Grade: The depth of cover over the
main shall be a minimum of 36" and a maximum of 60" below
finished grade, except where approved by the Owner to avoid
conflicts and obstructions.
Article 41.3.2.2 Installation: For push -on joint connections, cut
ends shall be ground smooth and beveled.
Article 41.3.3.4 Anchorage: See restrained joint table in drawings
for length of pipe to be restrained.
Article 41.4.1 Hydrostatic Tests shall be superseded by Section
15062 in Section IVa Supplementary Technical Specifications.
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Section IVa - 4
13- 0047 -UT Supplementary Technical Specifications
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Article 41.5.2 Flushing shall be superseded by Section 15062 in
Section IVa Supplementary Technical Specifications.
ARTICLE 56 — CLEARING AND GRUBBING
56 Add the following statement- "Strip topsoil to whatever depths
encountered, in manner to prevent intermingling with underlying
subsoil or objectionable material. Remove heavy growths of grass
before stripping. Where trees are indicated to be left standing,
stop topsoil stripping sufficient distance from such trees to prevent
damage to main root system. Stockpile topsoil where directed.
Construct storage piles to freely drain surface water and seed or
cover storage piles to prevent erosion. Do not strip topsoil in
wooded areas where no change in grade occurs. Borrow topsoil to
be reasonably free of subsoil, objects over 2 IN diameter, weeds
and roots."
Add the following statement- "Disposal of waste materials shall
require the removal of all waste materials from site. Do not burn
combustible materials on site or bury organic matter on site. All drill
cuttings, water or other waste materials caused by the drilling
operations which are not required to complete the work shall be
removed by the Contractor and disposed of at a location and in a
manner in accordance with all Laws and Regulations."
The following divisions are included as part of supplemental technical
specifications.
DIVISION 01 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section Title
01010 Project Requirements
01311 Construction Scheduling
01370 Schedule of Values
01630 Measurement and Payment
DIVISION 02 — SITEWORK
Section Title
02050 Demolition
02770 Bypass Pumping
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Section IVa - 5
13- 0047 -UT Supplementary Technical Specifications
DIVISION 03 —
Section
03410
DIVISION 09
Section
09117
09900
09910
CONCRETE
Title
Precast Concrete Wetwell
— FINISHES
Title
Spectrashield Protective Coating System
Painting and Coatings
Green Monster Liner System
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
Section
11360
Title
Pumping Systems
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
Section
15062
15064
15065
15100
Title
Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
HDPE Pipe
Tracer Wire
Valves and Appurtenances
END OF SUPPLEMENTARY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Section 1Va - 6
13- 0047 -UT Supplementary Technical Specifications
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements
SECTION 01010
PROJECT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
Issued for Bid
A. The work covered by this Section consists in furnishing all labor,
equipment and materials, and in performing all operations in connection
with the rehabilitation of Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50, complete and ready for
use in accordance with the latest specifications of the American Water
Works Association and the applicable plans, and subject to the terms and
conditions of the contract.
B. Contractor's General Responsibility: The Contractor shall provide a
complete tested and operating system including wet well rehabilitation,
new concrete top slab, new pumps, electrical and controls, pipe, pipe
fittings, restrained joints, thrust blocks, valves, valve boxes, and
appurtenances.
C. The work included in this contract consists of various improvements at Lift
Stations #29, 46 & 50.
1 The following work will be performed at Lift Station #29: removal of
the existing pumps and discharge piping, removal of existing top
slab, pouring of a new concrete slab and installation of new access
hatches, separation of the wet well and the valve vault, lining the
existing wet well, installation of new pumps, discharge piping and
pressure gauges; replacement of the valves in the valve vault; air
release valve assembly, new lighting in the pump station area;
installation of a new control panel, new potable water service
connection, new GeoWeb stabilized driveway and a new frame and
cover for the upstream manhole. Relocate the existing RTU and
radio presently installed in the existing control cabinet to the
proposed control panel. Provide monitoring signals to the existing
SCADA system. Provide bypass pumping, as necessary, to perform
the work. Sod disturbed area.
2. The following work will be performed at Lift Station #46: removal of
third riser pipe, rails and pump shoe from previous triplet
configuration; relocation of bypass connection outside of the valve
vault; lining the existing wet well, new frame and cover for the
upstream manhole; replacement of pumps' base elbows in the wet
well, new valve vault with new access hatch and safety grates at
the wet well opening, correction of soil erosion near the wet well
Section IV -a 01010 -1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
slab; new area Tight. Provide bypass pumping, as necessary, to
perform the work.
3. The following work will be performed at Lift Station #50:
replacement of discharge piping and pumps' base elbows,
replacement of valves, relocation of bypass connection outside of
the valve vault; lining the existing wet well, removal of sump pump
and installation of a new valve vault drain, safety grates at the wet
well hatches, new area Tight. Provide bypass pumping, as
necessary, to perform the work.
4. Specifications: See the appropriate Technical Sections of these
Specifications for detailed information on materials, equipment, and
installation.
5. Measurement and Payment: See Section 01630 of Section IVa —
Supplemental Technical Specifications for measurement and
payment items.
6. Traffic Control
a. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing traffic
control in accordance with Specification 44 of Section IV —
Technical Specifications.
7 As -Built Plans
a. As -Built Plans (Record Drawings), prepared by and certified
by a licensed surveyor, shall be submitted as outlined in
Specification 6.11 of Section III — General Conditions.
8. Pressure Tests: The Contractor is responsible for pressure tests
with inspection by the Owner and/or his Project Representative in
conformance with the Technical Specifications.
9. Video Tape and Photos of Work Areas: Video tape of all work areas
in the Contract will be made by the Contractor prior to the start of
construction. For details see Specification 37 of Section IV —
Technical Specifications.
10. Erosion Control
a. Erosion control during construction, including storage and
staging areas, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor
until restoration is completed. For details see Specification
38 of Section IV — Technical Specifications.
Section IV -a 01010 -2
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
b. The Contractor shall re- establish, at no additional expense to
the City, all erosion control devices, or sections thereof,
which may become damaged, destroyed or otherwise
rendered unsuitable for their intended function during the
construction of the project.
11. Restoration
a. The restoration of driveways, walks, curb, sprinklers, grass,
etc. is very important to the residents in the project work
area. The Contractor is required to begin restoration in a
timely manner. Contractor shall at all times keep the
premises free of accumulated wasted materials, rubbish and
other debris caused by his work. For details see
Specification 6.5 of Section III — General Conditions.
b. The removal and /or replacement of trees and shrubs shall
be the responsibility of the Contractor unless otherwise
noted on the construction drawings or Scope of Work.
c. The Contractor will be responsible for the repair of sprinkler
systems, private drain lines, etc. as part of the per unit foot
cost of pipe.
12. Permits
a. No Florida Department of Environmental Protection permit is
required for the rehabilitation of Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50.
b. The Contractor shall obtain, maintain and pay for all other
permits, licenses, comply with building and construction
codes and other authorizations required for the prosecution
of the work, and bear the cost of all work performed in
compliance with the terms and conditions of such permits,
licenses and authorizations, whether by himself or others.
For details see Specification 6.8 of Section III — General
Conditions.
13. OSHA Regulations: The Contractor must be aware of and comply
with the OSHA regulations regarding all trenching operations.
14. Protection of Adjacent Property: If adjacent property is affected or
endangered by any work done under this Contract, it shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor to take whatever steps are
Section IV -a 01010 -3
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
necessary to protect the adjacent property and to contact the City's
Project Representative.
15. Connections to Existing Pipelines: Connections to existing sanitary
sewer pipelines shall be accomplished in as short a time as
possible in order to maintain service to existing customers with
minimal interruption. This work will require notification to all
affected customers and may require night work.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Laws and Regulations: The Contractor shall give all notices and comply
with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations applicable to the work. If
the Contractor observes that the Specifications or Drawings are at
variance therewith, the Contractor shall give the Engineer prompt written
notice thereof, and any necessary changes shall be adjusted by an
appropriate modification. If the Contractor performs any work knowing or
having reason to know that it is contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules
and regulations, and without such notice to Engineer, the Contractor shall
bear all costs arising there from; however, it shall not be the Contractor's
primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings
are in accordance with such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations.
1.03 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Taxes: The Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar
taxes required to be paid by him in accordance with the law of the place of
the project.
B. Resisting Hydrostatic uplifts: The Contractor shall be responsible for
protecting structures and facilities from damage due to hydrostatic uplift
from high water levels or directional drilling fluids.
C. Existing Structures: The locations for existing underground piping and
structures shown on the Drawings were taken from the available records.
The actual locations of the existing underground piping and structures
may differ from that shown on the Drawings.
1.04 OCCUPANCY 1
A. Resident Occupancy: All area residents will be in occupancy throughout
the period of construction.
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
B. Maintenance of Operation: All utilities (i.e. electrical, sanitary, sewer,
potable water, gas, cable and stormwater) shall be maintained in
operating condition throughout construction. Temporary facilities shall be
Section IV -a 01010 -4
1
a
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
furnished and installed when normal operating procedures are interrupted.
Any damages to existing utilities shall be immediately isolated and
repaired to the satisfaction of the Owner.
1.05 CLEANING UP
A. Contractor shall keep the premises free at all times from accumulations of
waste materials and rubbish. Contractor shall provide adequate trash
receptacles about the site, and shall promptly empty the containers when
filled.
B. Contractor shall stockpile all construction materials in a neat and
workman -like manner. Contractor shall promptly remove splattered
concrete, asphalt, oil, paint, corrosive liquids and cleaning solutions from
surfaces to prevent marring or other damage.
C. Volatile wastes shall be properly stored in covered metal containers and
removed daily.
D. Wastes shall not be buried or burned on the site or disposed of into storm
drains, sanitary sewers, streams, or waterways. All wastes shall be
removed from the site and disposed of in a manner complying with local
ordinances and anti - pollution laws.
E. Adequate cleanup will be a condition for recommendation of progress
payment applications.
F Owner shall reserve the right to limit the movement of construction crews
when an area is not acceptably cleaned and restored. Delays caused to
Contractor because of his negligence in keeping the construction areas
cleared shall be absorbed by the Contractor at no additional costs to the
Owner in time or money.
G. The accumulation of dirt, stones and other excavated materials away from
trenches shall be controlled. All dirt shall be cleaned up and nearby paved
areas swept prior to shutdown of daily operations, or as directed by the
Engineer.
1.06 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or
associate, or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest
standard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted and published
at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise.
1.07 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
Section IV -a 01010 -5
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
A. Abbreviations used in the Contract Documents are defined as follows:
AA Aluminum Association, Inc.
AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and
Transportation Officials
ACI American Concrete Institute
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
AMA Acoustical Materials Association
AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc.
ANSI American National Standards Institute
APA American Plywood Association
ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers
ASHRAE American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air
Conditioning
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
AWG American Wire Gauge
AWMA Aluminum Window Manufacturer's Association
AWS American Welding Society
AWWA American Water Works Association
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
CS Commercial Standards and National Bureau of
Standards
DEP Department of Environmental Protection (Florida)
DOT Department of Transportation (Florida)
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
FAC Florida Administrative Code
FedSpec Federal Specifications
HI Standards of Hydraulic Institute
IBBM Iron Body, Bronzed Mounted
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
IPS Iron Pipe Size
MIL Military Specification
NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal
Manufacturers
NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters
NEC National Electrical Code
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
NPT National Pipe Thread
Section IV -a 01010 -6
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association
PCA Portland Cement Association
PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute
SBC Standard Building Code (SBCCI)
SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc.
SDI Steel Door Institute
SFPC Standard Fire Prevention Code (SBCCI)
SGC Standard Gas Code (SBCCI)
SJI Steel Joist Institute
SMACCNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors'
National Association
SMC Standard Mechanical Code (SBCCI)
SPC Standard Plumbing Code (SBCCI)
SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau
SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council
TCA Title Council of America
UL Underwriters' Laboratories
1.08 SITE ADMINISTRATION
A. Contractor shall be responsible for all areas of the site used by him, and
all Subcontractors in the performance of the Work. He will exert full
control over the actions of all employees and other persons with respect to
the use and preservation of property and existing facilities, except such
controls as may be specifically reserved to Owner or others. Contractor
has the right to exclude from the site all persons who have no purpose
related to the Work or its inspection, and may require all persons on the
site (except owner's employees) to observe the same regulations as he
requires of his employees.
1.09 PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND STRUCTURES
A. The locations of underground facilities shown on the project plans are
based on the most accurate information available at the time the plans
where prepared.
B. The Contractor is required to give all utility agencies a minimum of 48
hours notice prior to start of work. The notification shall be made either to
the Utility Notification Center (1- 800 - 432 -4770) or the individual Utilities in
the event that they do not participate in this service. The Utilities in turn
shall field locate their facilities and provide markings to serve as reference
to the contractor.
C. The Contractor shall furnish all temporary support, adequate protection,
and maintenance of all underground and surface utilities, storm sewers,
sanitary sewers, overhead cables and poles, and any other obstruction
Section IV -a 01010 -7
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
encountered in the progress of the work. The methods and techniques
used by the Contractor to protect and maintain utilities and their service
connections shall be subject to the prior approval of the Engineer.
D. The Contractor shall use caution to avoid damage thereto and shall be
responsible for the location of and any damage to all underground ducts,
conduits, pipes, structures, etc. Any Utility damaged by negligence of the
Contractor will be repaired by the utility having jurisdiction and the cost of
such repairs shall be borne by the Contractor.
1.10 PROTECTION, REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF TREES AND SHRUBS
A. The Contractor shall comply with all local tree ordinances. When, in the
opinion of the Engineer, trees or shrubs can be protected in place, the
Contractor shall endeavor to protect the trees or shrubs as necessary.
When, in the opinion of the Engineer, trees must be removed to permit
construction, the contractor shall consider the price for removing, cutting,
trimming, replacing trees and shrubs incidental to the laying of pipe and no
additional payment shall be made unless specifically called for on the
plans or contract documents. All this work must be coordinated with the
City Arborist.
B. The Contractor is responsible for acquiring necessary permits and
replacing trees as required by local ordinances and the City of Clearwater
Planning Department when it is necessary to trim or cut a branch or root
prune from a tree. The Contractor shall provide the services of an
approved tree specialist when it is necessary to trim or cut a branch from a
tree.
C. For details see Specification 62 of Section IV — Technical Specifications.
1.11 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A. TRENCH SAFETY ACT
1. By submission of his bid and subsequent execution of this Contract,
the Contractor certifies that all trench excavation done within his
control in excess of 5 feet in depth shall be done in accordance with
Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) trench
excavation safety standards contained in 29 C.F.R., s. 1926.650,
Subpart P, including all subsequent revisions or updates to these
standards and adopted by the Department of Labor and
Employment Security.
2. The Contractor also agrees that he has obtained or will obtain
identical certification from his proposed Subcontractors that will
perform trench excavation prior to award of the subcontracts and
Section IV -a 01010 -8
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
that he will retain such certifications in his files for a period of not
less than three years following final acceptance.
3. The Contractor shall consider all geotechnical information, if
available, in his design of the trench excavation safety system.
4. The Contractor performing trench excavation shall adhere to OSHA
trench excavation safety standards and special shoring
requirements for trench excavation, if any, of the State or other
political subdivisions. Inspections required by OSHA trench
excavation safety standards shall be provided by the Contractor.
B. Hard Hats: Hard hats shall be worn at the work site by all personnel as
required by all local, state and federal guidelines. The Engineer is
authorized to halt the work if this requirement is not met
1.12 NOISE LEVELS
A. Sound levels measured by the City personnel shall not exceed 65 dBA
6:00 PM to 7:00 AM or 80 dBA 7:00 AM to 6:00 PM. This sound level to
be measured at the property line of the nearest residence. Sound levels
in excess of these values are sufficient cause to have the work halted until
equipment can be quieted to these levels. Work stoppage by the City for
excessive noise shall not relieve the Contractor of the other portions of
this specification including, but not limited to contract time and contract
price.
If mufflers cannot achieve the necessary noise reduction, noise abatement
shall be accomplished by the Contractor's installation of baffles (or other
acceptable means) positioned to break line -of -sight from the noise source
to affected residences and /or commercial structures. Minimum noise
abatement measures shall consist of equipping all engines with hospital
grade mufflers or silencers.
1.13 WATER FOR HDD, FLUSHING, TESTING, AND OTHER USES
A. The Contractor will be responsible for providing all temporary lines to the
work areas. The City will furnish water for testing purposes. The City will
deliver and install the device after receiving payment/set -up account upon
48 hours notice. The Contractor shall reimburse the City for the cost of all
water used in accordance with current water rates.
END OF SECTION
Section IV -a 01010 -9
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements
SECTION 01311
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.01 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION
Issued for Bid
A. A Critical Path Method (CPM) construction schedule shall be used to control
the work of this Contract and to provide a definitive basis for determining job
progress. The construction schedule shall be prepared by the Contractor.
All work shall be done in accordance with the established CPM schedule and
the Contractor and his /her subcontractors shall be responsible for
cooperating fully with the Engineer and the Owner in effectively utilizing the
CPM schedule.
B. The CPM schedule to be prepared and submitted by the Contractor shall
consist of a CPM network (diagram of activities) and a computer - generated
schedule (print -out) as specified herein. The format shall be the
activity -on -node precedence network.
C. Develop the outline of the work and prepare a proposed CPM schedule The
computer -based schedule shall be the product of a recognized commercial
computer software producer and shall meet all of the requirements defined
herein.
1.02 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Have the capability of preparing and utilizing the specified CPM scheduling
technique. A statement of CPM capability shall be submitted in writing to the
Engineer within 15 days after the award of the Contract and will verify that
either the Contractor's organization has in -house capability qualified to use
the technique or that the Contractor employs a consultant who is so qualified.
Capability shall be verified by description of the construction projects to
which the Contractor or his /her consultant has successfully applied the CPM
scheduling technique and which were controlled throughout the duration of
the project by means of systematic use and updating of a computer -based
CPM schedule. The submittal shall include the name of the individual on the
Contractor's staff who will be responsible for the CPM schedule and for
providing the required updating information.
Section IV -a 01311 -1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
1.03 NETWORK REQUIREMENTS
A. The network shall show the order and inter - dependence of activities and the
sequence in which the work is to be accomplished as planned by the
Contractor. The basic concept of a network analysis diagram shall be
followed to show how the start of a given activity is dependent on the
completion of preceding activities and its completion restricts the start of
following activities.
B. Detailed network activities shall include: construction activities, the submittal
and approval of samples of materials and shop drawings, the procurement of
materials and equipment, fabrication of materials and equipment and their
delivery, installation and testing, start-up and training. To the extent feasible,
activities related to a specific physical area of the work shall be grouped on
the network for ease of understanding and simplification.
C. Separate activities shall be provided for each significant identifiable function
in each trade area in each facility. Activities shall be so identified that there
will be no reasonable doubt as to how much work remains on each.
D. Each activity on the network shall have the following indicated on the NODE
representing it.
1. A single duration (i.e., the single best estimate of elapsed time
considering the scope of the work involved in the activity and the
resources planned for accomplishing the activity) expressed in
working days.
2. A brief description of the activity.
E. The selection and number of activities shall be subject to the Engineer's
approval. The detailed network need not be time scaled but shall be drafted
to show a continuous flow from left to right with no flow from right to left. In
addition to the brief description, submit a separate list of all activities
containing a detailed narrative of the scope of each activity, including the
trades and subcontractors involved and the number of man -hours estimated.
F. To the extent that the network or any revision thereof shows anything not
jointly agreed upon or fails to show anything jointly agreed upon, it shall not
be deemed to have been approved by the Engineer. Failure to include on a
network any element of work required for the performance of this Contract
shall not excuse the Contractor from completing all work required within any
applicable completion date, notwithstanding the review of the network by the
Engineer.
G. Except where earlier completions are specified, CPM schedules which show
completion of all work prior to the contract completion date may be approved
Section IV -a 01311 -2
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
by the Engineer but in no event shall they be acceptable as a basis for claim
for delay against the Owner by the Contractor.
1.04 COMPUTER - GENERATED SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS
A. Each computer - generated schedule submittal from the CPM activity network
shall include the following tabulations: a list of activities in numerical order, a
list of activity precedences, a schedule sequenced by Early Start Date and a
schedule sequenced by Total Float. Each schedule shall include the
following minimum items:
1. Activity numbers
2. Estimated duration
3. Activity description
4. Early start date (calendar dated)
5. Early finish date (calendar dated)
6. Latest allowable start date (calendar dated)
7. Latest allowable finish date (calendar dated)
8. Status (whether critical)
9. Total float and free float
B. In addition, each schedule shall be prefaced with the following summary data:
1. Contract name and number
2. Contractor's Name
3. Contract duration
4. Contract schedule
5. The effective or starting date of the schedule (the date indicated in the
Notice to Proceed).
C. The work day to calendar date correlation shall be based on an 8 -hour day
and 40 -hour week with adequate allowance for holidays, adverse weather
and all other special requirements of the work.
1.05 INITIAL CONFERENCE
A. Within 15 days following the receipt of the Notice to Proceed, meet with the
Engineer to discuss and agree on the proposed standards for the CPM
schedule. At this conference submit to the Engineer a preliminary network
defining the planned operations during the first 60 calendar days after Notice
Section IV -a 01311 -3
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
to Proceed. The general approach for the balance of the project shall be
indicated.
1.06 APPROVED CPM SCHEDULE
A. Within 45 days following the receipt of the Notice to Proceed, submit two
prints of the proposed CPM activity network and a computer - generated
schedule to the Engineer. Following review by the Engineer, the Contractor
shall incorporate the Engineer's comments into the network and submit five
prints and two reproducible of the revised network and two copies of the
computer - generated schedule. This final submittal shall be delivered to the
Engineer within 60 days after the Notice to Proceed.
B. CPM schedules which contain activities showing negative float or which
extend beyond the contract completion date in the computer- generated
schedule will not be approved.
C. Participate in the initial review and evaluation of the proposed network
diagram and schedule by the Engineer. The approved network shall then be
the approved CPM schedule to be used for planning, organizing and directing
the work, and reporting progress.
D. Approval of the CPM activity network by the Engineer is advisory only and
shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for accomplishing the work
within the contract completion date. Omissions and errors in the approved
CPM schedule shall not excuse performance less than that required by the
Contract. Approval by the Engineer in no way makes the Engineer an insurer
of the CPM schedule's success or liable for time or cost overruns flowing
from its shortcomings. The Owner hereby disclaims any obligation or liability
by reason of approval by its agent, the Engineer, of the CPM schedule.
1.07 PROGRESS REPORTING
A. Progress under the approved CPM schedule shall be evaluated monthly by
the Contractor and the Engineer. Not less than 7 days prior to each monthly
progress meeting, they shall meet at the jobsite and jointly evaluate the
status of each activity on which work has started or is due to start, based on
the preceding CPM schedule; to show actual progress, to identify those
activities started and those completed during the previous period, to show the
estimated time required to complete or the percent complete of each activity
started but not yet completed and to reflect any changes indicated for the
network. Activities shall not be considered to be complete until they are, in
fact, 100 percent complete.
B. At each progress meeting, submit a narrative report based on the CPM
schedule evaluation described above, in a format agreed upon by the
Contractor and the Engineer. The report shall include a description of the
progress during the previous period in terms of completed activities, an
Section IV -a 01311 -4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
explanation of each activity which is showing a delay, a description of
problem areas, current and anticipated delaying factors and their estimated
impact on performance of other activities and completion dates and an
explanation of corrective action taken or proposed. This report, as well as
the CPM Status Report, will be discussed at each progress meeting.
1.08 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SCHEDULE COMPLIANCE
A. Whenever it becomes apparent from the current CPM schedule and CPM
Status Report that delays to the critical path have resulted and the contract
completion date will not be met, or when so directed by the Engineer, take
some or all of the following actions at no additional cost to the Owner.
Submit to the Engineer for approval, a written statement of the steps
intended to take to remove or arrest the delay to the critical path in the
approved schedule.
1. Increase construction manpower in such quantities and crafts as will
substantially eliminate the backlog of work.
2. Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per day, working
days per week, the amount of construction equipment, or any
combination of the foregoing, sufficiently to substantially eliminate the
backlog of work.
3. Reschedule activities to achieve maximum practical concurrence of
accomplishment of activities and comply with the revised schedule.
B. If when so requested by the Engineer, failure to submit a written statement of
the steps intended to take or should fail to take such steps as approved by
the Engineer, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to increase the level of
effort in man -power (trades), equipment and work schedule (overtime,
weekend and holiday work, etc) to be employed by the Contractor in order to
remove or arrest the delay to the critical path in the approved schedule and
the Contractor shall promptly provide such level of effort at no additional cost
to the Owner.
1.09 ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRACT SCHEDULE AND COMPLETION TIME
A. If the Contractor desires to make changes in his /her method of operating
which affect the approved CPM schedule, he /she shall notify the Engineer in
writing stating what changes are proposed and the reason for the change. If
the Engineer approves these changes, the Contractor shall revise and submit
for approval, without additional cost to the Owner, all of the affected portions
of the CPM network. The CPM schedule shall be adjusted by the Contractor
only after prior approval of his /her proposed changes by the Engineer.
Adjustments may consist of changing portions of the activity sequence,
activity durations, division of approved activities, or other adjustments as may
be approved by the Engineer. The addition of extraneous, non - working
Section IV -a 01311 -5
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
activities and activities which add unapproved restraints to the CPM schedule
shall not be approved.
B. If the completion of any activity, whether or not critical, falls more than 100
percent behind its approved duration, submit for approval a schedule
adjustment showing each such activity divided into two activities reflecting
completed versus uncompleted work.
C. Shop drawings which are not approved on the first submittal or within the
schedule time and equipment which do not pass the specified tests shall be
immediately rescheduled.
D. The contract completion time will be adjusted only for causes specified in this
Contract. In the event the Contractor requests an extension of any contract
completion date, he /she shall furnish such justification and supporting
evidence as the Engineer may deem necessary to determine whether the
Contractor is entitled to an extension of time under the provisions of this
Contract. The Engineer will, after receipt of such justification and supporting
evidence, make findings of fact and will advise the Contractor in writing
thereof. If the Engineer finds that the Contractor is entitled to any extension
of any contract completion date, the Engineer's determination as to the total
number of days extension shall be based upon the currently approved CPM
schedule and on all data relevant to the extension. Such data shall be
included in the next updating of the schedule. Actual delays in activities
which, according to the CPM schedule, do not affect any contract completion
date shown by the critical path in the network will not be the basis for a
change therein.
E. Each request for change in any contract completion date shall be submitted
by the Contractor to the Engineer within 30 days after the beginning of the
delay for which a time extension is requested but before the date of final
payment under this Contract. No time extension will be granted for requests
which are not submitted within the foregoing time limit.
1. From time to time it may be necessary for the contract schedule or
completion time to be adjusted by the Owner to reflect the effects of
job conditions, weather, technical difficulties, strikes, unavoidable
delays on the part of the Owner or its representatives and other
unforeseeable conditions which may indicate schedule adjustments or
completion time extensions. Under such conditions, the Engineer will
direct the Contractor to reschedule the work or contract completion
time to reflect the changed conditions and the Contractor shall revise
his /her schedule accordingly. No additional compensation will be
made to the Contractor for such schedule changes except for
unavoidable overall contract time extensions beyond the actual
completion of all unaffected work, in which case the Contractor shall
take all possible action to minimize any time extension and any
additional cost to the Owner. Available float time in the CPM schedule
Section IV -a 01311 -6
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
may be used by the Owner as defined by the Engineer, as well as by
the Contractor.
F. The Owner controls the float time in the approved CPM network and,
therefore, without obligation to extend either the overall completion date or
any intermediate completion dates set out in the CPM network, the Owner
may initiate changes to the work that absorb float time only. Owner initiated
changes that affect the critical path on the approved CPM network shall be
the sole grounds for extending (or contracting) said completion dates.
Contractor - initiated changes that encroach on the float time identified in the
approved CPM network may be accomplished with the Owner's concurrence.
Such changes, however, shall give way to Owner - initiated changes
competing for the same float time.
END OF SECTION
Section IV -a 01311 -7
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements
SECTION 01370
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
1.02
Issued for Bid
A. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a Schedule of Values allocated
to the various portions of the work, within 10 days after date of Notice to
Proceed.
B. Upon request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall support the values with
data which will substantiate their correctness.
C. The Schedule of Values shall be used only as the basis for the Contractor's
Applications for Payment.
FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Schedule of Values will be considered for approval by Engineer upon
Contractor's request. Identify schedule with:
1. Title of Project and location.
2. Project number.
3. Name and address of Contractor.
4. Contract designation.
5. Date of submission.
B. Schedule of Values shall list the installed value of the component parts of the
work in sufficient detail to serve as a basis for computing values for progress
payments during construction.
C. Follow the table of contents for the Contract Document as the format for
listing component items for structures:
1. Identify each line item with the number and title of the respective
major section of the specification.
2. For each line item, list sub values of major products or operations
under item.
D. Follow the bid sheets included in this Contract Documents as the format for
listing component items for pipe lines.
E. Schedule of Values shall list as individual items the cost for bypass pumping
mobilization and the cost for daily bypass pumping for each of the three lift
Section IV -a 01370 -1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
stations separately.
F The sum of all values listed in the schedule shall equal the total Contract
sum.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Section IV -a 01370 -2
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements
SECTION 01630
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
Issued for Bid
A. This section supersedes all measurement and payment paragraphs from
Section IV — Technical Specifications. It covers methods of measurement
and payment for items of Work under the Contract.
1.02 GENERAL
A. The total Bid Price shall cover all Work required by the Contract
Documents. All costs in connection with the proper and successful
completion of the Work, including furnishing all materials, equipment,
supplies, and appurtenances; providing all construction equipment and
tools; and performing all necessary labor and supervision to fully complete
the Work, shall be included in the lump sum and unit prices bid. All Work
not specifically set forth as a pay item in the Bid Form shall be considered
a subsidiary obligation of Contractor and all costs in connection therewith
shall be included in the prices bid.
B. The successful low bidder for the Work will be determined based on the
amount in the Total Project Cost (Bid Items 1 -5) from the Bid Tab Table
included in Section V — Contract Documents.
1.3 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES
A. All estimated quantities stipulated in the Bid Form or other Contract
Documents are approximate and are to be used only (a) as a basis for
estimating the probable cost of the Work and (b) for the purpose of
comparing the bids submitted for the Work. The actual amounts of work
done and materials furnished under unit price items may differ from the
estimated quantities. The basis of payment for work and materials will be
the actual amount of work done and materials furnished. Contractor
agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or
otherwise on account of any difference between the amounts of work
actually performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated
amounts thereof, as described in the supplementary conditions.
1.4 EXCAVATION
A. The lump sum price bid for each item of Work, which involves excavation
or trenching, shall include all costs for such Work. No direct payment shall
Section IV -a 01630 -1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
be made for excavation or trenching. All excavation is unclassified and
there shall be no separate payment for excavation of rock or for backfill
where rock is excavated below subgrade.
1.5 TAXES AND PERMITS
A. The Bidder's attention is directed to the fact that the tax laws of the State
of Florida, including but not limited to Chapter 212, Florida Statutes, apply
to this bid matter and that all applicable taxes and fees shall be deemed to
have been included in Bidder's proposal.
1.6 RETAINAGE
A. Refer to Agreement.
1.7 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Bid Items for the Lift Stations (LS) #29, 46 & 50 Improvements:
1. Bid Item No. 1 — Mobilization
a. Description: The work specified in this Bid Item consists of
the preparatory work and operations in mobilizing for
beginning work on the project, including, but not limited to,
those supplies and incidentals to the project site, and for the
establishment of temporary offices, buildings, safety
equipment and first aid supplies, sanitary and other facilities,
as required by these specifications, and State and local laws
and regulations. The costs of bonds and any required
insurance, general conditions and indemnifications, and any
other pre- construction expense necessary for the start of the
work, excluding the cost of construction materials, shall also
be included in this Section. This Bid Item will include
mobilization and demobilization for all parts or phases of the
total project. The bid price shall not exceed three and one -
half (3.5) percent of the total bid.
b. Measurement: The quantity of mobilization to be paid for
under this Item shall be measured as one lump sum
quantity. Partial payments will be made therefore in
accordance with the following:
Section IV -a 01630 -2
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
Percent of
Original Contract
Amount Earned
Allowable Percent
of Lump Sum Price
for the Item
5 25
10 50
25 75
50 100
c. Payment: The quantities, as determined above, shall be
paid for at the contract lump sum price set out in the
Proposal, which price and payment constitutes full
compensation for all the work described herein.
Payment shall be made under:
• Item No. 1 — Mobilization (3.5% Max.) Lump Sum
2. Bid Item No. 2 — Maintenance of Traffic
a. Description: The work specified in this Bid Item consists of
maintaining traffic within the limits of the project for the
duration of the construction period including any temporary
suspensions of the work. It shall include the construction
and maintenance of any necessary detour facilities; the
providing of necessary facilities for access to residences
adjacent to the project; the furnishing, installing and
maintaining of traffic control and safety devices during
construction, the control of dust, and any other special
requirements for safe and expeditious movement of traffic as
may be called for on the Contract Drawings. The term,
Maintenance of Traffic, as used herein, shall include all of
such facilities, devices and operations as are required for the
safety and convenience of the public as well as for
minimizing public nuisance, and as specified in Specification
44 of Section IV — Technical Specifications. The bid price
shall not exceed two (2) percent of the bid total for the total
project. If the Contractor's cost for Maintenance of Traffic is
greater than the maximum allowed, then the additional cost
shall be included in the cost for other items of work for the
project.
b. Measurement: The quantity of Maintenance of Traffic to be
paid for under this Item shall be measured as one lump sum
quantity. Partial payments will be pro -rated throughout the
duration of construction of this Project.
Section IV -a 01630 -3
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid '
c. Payment: The quantities, as determined above, shall be
paid for at the contract lump sum price set out in the
1
Proposal, which price and payment constitutes full
compensation for all the work described herein.
d. Payment shall be made under:
• Item No. 2 — Maintenance of Traffic (2% Max.) Lump
Sum
3. Bid Items Nos. 3 — Mechanical, Electrical and Structural Work at LS
29
a. Description: This Bid Item describes measurement and
payment for all mechanical, electrical and structural work
associated with the rehabilitation of LS 29.
b. Measurement: Measurement for periodic payments of this
lump sum bid item will be in accordance with the approved
Schedule of Values, to be supplied by the Contractor in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
c. Payment: Payment for all work included under this Bid Item
shall be made at the Contract lump sum price listed in the
Bid Form and shall represent full compensation for all labor,
materials and equipment required for improvements to LS 29
including, but not limited to: erosion and sedimentation
control; demolition; excavation, including rock; dewatering;
sheeting; fill; compaction; grading; surface restoration; new
pumps and spare parts; pump controls and electrical; bypass
pump assembly, air release valve assembly, furnishing and
installing potable water service pipe with casing by
directional boring or by incidental open cut at launching and
receiving pits, one 12 -gauge Extra High Strength copper -
clad steel tracer wires, tracer wire testing, pressure testing;
disinfection; concrete work; surface preparation and painting;
wet well liner installation; electrical work; coordinating with
electric utility; instrumentation work; relocation, reconnection
and reprogramming of the existing telemetry system; bypass
pumping; and furnishing and installing piping, pipe
restraining, fittings, valves, saddles and hot taps, backflow
preventer /meter assembly, hose bib, access hatches, safety
grates, sodding, electrical components, panel boards, circuit
breakers, lighting, bollards, pressure gauges, and
miscellaneous metals.
1
Section IV -a 01630 -4
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
d. Payment shall be made under:
• Item No. 3 — Mechanical, Electrical and Structural
Work at LS 29.
Bid Items Nos. 4 — Mechanical, Electrical and Structural Work at LS
46
a. Description: This Bid Item describes measurement and
payment for all mechanical, electrical and structural work
associated with the rehabilitation of LS 46.
b. Measurement: Measurement for periodic payments of this
lump sum bid item will be in accordance with the approved
Schedule of Values, to be supplied by the Contractor in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
c. Payment: Payment for all work included under this Bid Item
shall be made at the Contract lump sum price listed in the
Bid Form and shall represent full compensation for all labor,
materials and equipment required for improvements to LS 46
including, but not limited to: erosion and sedimentation
control; demolition; excavation, including rock; dewatering;
sheeting; fill; compaction; grading; surface restoration;
pressure testing; concrete work; surface preparation and
painting; wet well liner installation; bypass pump assembly,
electrical work; coordinating with electric utility;
instrumentation work; bypass pumping; and furnishing and
installing piping, pipe restraining, fittings, valves, saddles and
hot taps, access hatches, safety grates, sodding, electrical
components, panel boards, circuit breakers, lighting,
pressure gauges, and miscellaneous metals.
d. Payment shall be made under:
• Item No. 4 — Mechanical, Electrical and Structural
Work at LS 46.
5. Bid Items Nos. 5 — Mechanical, Electrical and Structural Work at LS
50
a. Description: This Bid Item describes measurement and
payment for all mechanical, electrical and structural work
associated with the rehabilitation of LS 50.
Section IV -a 01630 -5
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
B.
C.
b. Measurement: Measurement for periodic payments of this
lump sum bid item will be in accordance with the approved
Schedule of Values, to be supplied by the Contractor in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
1
1
1
1
c. Payment: Payment for all work included under this Bid Item
shall be made at the Contract lump sum price listed in the
1
Bid Form and shall represent full compensation for all labor,
materials and equipment required for improvements to LS 50
including, but not limited to: erosion and sedimentation
1
control; demolition; excavation, including rock; dewatering;
sheeting; fill; compaction; grading; surface restoration;
pressure testing; concrete work; surface preparation and
1
painting; wet well liner installation; bypass pump assembly,
electrical work; coordinating with electric utility;
instrumentation work; bypass pumping; and furnishing and
installing piping, pipe restraining, fittings, valves, saddles and
hot taps, safety grates, sodding, electrical components,
panel boards, circuit breakers, lighting, pressure gauges,
1
and miscellaneous metals.
d. Payment shall be made under:
• Item No. 5 — Mechanical, Electrical and Structural
Work at LS 50.
Note for: Compact Ductile Iron Restrained Joint Fittings, Asphalt '
Pavement Replacement and Asphalt Overlay
1. All costs associated with compact ductile iron restrained joint
fittings, asphalt pavement replacement and asphalt overlay shall be
included in the lump sum Bid Items #3, 4 and 5. No additional
payment will be made for these items unless directed by the Owner
or the Owner's authorized Project Representative.
Note for: Erosion Control '
1. No additional payment will be made for erosion control features
installed to protect the work areas and adjacent property. All costs
associated with this item shall be included in the lump sum Bid
Items #3, 4 and 5.
2. Erosion control may include sheeting, shoring, trenching boxes,
9 9 9 ,
artificial coverings, mowing, sandbagging, slope drains, sediment
Section IV -a
01630 -6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
basins, cleanouts, baled hay and straw, floating silt barrier, staked
silt barrier, staked silt fence and seeding.
3. Erosion control is considered a subsidiary obligation of the
Contractor and shall include furnishing and installing material,
routine maintenance, mowing and removal of temporary erosion
control features upon completion of construction.
END OF SECTION
Section IV -a 01630 -7
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements
SECTION 02050
DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
Issued for Bid
A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and services
necessary to complete all demolition work as shown on the Drawings and as
specified herein.
1.02 STRUCTURES, PIPING AND EQUIPMENT DEMOLITION
A. Unless otherwise directed in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall:
1. Demolish, remove, and properly dispose of the
structures /piping /equipment.
2. The Contractor shall also be responsible for providing the Owner with
any and all paperwork associated with the cleaning, demolition, or
disposal of the structures /piping /equipment that is requested or
required for the Owner's records.
1.03 PROTECTION OF PROPERTIES
A. Protection of Public Utilities
1. The Contractor shall not damage existing fire hydrants, street, lights,
power poles, telephone poles, fire alarm boxes, wire cables, pole guys,
underground utilities or other appurtenances in the vicinity of the
demolition sites. The Contractor shall pay for temporary relocation of
utilities, which are relocated at the Contractor's request for his
convenience.
B. Protection of Adjacent Property
1. The Contractor shall not damage or cause to be damaged any public
right -of -way, structures, parking lots, drives, streets, sidewalks, utilities,
pools, lawns or any other property adjacent to project sites for
demolition whether or not the property is scheduled for future
demolition. The Contractor shall provide such sheeting and shoring as
required to protect adjacent structures during demolition. Care must
also be taken to prevent the spread of dust and flying particles.
Section IV -a 02050 -1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
1.04 RISK LOSS
A. The Contractor shall accept the site in its present condition and shall inspect
the site for its character and the type of structures to be demolished. The
Owner assumes no responsibility for the condition of existing buildings,
structures, and other property within the demolition area, or the condition of
the property before or after the solicitation of proposals. No adjustment of
proposal price or allowance for any change in conditions that may occur after
the execution of contract will be allowed.
1.05 PERMITS AND FEES
A. The Contractor shall obtain all the necessary permits and pay all fees that
may be required in conjunction with the demolition work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 DEMOLITION MATERIALS
A. The Contractor may recycle demolition debris at a licensed or permitted
recycling center.
B. However, all other debris must be disposed of at a licensed or permitted
disposal facility.
3.02 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLITION DEBRIS AND SOLID WASTE
A. All materials, rubbish, and trash shall be removed from the demolition area
leaving the demolition area free of debris. Any cost incurred by the Owner in
cleaning up such materials and debris left behind shall be deducted from
funds due the Contractor under this contract.
B. All debris and solid waste shall be delivered by the Contractor to an approved
disposal facility licensed in accordance with state and /or local regulations,
laws, and zoning. The Contractor shall be responsible to pay all fees for
waste disposal. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, or his designated
representative copies of all disposal tickets for each structure demolished,
where available, which identify the specific address of the origin of the debris
associated with each ticket. The cost of all fees shall be considered
incidental to the demolition.
Section IV -a 02050 -2
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
C. All debris and solid waste shall be cleaned and disposed of in accordance
with federal and FDEP regulations. The Contractor and any sub - contractors
involved with the disposal of the waste sewage material or
equipment/structures associated with sewage material must attend a meeting
with the Owner, the Engineer, and FDEP prior to any cleaning or disposal of
waste sewage material or process equipment/structures.
All materials and equipment resulting from this work shall become the
property of the Contractor, and shall be removed from the premises at once.
3.03 BACKFILL, GRADING, AND CLEAN UP
A. When site conditions permit, as determined by the Owner, or his designated
representative, on -site soil shall be used as backfill material. The top 9 -12
inches of topsoil within the limits of construction may be stripped and
stockpiled on site for use as final topsoil and grading material. If adequate
topsoil, is not available on site, the Contractor shall bring in enough topsoil
from off -site to place a minimum 8 -inch cover on the entire site. Excess
excavation materials shall be removed from the site. Topsoil material shall
not be permitted as deep fill materials. Any borrow or fill material shall be
approved by the Owner, or his designated representative before and during
the placing of the material. All depressions on the property shall be filled,
compacted, and graded to uniform slope with adequate drainage.
1. All excavations shall be backfilled with acceptable material and
compacted according to the requirements of Specifications 5, 14 and
41of Section IV — Technical Specifications or as applicable per City
standards.
B. All additional fill material shall be of equal quality to the soil adjacent to the
excavation, and free of rubble or organic matter. The Contractor shall provide
for a minimum depth of 8 inches of topsoil over the excavated area. There
shall be no payment for additional fill material, which shall be considered
incidental to the demolition bid price. Additional fill material shall be
acceptable fill material that meets the requirements of Specification 14 of
Section IV — Technical Specifications.
C. The Contractor shall employ hand labor where the use of power machinery is
unsafe or unable to produce a finished job. Hand labor shall also be used to
clean the site of any debris.
D. The site shall be graded to conform to all surrounding areas and shall be
finished to have a uniform surface that shall not permit pooling of water. The
Contractor shall grade and shape the site to drain, complete fine grading and
final clean up as part of the lump sum for demolition.
Section IV -a 02050 -3
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
E. Before acceptance of the demolition work, the Contractor shall remove all
unused material and rubbish from the site of the work, remedy any
objectionable conditions the Contractor may have created on private property,
and leave the right -of -way in a neat and presentable condition. The
Contractor shall not make agreements that allow salvaged or unused material
to remain on private property. All ground occupied by the Contractor in
connection with the work shall be restored. Restoration shall include
appropriate smoothing to its original condition. Final cleaning up shall be
subject to approval of the Owner, or his designated representative, and in
accordance with applicable regulations.
3.04 ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTIONS
A. The Contractor will coordinate electrical disconnections with the Engineer
and /or the Owners representative.
3.05 SAFETY AND FENCING
A. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable current federal, state and local
safety and health regulations.
B. The Contractor shall furnish and place a safety fence around the site of the
work adequate to secure the demolition site, including any resulting debris or
excavation, and to prevent pedestrian access. The fencing, including all
materials, shall be considered incidental to the demolition. The safety fence
shall remain in place until the demolished materials are removed from the site
and all holes or excavated areas are backfilled. The fencing material shall
remain the property of the Contractor representative.
END OF SECTION
Section IV -a 02050 -4
1
1
1
1
1
1
r.
1
1
1
1
1
1
a
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements
SECTION 02770
BYPASS PUMPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
Issued for Bid
A. The Contractor is referred to conditions and requirements given in various
Divisions of the Specifications and Section 01010 - Project Requirements,
insofar as such documents affect the work of this Section.
1.02 SCOPE
A. The Contractor is required to furnish all materials, labor, equipment, power,
maintenance, etc. to implement a temporary pumping system for the purpose
of diverting the lift station influent flow around Lift Stations 29, 46 and 50, so
that the stations can be rehabilitated.
B. The design, installation, and operation of the temporary pumping systems
shall be the Contractor's responsibility. The Contractor shall employ the
services of a vendor who can demonstrate to the Engineer that he
specializes in the design and operation of temporary bypass pumping
systems.
C. The Contractor shall provide temporary pumping systems. The system shall
be capable of pumping raw wastewater from the manhole at the influent side
of the pump station to the new bypass connection at the effluent side, as
shown on the Drawings, completely bypassing the existing stations. The
temporary pumping system shall be capable of pumping the variable
wastewater flows received by the lift station. The Bypass Pumping System
shall be capable of pumping the peak flow conditions with one pump and
provide a backup pump for 100% redundancy.
D. It is required under this section that the Contractor provides all necessary
means to safely convey all flows past the work areas. It will not be permitted
to stop or impede the sanitary sewer flows under any circumstances.
E. The Contractor's bid price shall include the following for each bypass
pumping system: one pump and a backup with sound attenuation housing
(maximum noise level of 70dBA @ 7 meters) as well as all necessary
controls, a high water alarm signal (light) to indicate pump operational
problems and to activate the backup pump, autodialer, 24 hour on -call
responsible operator and maintenance personnel. The contractor shall be
capable of having maintenance personnel onsite within one hour of receiving
notice that there are problems associated with a bypass pumping system.
Section IV -a 02770 -1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
1.03 SPECIAL PRECAUTION
A. The Contractor is notified that the bypass pumping at the lift stations is critical
and must be maintained at all times. If any spills of raw wastewater occur
due to the failure of the Contractor to maintain the temporary pumping when
needed, the Contractor shall be responsible for any fines levied on City of
Clearwater by the FDEP or any other applicable agency.
1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Contractor shall submit shop drawings detailing sewage bypass system.
Information that must be contained in the shop drawings shall include, but not
be limited to:
1. Pump curves and installation details
2. Control system logic and details
3. Piping system
4. Site plan
5. Emergency phone number
6. Noise attenuation system
7. Bypass Pumping System Vendor information and qualifications
PART2- PRODUCTS
2.01 PUMPS
A. The pumps and drives shall be rated for continuous duty and shall be
capable of pumping the specified flow range without surging, cavitation, or
vibration. The pump shall not overload the driver at any point on the pump
operating curve. Rotative components shall be statically and dynamically
balanced. The pump shall be suitable for use with raw unscreened sewage
and trash. The pump shall be a self- contained unit, designed for temporary
use.
B. All pumps used shall be fully automatic self priming units that do not require
the use of foot - valves or vacuum pumps in the priming system. The pumps
shall be diesel powered. All pumps used must be constructed to allow dry
running for long periods of time to accommodate the cyclical nature of flows.
Section IV -a 02770 -2
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
by the Engineer but in no event shall they be acceptable as a basis for claim
for delay against the Owner by the Contractor.
1.04 COMPUTER - GENERATED SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS
A. Each computer - generated schedule submittal from the CPM activity network
shall include the following tabulations: a list of activities in numerical order, a
list of activity precedences, a schedule sequenced by Early Start Date and a
schedule sequenced by Total Float. Each schedule shall include the
following minimum items:
1 Activity numbers
2. Estimated duration
3. Activity description
4. Early start date (calendar dated)
5. Early finish date (calendar dated)
6. Latest allowable start date (calendar dated)
7. Latest allowable finish date (calendar dated)
8. Status (whether critical)
9. Total float and free float
B. In addition, each schedule shall be prefaced with the following summary data:
1. Contract name and number
2. Contractor's Name
3. Contract duration
4. Contract schedule
5. The effective or starting date of the schedule (the date indicated in the
Notice to Proceed).
C. The work day to calendar date correlation shall be based on an 8 -hour day
and 40 -hour week with adequate allowance for holidays, adverse weather
and all other special requirements of the work.
1.05 INITIAL CONFERENCE
A. Within 15 days following the receipt of the Notice to Proceed, meet with the
Engineer to discuss and agree on the proposed standards for the CPM
schedule. At this conference submit to the Engineer a preliminary network
defining the planned operations during the first 60 calendar days after Notice
Section IV -a 01311 -3
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
to Proceed. The general approach for the balance of the project shall be
indicated.
1.06 APPROVED CPM SCHEDULE
A. Within 45 days following the receipt of the Notice to Proceed, submit two
prints of the proposed CPM activity network and a computer - generated
schedule to the Engineer. Following review by the Engineer, the Contractor
shall incorporate the Engineer's comments into the network and submit five
prints and two reproducible of the revised network and two copies of the
computer - generated schedule. This final submittal shall be delivered to the
Engineer within 60 days after the Notice to Proceed.
B. CPM schedules which contain activities showing negative float or which
extend beyond the contract completion date in the computer- generated
schedule will not be approved.
C. Participate in the initial review and evaluation of the proposed network
diagram and schedule by the Engineer. The approved network shall then be
the approved CPM schedule to be used for planning, organizing and directing
the work, and reporting progress.
D. Approval of the CPM activity network by the Engineer is advisory only and
shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for accomplishing the work
within the contract completion date. Omissions and errors in the approved
CPM schedule shall not excuse performance less than that required by the
Contract. Approval by the Engineer in no way makes the Engineer an insurer
of the CPM schedule's success or liable for time or cost overruns flowing
from its shortcomings. The Owner hereby disclaims any obligation or liability
by reason of approval by its agent, the Engineer, of the CPM schedule.
1.07 PROGRESS REPORTING
A. Progress under the approved CPM schedule shall be evaluated monthly by
the Contractor and the Engineer. Not less than 7 days prior to each monthly
progress meeting, they shall meet at the jobsite and jointly evaluate the
status of each activity on which work has started or is due to start, based on
the preceding CPM schedule; to show actual progress, to identify those
activities started and those completed during the previous period, to show the
estimated time required to complete or the percent complete of each activity
started but not yet completed and to reflect any changes indicated for the
network. Activities shall not be considered to be complete until they are, in
fact, 100 percent complete.
At each progress meeting, submit a narrative report based on the CPM
schedule evaluation described above, in a format agreed upon by the
Contractor and the Engineer. The report shall include a description of the
progress during the previous period in terms of completed activities, an
Section IV -a 01311 -4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
explanation of each activity which is showing a delay, a description of
problem areas, current and anticipated delaying factors and their estimated
impact on performance of other activities and completion dates and an
explanation of corrective action taken or proposed. This report, as well as
the CPM Status Report, will be discussed at each progress meeting.
1.08 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SCHEDULE COMPLIANCE
A. Whenever it becomes apparent from the current CPM schedule and CPM
Status Report that delays to the critical path have resulted and the contract
completion date will not be met, or when so directed by the Engineer, take
some or all of the following actions at no additional cost to the Owner.
Submit to the Engineer for approval, a written statement of the steps
intended to take to remove or arrest the delay to the critical path in the
approved schedule.
1. Increase construction manpower in such quantities and crafts as will
substantially eliminate the backlog of work.
2. Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per day, working
days per week, the amount of construction equipment, or any
combination of the foregoing, sufficiently to substantially eliminate the
backlog of work.
3. Reschedule activities to achieve maximum practical concurrence of
accomplishment of activities and comply with the revised schedule.
B. If when so requested by the Engineer, failure to submit a written statement of
the steps intended to take or should fail to take such steps as approved by
the Engineer, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to increase the level of
effort in man -power (trades), equipment and work schedule (overtime,
weekend and holiday work, etc) to be employed by the Contractor in order to
remove or arrest the delay to the critical path in the approved schedule and
the Contractor shall promptly provide such level of effort at no additional cost
to the Owner.
1.09 ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRACT SCHEDULE AND COMPLETION TIME
A. If the Contractor desires to make changes in his /her method of operating
which affect the approved CPM schedule, he /she shall notify the Engineer in
writing stating what changes are proposed and the reason for the change. If
the Engineer approves these changes, the Contractor shall revise and submit
for approval, without additional cost to the Owner, all of the affected portions
of the CPM network. The CPM schedule shall be adjusted by the Contractor
only after prior approval of his /her proposed changes by the Engineer.
Adjustments may consist of changing portions of the activity sequence,
activity durations, division of approved activities, or other adjustments as may
be approved by the Engineer. The addition of extraneous, non - working
Section IV -a 01311 -5
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
activities and activities which add unapproved restraints to the CPM schedule
shall not be approved.
B. If the completion of any activity, whether or not critical, falls more than 100
percent behind its approved duration, submit for approval a schedule
adjustment showing each such activity divided into two activities reflecting
completed versus uncompleted work.
C. Shop drawings which are not approved on the first submittal or within the
schedule time and equipment which do not pass the specified tests shall be
immediately rescheduled.
D. The contract completion time will be adjusted only for causes specified in this
Contract. In the event the Contractor requests an extension of any contract
completion date, he /she shall furnish such justification and supporting
evidence as the Engineer may deem necessary to determine whether the
Contractor is entitled to an extension of time under the provisions of this
Contract. The Engineer will, after receipt of such justification and supporting
evidence, make findings of fact and will advise the Contractor in writing
thereof. If the Engineer finds that the Contractor is entitled to any extension
of any contract completion date, the Engineer's determination as to the total
number of days extension shall be based upon the currently approved CPM
schedule and on all data relevant to the extension. Such data shall be
included in the next updating of the schedule. Actual delays in activities
which, according to the CPM schedule, do not affect any contract completion
date shown by the critical path in the network will not be the basis for a
change therein.
E. Each request for change in any contract completion date shall be submitted
by the Contractor to the Engineer within 30 days after the beginning of the
delay for which a time extension is requested but before the date of final
payment under this Contract. No time extension will be granted for requests
which are not submitted within the foregoing time limit.
1. From time to time it may be necessary for the contract schedule or
completion time to be adjusted by the Owner to reflect the effects of
job conditions, weather, technical difficulties, strikes, unavoidable
delays on the part of the Owner or its representatives and other
unforeseeable conditions which may indicate schedule adjustments or
completion time extensions. Under such conditions, the Engineer will
direct the Contractor to reschedule the work or contract completion
time to reflect the changed conditions and the Contractor shall revise
his /her schedule accordingly. No additional compensation will be
made to the Contractor for such schedule changes except for
unavoidable overall contract time extensions beyond the actual
completion of all unaffected work, in which case the Contractor shall
take all possible action to minimize any time extension and any
additional cost to the Owner. Available float time in the CPM schedule
Section IV -a 01311 -6
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
may be used by the Owner as defined by the Engineer, as well as by
the Contractor.
F The Owner controls the float time in the approved CPM network and,
therefore, without obligation to extend either the overall completion date or
any intermediate completion dates set out in the CPM network, the Owner
may initiate changes to the work that absorb float time only. Owner initiated
changes that affect the critical path on the approved CPM network shall be
the sole grounds for extending (or contracting) said completion dates.
Contractor - initiated changes that encroach on the float time identified in the
approved CPM network may be accomplished with the Owner's concurrence.
Such changes, however, shall give way to Owner - initiated changes
competing for the same float time.
END OF SECTION
Section IV -a 01311 -7
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements
SECTION 01370
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
Issued for Bid
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a Schedule of Values allocated
to the various portions of the work, within 10 days after date of Notice to
Proceed.
B. Upon request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall support the values with
data which will substantiate their correctness.
C. The Schedule of Values shall be used only as the basis for the Contractor's
Applications for Payment.
1.02 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Schedule of Values will be considered for approval by Engineer upon
Contractor's request. Identify schedule with:
1. Title of Project and location.
2. Project number.
3. Name and address of Contractor.
4. Contract designation.
5. Date of submission.
B. Schedule of Values shall list the installed value of the component parts of the
work in sufficient detail to serve as a basis for computing values for progress
payments during construction.
C. Follow the table of contents for the Contract Document as the format for
listing component items for structures:
1. Identify each line item with the number and title of the respective
major section of the specification.
2. For each line item, list sub values of major products or operations
under item.
D. Follow the bid sheets included in this Contract Documents as the format for
listing component items for pipe lines.
E. Schedule of Values shall list as individual items the cost for bypass pumping
mobilization and the cost for daily bypass pumping for each of the three lift
Section IV -a 01370 -1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
stations separately.
F. The sum of all values listed in the schedule shall equal the total Contract
sum.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Section IV -a 01370 -2
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements
SECTION 01630
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
Issued for Bid
A. This section supersedes all measurement and payment paragraphs from
Section IV — Technical Specifications. It covers methods of measurement
and payment for items of Work under the Contract.
1.02 GENERAL
A. The total Bid Price shall cover all Work required by the Contract
Documents. All costs in connection with the proper and successful
completion of the Work, including furnishing all materials, equipment,
supplies, and appurtenances; providing all construction equipment and
tools; and performing all necessary labor and supervision to fully complete
the Work, shall be included in the lump sum and unit prices bid. All Work
not specifically set forth as a pay item in the Bid Form shall be considered
a subsidiary obligation of Contractor and all costs in connection therewith
shall be included in the prices bid.
B. The successful low bidder for the Work will be determined based on the
amount in the Total Project Cost (Bid Items 1 -5) from the Bid Tab Table
included in Section V — Contract Documents.
1.3 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES
A. All estimated quantities stipulated in the Bid Form or other Contract
Documents are approximate and are to be used only (a) as a basis for
estimating the probable cost of the Work and (b) for the purpose of
comparing the bids submitted for the Work. The actual amounts of work
done and materials furnished under unit price items may differ from the
estimated quantities. The basis of payment for work and materials will be
the actual amount of work done and materials furnished. Contractor
agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or
otherwise on account of any difference between the amounts of work
actually performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated
amounts thereof, as described in the supplementary conditions.
1.4 EXCAVATION
A. The lump sum price bid for each item of Work, which involves excavation
or trenching, shall include all costs for such Work. No direct payment shall
Section IV -a 01630 -1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
be made for excavation or trenching. All excavation is unclassified and
there shall be no separate payment for excavation of rock or for backfill
where rock is excavated below subgrade.
1.5 TAXES AND PERMITS
A. The Bidder's attention is directed to the fact that the tax laws of the State
of Florida, including but not limited to Chapter 212, Florida Statutes, apply
to this bid matter and that all applicable taxes and fees shall be deemed to
have been included in Bidder's proposal.
1.6 RETAINAGE
A. Refer to Agreement.
1.7 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Bid Items for the Lift Stations (LS) #29, 46 & 50 Improvements:
1. Bid Item No. 1 — Mobilization
a. Description: The work specified in this Bid Item consists of
the preparatory work and operations in mobilizing for
beginning work on the project, including, but not limited to,
those supplies and incidentals to the project site, and for the
establishment of temporary offices, buildings, safety
equipment and first aid supplies, sanitary and other facilities,
as required by these specifications, and State and local laws
and regulations. The costs of bonds and any required
insurance, general conditions and indemnifications, and any
other pre- construction expense necessary for the start of the
work, excluding the cost of construction materials, shall also
be included in this Section. This Bid Item will include
mobilization and demobilization for all parts or phases of the
total project. The bid price shall not exceed three and one -
half (3.5) percent of the total bid.
b. Measurement: The quantity of mobilization to be paid for
under this Item shall be measured as one lump sum
quantity. Partial payments will be made therefore in
accordance with the following:
Section IV -a 01630 -2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
Percent of
Original Contract
Amount Earned
Allowable Percent
of Lump Sum Price
for the Item
5 25
10 50
25 75
50 100
c. Payment: The quantities, as determined above, shall be
paid for at the contract lump sum price set out in the
Proposal, which price and payment constitutes full
compensation for all the work described herein.
d. Payment shall be made under:
• Item No. 1 — Mobilization (3.5% Max.) Lump Sum
2. Bid Item No. 2 — Maintenance of Traffic
a. Description: The work specified in this Bid Item consists of
maintaining traffic within the limits of the project for the
duration of the construction period including any temporary
suspensions of the work. It shall include the construction
and maintenance of any necessary detour facilities; the
providing of necessary facilities for access to residences
adjacent to the project; the furnishing, installing and
maintaining of traffic control and safety devices during
construction, the control of dust, and any other special
requirements for safe and expeditious movement of traffic as
may be called for on the Contract Drawings. The term,
Maintenance of Traffic, as used herein, shall include all of
such facilities, devices and operations as are required for the
safety and convenience of the public as well as for
minimizing public nuisance, and as specified in Specification
44 of Section IV — Technical Specifications. The bid price
shall not exceed two (2) percent of the bid total for the total
project. If the Contractor's cost for Maintenance of Traffic is
greater than the maximum allowed, then the additional cost
shall be included in the cost for other items of work for the
project.
b. Measurement: The quantity of Maintenance of Traffic to be
paid for under this Item shall be measured as one lump sum
quantity. Partial payments will be pro -rated throughout the
duration of construction of this Project.
Section IV -a 01630 -3
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
c. Payment: The quantities, as determined above, shall be
paid for at the contract lump sum price set out in the
Proposal, which price and payment constitutes full
compensation for all the work described herein.
d. Payment shall be made under:
• Item No. 2 — Maintenance of Traffic (2% Max.) Lump
Sum
3. Bid Items Nos. 3 — Mechanical, Electrical and Structural Work at LS
29
a. Description: This Bid Item describes measurement and
payment for all mechanical, electrical and structural work
associated with the rehabilitation of LS 29.
b. Measurement: Measurement for periodic payments of this
lump sum bid item will be in accordance with the approved
Schedule of Values, to be supplied by the Contractor in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
c. Payment: Payment for all work included under this Bid Item
shall be made at the Contract lump sum price listed in the
Bid Form and shall represent full compensation for all labor,
materials and equipment required for improvements to LS 29
including, but not limited to: erosion and sedimentation
control; demolition; excavation, including rock; dewatering;
sheeting; fill; compaction; grading; surface restoration; new
pumps and spare parts; pump controls and electrical; bypass
pump assembly, air release valve assembly, furnishing and
installing potable water service pipe with casing by
directional boring or by incidental open cut at launching and
receiving pits, one 12 -gauge Extra High Strength copper -
clad steel tracer wires, tracer wire testing, pressure testing;
disinfection; concrete work; surface preparation and painting;
wet well liner installation; electrical work; coordinating with
electric utility; instrumentation work; relocation, reconnection
and reprogramming of the existing telemetry system; bypass
pumping; and furnishing and installing piping, pipe
restraining, fittings, valves, saddles and hot taps, backflow
preventer /meter assembly, hose bib, access hatches, safety
grates, sodding, electrical components, panel boards, circuit
breakers, lighting, bollards, pressure gauges, and
miscellaneous metals.
Section IV -a 01630 -4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
d. Payment shall be made under:
• Item No. 3 — Mechanical, Electrical and Structural
Work at LS 29.
4. Bid Items Nos. 4 — Mechanical, Electrical and Structural Work at LS
46
a. Description: This Bid Item describes measurement and
payment for all mechanical, electrical and structural work
associated with the rehabilitation of LS 46.
b. Measurement: Measurement for periodic payments of this
lump sum bid item will be in accordance with the approved
Schedule of Values, to be supplied by the Contractor in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
c. Payment: Payment for all work included under this Bid Item
shall be made at the Contract lump sum price listed in the
Bid Form and shall represent full compensation for all labor,
materials and equipment required for improvements to LS 46
including, but not limited to: erosion and sedimentation
control; demolition; excavation, including rock; dewatering;
sheeting; fill; compaction; grading; surface restoration;
pressure testing; concrete work; surface preparation and
painting; wet well liner installation; bypass pump assembly,
electrical work; coordinating with electric utility;
instrumentation work; bypass pumping; and furnishing and
installing piping, pipe restraining, fittings, valves, saddles and
hot taps, access hatches, safety grates, sodding, electrical
components, panel boards, circuit breakers, lighting,
pressure gauges, and miscellaneous metals.
Payment shall be made under:
• Item No. 4 — Mechanical, Electrical and Structural
Work at LS 46.
5. Bid Items Nos. 5 — Mechanical, Electrical and Structural Work at LS
50
a. Description: This Bid Item describes measurement and
payment for all mechanical, electrical and structural work
associated with the rehabilitation of LS 50.
Section IV -a 01630 -5
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
b. Measurement: Measurement for periodic payments of this
lump sum bid item will be in accordance with the approved
Schedule of Values, to be supplied by the Contractor in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
c. Payment: Payment for all work included under this Bid Item
shall be made at the Contract lump sum price listed in the
Bid Form and shall represent full compensation for all labor,
materials and equipment required for improvements to LS 50
including, but not limited to: erosion and sedimentation
control; demolition; excavation, including rock; dewatering;
sheeting; fill; compaction; grading; surface restoration;
pressure testing; concrete work; surface preparation and
painting; wet well liner installation; bypass pump assembly,
electrical work; coordinating with electric utility;
instrumentation work; bypass pumping; and furnishing and
installing piping, pipe restraining, fittings, valves, saddles and
hot taps, safety grates, sodding, electrical components,
panel boards, circuit breakers, lighting, pressure gauges,
and miscellaneous metals.
d. Payment shall be made under:
• Item No. 5 — Mechanical, Electrical and Structural
Work at LS 50.
B. Note for: Compact Ductile Iron Restrained Joint Fittings, Asphalt
Pavement Replacement and Asphalt Overlay
1. All costs associated with compact ductile iron restrained joint
fittings, asphalt pavement replacement and asphalt overlay shall be
included in the lump sum Bid Items #3, 4 and 5. No additional
payment will be made for these items unless directed by the Owner
or the Owner's authorized Project Representative.
C. Note for: Erosion Control
1. No additional payment will be made for erosion control features
installed to protect the work areas and adjacent property. All costs
associated with this item shall be included in the lump sum Bid
Items #3, 4 and 5.
2. Erosion control may include sheeting, shoring, trenching boxes,
artificial coverings, mowing, sandbagging, slope drains, sediment
Section IV -a 01630 -6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
basins, cleanouts, baled hay and straw, floating silt barrier, staked
silt barrier, staked silt fence and seeding.
3. Erosion control is considered a subsidiary obligation of the
Contractor and shall include furnishing and installing material,
routine maintenance, mowing and removal of temporary erosion
control features upon completion of construction.
END OF SECTION
Section IV -a 01630 -7
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements
SECTION 02050
DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
Issued for Bid
A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and services
necessary to complete all demolition work as shown on the Drawings and as
specified herein.
1.02 STRUCTURES, PIPING AND EQUIPMENT DEMOLITION
A. Unless otherwise directed in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall:
1. Demolish, remove, and properly dispose of the
structures /piping /equipment.
2. The Contractor shall also be responsible for providing the Owner with
any and all paperwork associated with the cleaning, demolition, or
disposal of the structures /piping /equipment that is requested or
required for the Owner's records.
1.03 PROTECTION OF PROPERTIES
A. Protection of Public Utilities
1. The Contractor shall not damage existing fire hydrants, street, lights,
power poles, telephone poles, fire alarm boxes, wire cables, pole guys,
underground utilities or other appurtenances in the vicinity of the
demolition sites. The Contractor shall pay for temporary relocation of
utilities, which are relocated at the Contractor's request for his
convenience.
B. Protection of Adjacent Property
1. The Contractor shall not damage or cause to be damaged any public
right -of -way, structures, parking lots, drives, streets, sidewalks, utilities,
pools, lawns or any other property adjacent to project sites for
demolition whether or not the property is scheduled for future
demolition. The Contractor shall provide such sheeting and shoring as
required to protect adjacent structures during demolition. Care must
also be taken to prevent the spread of dust and flying particles.
Section IV -a 02050 -1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
1.04 RISK LOSS
A. The Contractor shall accept the site in its present condition and shall inspect
the site for its character and the type of structures to be demolished. The
Owner assumes no responsibility for the condition of existing buildings,
structures, and other property within the demolition area, or the condition of
the property before or after the solicitation of proposals. No adjustment of
proposal price or allowance for any change in conditions that may occur after
the execution of contract will be allowed.
1.05 PERMITS AND FEES
A. The Contractor shall obtain all the necessary permits and pay all fees that
may be required in conjunction with the demolition work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 DEMOLITION MATERIALS
A. The Contractor may recycle demolition debris at a licensed or permitted
recycling center.
However, all other debris must be disposed of at a licensed or permitted
disposal facility.
3.02 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLITION DEBRIS AND SOLID WASTE
A. All materials, rubbish, and trash shall be removed from the demolition area
leaving the demolition area free of debris. Any cost incurred by the Owner in
cleaning up such materials and debris left behind shall be deducted from
funds due the Contractor under this contract.
B. All debris and solid waste shall be delivered by the Contractor to an approved
disposal facility licensed in accordance with state and /or local regulations,
laws, and zoning. The Contractor shall be responsible to pay all fees for
waste disposal. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, or his designated
representative copies of all disposal tickets for each structure demolished,
where available, which identify the specific address of the origin of the debris
associated with each ticket. The cost of all fees shall be considered
incidental to the demolition.
Section IV -a 02050 -2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
r,
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
C. All debris and solid waste shall be cleaned and disposed of in accordance
with federal and FDEP regulations. The Contractor and any sub - contractors
involved with the disposal of the waste sewage material or
equipment/structures associated with sewage material must attend a meeting
with the Owner, the Engineer, and FDEP prior to any cleaning or disposal of
waste sewage material or process equipment/structures.
D. All materials and equipment resulting from this work shall become the
property of the Contractor, and shall be removed from the premises at once.
3.03 BACKFILL, GRADING, AND CLEAN UP
A. When site conditions permit, as determined by the Owner, or his designated
representative, on -site soil shall be used as backfill material. The top 9 -12
inches of topsoil within the limits of construction may be stripped and
stockpiled on site for use as final topsoil and grading material. If adequate
topsoil, is not available on site, the Contractor shall bring in enough topsoil
from off-site to place a minimum 8 -inch cover on the entire site. Excess
excavation materials shall be removed from the site. Topsoil material shall
not be permitted as deep fill materials. Any borrow or fill material shall be
approved by the Owner, or his designated representative before and during
the placing of the material. All depressions on the property shall be filled,
compacted, and graded to uniform slope with adequate drainage.
1. All excavations shall be backfilled with acceptable material and
compacted according to the requirements of Specifications 5, 14 and
41of Section IV — Technical Specifications or as applicable per City
standards.
B. All additional fill material shall be of equal quality to the soil adjacent to the
excavation, and free of rubble or organic matter. The Contractor shall provide
for a minimum depth of 8 inches of topsoil over the excavated area. There
shall be no payment for additional fill material, which shall be considered
incidental to the demolition bid price. Additional fill material shall be
acceptable fill material that meets the requirements of Specification 14 of
Section IV — Technical Specifications.
C. The Contractor shall employ hand labor where the use of power machinery is
unsafe or unable to produce a finished job. Hand labor shall also be used to
clean the site of any debris.
D. The site shall be graded to conform to all surrounding areas and shall be
finished to have a uniform surface that shall not permit pooling of water. The
Contractor shall grade and shape the site to drain, complete fine grading and
final clean up as part of the lump sum for demolition.
Section IV -a 02050 -3
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
E. Before acceptance of the demolition work, the Contractor shall remove all
unused material and rubbish from the site of the work, remedy any
objectionable conditions the Contractor may have created on private property,
and leave the right -of -way in a neat and presentable condition. The
Contractor shall not make agreements that allow salvaged or unused material
to remain on private property. All ground occupied by the Contractor in
connection with the work shall be restored. Restoration shall include
appropriate smoothing to its original condition. Final cleaning up shall be
subject to approval of the Owner, or his designated representative, and in
accordance with applicable regulations.
3.04 ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTIONS
A. The Contractor will coordinate electrical disconnections with the Engineer
and/or the Owners representative.
3.05 SAFETY AND FENCING
A. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable current federal, state and local
safety and health regulations.
B. The Contractor shall furnish and place a safety fence around the site of the
work adequate to secure the demolition site, including any resulting debris or
excavation, and to prevent pedestrian access. The fencing, including all
materials, shall be considered incidental to the demolition. The safety fence
shall remain in place until the demolished materials are removed from the site
and all holes or excavated areas are backfilled. The fencing material shall
remain the property of the Contractor representative.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
END OF SECTION 1
Section IV -a 02050 -4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1,
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements
SECTION 02770
BYPASS PUMPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
Issued for Bid
A. The Contractor is referred to conditions and requirements given in various
Divisions of the Specifications and Section 01010 - Project Requirements,
insofar as such documents affect the work of this Section.
1.02 SCOPE
A. The Contractor is required to furnish all materials, labor, equipment, power,
maintenance, etc. to implement a temporary pumping system for the purpose
of diverting the lift station influent flow around Lift Stations 29, 46 and 50, so
that the stations can be rehabilitated.
B. The design, installation, and operation of the temporary pumping systems
shall be the Contractor's responsibility. The Contractor shall employ the
services of a vendor who can demonstrate to the Engineer that he
specializes in the design and operation of temporary bypass pumping
systems.
C. The Contractor shall provide temporary pumping systems. The system shall
be capable of pumping raw wastewater from the manhole at the influent side
of the pump station to the new bypass connection at the effluent side, as
shown on the Drawings, completely bypassing the existing stations. The
temporary pumping system shall be capable of pumping the variable
wastewater flows received by the lift station. The Bypass Pumping System
shall be capable of pumping the peak flow conditions with one pump and
provide a backup pump for 100% redundancy.
It is required under this section that the Contractor provides all necessary
means to safely convey all flows past the work areas. It will not be permitted
to stop or impede the sanitary sewer flows under any circumstances.
E. The Contractor's bid price shall include the following for each bypass
pumping system: one pump and a backup with sound attenuation housing
(maximum noise level of 70dBA @ 7 meters) as well as all necessary
controls, a high water alarm signal (light) to indicate pump operational
problems and to activate the backup pump, autodialer, 24 hour on -call
responsible operator and maintenance personnel. The contractor shall be
capable of having maintenance personnel onsite within one hour of receiving
notice that there are problems associated with a bypass pumping system.
Section IV -a 02770 -1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
1.03 SPECIAL PRECAUTION
A. The Contractor is notified that the bypass pumping at the lift stations is critical
and must be maintained at all times. If any spills of raw wastewater occur
due to the failure of the Contractor to maintain the temporary pumping when
needed, the Contractor shall be responsible for any fines levied on City of
Clearwater by the FDEP or any other applicable agency.
1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Contractor shall submit shop drawings detailing sewage bypass system.
Information that must be contained in the shop drawings shall include, but not
be limited to:
1. Pump curves and installation details
2. Control system logic and details
3. Piping system
4. Site plan
5. Emergency phone number
6. Noise attenuation system
7. Bypass Pumping System Vendor information and qualifications
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PUMPS
A. The pumps and drives shall be rated for continuous duty and shall be
capable of pumping the specified flow range without surging, cavitation, or
vibration. The pump shall not overload the driver at any point on the pump
operating curve. Rotative components shall be statically and dynamically
balanced. The pump shall be suitable for use with raw unscreened sewage
and trash. The pump shall be a self- contained unit, designed for temporary
use.
B. All pumps used shall be fully automatic self priming units that do not require
the use of foot - valves or vacuum pumps in the priming system. The pumps
shall be diesel powered. All pumps used must be constructed to allow dry
running for long periods of time to accommodate the cyclical nature of flows.
Section IV -a 02770 -2
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
C. Pumps shall be engine driven on skid bases or highway trailer with
centralized lifting bracket and integral fuel tank. The pump shall be direct
coupled to an electric start diesel engine.
F. The force mains of the three lift stations are manifolded together with the
force mains of other lift stations. It is unknown what the pressures in those
force mains are when different number of lift stations are operating at the
same time. The existing pumps at LS 29 & LS 50 are Flygt Model 3127, 10
HP with 228 mm impellers. The existing two pumps at LS 46 are Flygt Model
3152, 20 HP with 228 mm impellers. The Contractor shall provide bypass
pumps with capacities equal or exceeding the capacities of the existing
pumps and pump curves as close as possible to the pump curves of the
existing pumps at the three lift stations.
2.02 PUMP CONTROLS
A. The pumps will be automatically started and stopped with float switches
mounted inside the incoming man hole. And additional float switch will be
connected to the Auto dialer system that will contact all the relevant persons
should the level reach a predetermined critical point.
2.03 PIPING
A. In order to prevent the accidental spillage of flows, all discharge system must
be constructed of semi -rigid pipe with positive, leak -proof connections. All
pipe must be 100 psi rated working pressure and full vacuum. Adequate
vents will be provided suitably arranged to prevent spillage of raw sewage.
B. Pipe shall be high density polyethylene pipe with fused joints or ductile iron
pie with flanged joints or victaulic couplings for a leak -proof piping system.
C. "Irrigation" type pipe or aluminum construction pipe will not be acceptable.
2.04 TEMPORARY PLUGS
A. Plugs shall be inflatable plugs constructed of cross - biased cording reinforced
natural rubber. Plugs shall be equipped with steel pull rings, cast aluminum
ends, and a rupture disk to prevent overinflation. Inflatable plugs shall model
Test -Ball as manufactured by Cherne Industries of Minneapolis, MN, or
equal.
B. All plugs shall be firmly attached to a stationary object at ground level by a
steel cable in order to prevent loss of plug in the pipeline.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Section IV -a 02770 -3
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
3.01 TEMPORARY BYPASS PUMPING INSTALLATION
A. Equipment specified in this section shall be installed in strict accordance with
the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Installation shall
include furnishing oil, fuel, grease, lubricants, tools and spare parts that may
be required to maintain the operation of the pump throughout the
construction period, as recommended by the manufacturer. The Contractor
shall be solely responsible for maintaining the temporary pumps and
appurtenances. At the end of the construction period, the contractor shall
remove the pumps and appurtenances.
The pumps are to be installed for temporary use only and shall be removed
by the Contractor prior to completion of the contract. The contractor shall be
responsible for proper operation of the complete pumping system, which
includes pump, driver, controls, and appropriate pipe connections, during the
construction period.
C. Adequate hoisting equipment for each pump and accessories shall be
maintained on the site.
D. The Contractor shall insure that the temporary pumping system is properly
maintained and a responsible operator shall be on hand at all times when
pumps are operating.
The temporary pumping system shall be placed in service a minimum of 24
hours before any work may begin.
F Once written permission is issued, the Contractor shall remove all
components of the temporary pumping system. The Contractor shall perform
all restoration work to the satisfaction of the Owner.
END OF SECTION
Section IV -a 02770 -4
1
1
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements
SECTION 03410
PRECAST CONCRETE WETWELL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
Issued for Bid
Extent of structural precast concrete construction work is shown on drawings.
Precast concrete work is associated with the LS29 top slab and LS46 valve vault as
detailed on the construction drawings.
1.2 RELATED WORK
A. Section 02220: Excavation, Filling and Grading
B. Section 02615: Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
C. Section 11303: Pumping Equipment
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provision of following codes,
specifications and standards, except as otherwise indicated:
1) ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings"
2) ACI 318 "Building code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete"
3) Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, "Manual of Standard Practice"
B. Workmanship: Firms which have 5 years or more of successful experience in
fabrication of circular precast concrete pipe and wetwell units will be
acceptable. Fabricator must have sufficient production capacity to produce
required units without causing delay in work. It is expressly understood by
the Contractor that no time extensions to the contract will be allowed for
delays in the fabrication of the precast or liner components.
1) Fabricator must be producer member of the Prestressed Concrete
Institute (PCI) and /or participate in its Plant Certification Program.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and instructions for
manufactured materials and products. Include manufacturer's certifications
and laboratory test reports as required.
Section IV -a 03410 -1
Lift Station #32 Improvements Issued for Bid
B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing complete information for
fabrication and installation of precast concrete wet well units as shown on
drawings. For precast items, indicate member dimensions and cross section;
location, size and type of reinforcement, including special reinforcement and
lifting devices necessary for handling and erection.
C. Indicate layout, dimensions, and identification of each precast unit
corresponding to sequence and procedure of installation. Indicate welded
connections by AWS standard symbols. Detail inserts connections, and
joints, including accessories and construction at openings in precast units.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver precast concrete units to project site in such quantities and at such
times to assure continuity of installation. Store units at project site to prevent
cracking, distortion, staining, or other physical damage, and so that markings
are visible. Lift and support units at designated lift points.
B. Provide setting diagrams, templates, instructions and directions as required
for installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 REINFORCING MATERIALS
Reinforcing Steel: Reinforcing shall consist of welded wire fabric conforming to
ASTM Specifications A185 or A497, or grade 60 reinforcing steel
Supports for Reinforcement: Provide supports for reinforcement including bolsters,
chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcing,
complying with CRSI recommendations.
2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS
Portland Cement: Ready -mixed conforming to ASTM C94 Alternate 2.
Aggregates: 1" to #4 per ASTM C33, and as herein specified. Provide aggregates
from a single source.
Water: Drinkable and free from foreign materials in amounts harmful to concrete
and embedded steel.
Section IV -a 03410 -2
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
2.3 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES
Proportion mixes by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods, using
materials to be employed on the project for the type of concrete required, complying
with ASTM C94, Alt. 2 and ACI 318.
A. Produce precast wetwell sections utilizing standard weight concrete and
consisting of specified portland cement, aggregates, admixtures, and water
to produce the following properties:
1) Compressive strength: 4,000 psi minimum at 28 days as determined
by testing in accordance with the latest ASTM test procedures.
2) Cure compression test cylinders using some methods as used for
precast concrete work.
2.4 JOINT SEALING /GASKET MATERIAL
Supply and install preformed, continuous, "0" ring or pre - molded plastic joint sealing
gasket material at all joints of the wetwell sections. Gaskets to be RAM -NEK #2 as
manufactured by KT Syneder, Houston, Texas or approved equivalent.
2.5 TOP SLAB CONSTRUCTION
A. 4000 psi concrete, contractor to submit mix design. Maximum course
aggregate size: 1 1/4 ".
B. Grade 60 reinforcing steel.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
Clean ends of sections of all foreign material prior to joining. Inspect sections for
chips at cracks in the tongue which may impair the watertight joining of the sections.
Report cracks to the Engineer when found. Replace cracked or chipped sections at
no expense to the owner. Install joint sealing gaskets and pipe primer in accordance
with gasket manufacturer's recommendations. Mate precast sections to foundation
slab and each other so as to prevent damage to gaskets and liner material during
installation. Repair or replace damaged sections or liner immediately upon
discovery of the defect at no additional cost to the owner.
Section IV -a 03410 -3
Lift Station #32 Improvements Issued for Bid
3.2 COATINGS
The exterior of the wet well of the pumping station shall be coated with two (2) coats
of coal tar epoxy. Each coat will consist of 8 mils of dry thickness for a total of 16
mils.
3.3 WARRANTY
A one year manufacturer's warranty shall be supplied the Owner upon installation of
the item and satisfactory acceptance of same by the Owner.
END SECTION 03410
Section IV -a 03410 -4
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
SECTION 09117
SPECTRASHIELD PROTECTIVE COATING SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, and equipment for the application of a
protective coating system to the existing wet wells of lift stations (LS) 29, 46 & 50. This
section details the methods, procedures, materials and equipment as required for the
Protective Coating System. The completed total system will provide a corrosion - resistant
coating that restores walls to original surface levels and eliminates water infiltration and
exfiltration.
B. Limits of work shall be as shown and described on the drawings.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ASTM 4541 — Adhesion
B. ASTM D412 - Tensile Strength (PSI)
C. ASTM D412 - Elongation ( %)
D. ASTM D2240 - Tear Strength (PLI)
E. ASTM D1737 — Hardness
F. ASTM D1737 - Flexibility (1/8 mandrel)
G. ASTM 4060 - Taber Abrasion (mg loss)
H. CIGMAT Evaluation (UH 96 -7) of Spectrashield Liner System for Wastewater Concrete
and Clay Brick Facilities. University of Houston Department of Civil Engineering:
December 1996.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. All materials and procedures required to establish compliance with the specifications shall
be submitted to the Owner or Engineer for review /approval. Submittals shall include at
least the following:
1. Manufacturer's current printed recommendations and product data sheets for products
supplied under this section including performance criteria, surface preparation and
applications, and safety requirements.
2. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for any materials brought on -site including all
Section IV -a 09117 -1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
resurfacing and coating system materials, solvents, and abrasive blast media.
3. Storage requirements including temperature, humidity, and ventilation for repair and
coating system materials.
4. Manufacturer's requirements, including application procedures for resurfacing
materials and coating materials, shall be in writing and shall be followed in detail. All
safety precautions recommended by the Manufacturer shall be strictly adhered to at all
times when work is in progress.
5. If installation is not be performed by the coating manufacturer, other installer must be
certified by manufacturer. Submit manufacturer's certification of installer.
6. ASTM References.
7. CIGMAT Evaluation.
8. Descriptive literature, bulletins and or catalogs of materials.
9. Work procedures including flow diversion plan, method of repair, etc.
10. Material and method for repair of leaks or cracks in manholes.
11. Final installation report on completed manholes.
1.04 10 -YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer (not contractor) shall warrant the coating against failure for a period of ten
(10) years. Failure will be deemed to have occurred if the protective lining fails to (a)
prevent the internal damage or corrosion of the structure (b) protect the substrate and
environment from contamination by effluent. If any such failure occurs within ten (10)
years of initial completion of work on a structure, the damage will be repaired to restore
the lining at no cost to the Owner within 60 days after written notification of the failure.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer and/or applicator of the protective coating system shall be a company that
specializes in the design, manufacture or installation of corrosion protection systems for
wastewater structures and manholes. Applicator shall be completely trained in leak repair,
surface preparation and corrosion materials application on wastewater structures and
manholes. Corrosion materials /products shall be suitable for installation in a severe
hydrogen sulfide environment without any deterioration to the coating.
Section IV -a 09117 -2
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
B. The applicator shall be trained and certified by the manufacturer for the handling,
mixing, application and inspection of the coating system as described herein.
C. To ensure total unit responsibility, all materials and installation thereof shall be furnished
and coordinated with/by one supplier /applicator who turnkeys the work and assumes full
responsibility for the entire operation.
1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Materials shall be stored in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations in an area or
areas designated solely for this purpose. Confine mixing, thinning, clean -up and
associated operations, and storage of debris before authorized disposal, to these areas.
Protect all other concrete and metallic surfaces and finishes from any spillage of
material(s) within the mixing area.
B. Deliver all materials to the jobsite in their original, unopened containers bearing
manufacturer's name and label.
C. Do not use or retain contaminated, outdated, prematurely opened, diluted materials, or
materials which have exceeded their shelf life.
D. The Contractor shall take all precautions and implement all measures necessary to avert
potential hazards associated with all materials as described on the pertinent Material
Safety Data Sheets or container labels.
E. Do not use floor drains, plumbing fixtures, dikes, or storm drains for disposal of
resurfacing system materials.
1.07 SAFETY
A. The installer shall follow OSHA regulations, especially those regarding Confined Space
Entry, Fall Protection, Respiratory Protection, and Personal Protective Equipment.
B. The Contractor shall provide personnel with all safety equipment necessary to protect them
during any phase of the work. This shall include, but not be limited to, safety glasses,
goggles, earplugs, hard hats, steel toed work shoes, appropriate personal protective
clothing, gloves, and dust masks.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Section IV -a 09117 -3
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. The materials to be utilized in the lining of structures shall be designed and manufactured
to withstand the severe effects of hydrogen sulfide in a wastewater environment.
Manufacturer of corrosion protection products shall have long proven experience in the
production of the lining products utilized and shall have satisfactory installation record.
B. The coating system shall be composed of four (4) layers: 1.) epoxy primer, 2.) moisture
barrier (modified polymer), 3.) surfaces (polyurethane /polymeric blend foam) and 4.) a
final barrier coat (modified polymer). The system shall be installed in four (4) individual
steps resulting in a total thickness of approximately one (1) mm.
C. Equipment for installation of lining materials shall be high quality grade and be as
recommended by the manufacturer.
D. The lining system to be utilized for manhole structures shall be a multi - component stress
skin panel coating system.
E. Approved material Spectrashield Coating or Approved Equal.
Pump Station and Influent Manholes:
1. Coating.
Installation
Moisture displacement barrier
Moisture barrier
Surfacer
Final corrosion barrier
2. Primer shall be 100% solids
Coating
Primer
Modified Polymer
Polyurethane /Polymeric blend foam
Modified polymer
3. Modified polymer shall be sprayable, solvent free, two - component polymeric,
moisture /chemical barrier specifically developed for the corrosive wastewater
environment.
Section IV -a 09117 -4
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Applicator shall take appropriate action to comply with all local, state and federal
regulations including those set forth by OSHA, EPA, the Owner and any other applicable
authorities.
B. Prior to conducting any work, perform inspection of structure to determine need for
protection against hazardous gases or oxygen depleted atmosphere.
C. New Portland cement structures shall have endured a minimum of 28 days since
manufacture prior to commencing installation of the coating system.
3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Conduct surface preparation program to include monitoring of atmosphere for hydrogen
sulfide, methane, low oxygen or other gases, approved flow control equipment, and
surface preparation equipment.
B. Surface preparation methods may include high pressure water cleaning, hydro blasting,
abrasive blasting, grinding, detergent water cleaning and shall be suited to provide a surface
compatible for installation of the coating system.
C. Surface preparation method shall produce a cleaned, abraded and sound surface with
no evidence of laitance, loose concrete, brick or mortar, contaminants or debris, and shall
display a surface profile suitable for application of the coating system.
D. After completion of surface preparation, perform the seven point check list, which is the
inspection for:
1. Leaks
2. Cracks
3. Holes
4. Exposed Rebar
5. Ring and Cover condition (manholes only)
6. Invert Condition (manholes only)
Section IV -a 09117 -5
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
7. Inlet and Outlet Pipe Condition
E. After the defects in the structure are identified, repair all leaks with a chemical or hydraulic
sealant designed for use in field sealing of ground water. Severe cracks shall be repaired with
a urethane based chemical sealant. Product to be utilized shall be as approved by Owner or
Engineer prior to installation. Repairs to exposed rebar, defective pipe penetrations or
inverts, etc. shall be repaired utilizing non - shrink grout or approved alternative method.
3.03 MATERIAL INSTALLATION
A. Application procedures shall conform to recommendations of the manufacturer,
including materials handling, mixing, environmental controls during application, safety
and spray equipment.
B. Spray equipment shall be specifically designed to accurately ratio and apply the coating
system.
C. Application of multi - component coating system shall be in strict accordance with
manufacturer's recommendation. Final installation shall be a minimum of 500 millimeters.
A permanent identification and date of work performed shall be affixed to the structure in a
readily visible location.
D. Provide final written report to Owner or Engineer detailing the location, date of report, and
description of repair.
3.04 INSPECTION
A. Final coating system shall be completely free of pinholes or voids. Coating thickness
shall be the minimum value as described herein.
B. Visual inspection shall be made by the Owner or Engineer and Manufacturer's
Representative. Any deficiencies in the finished coating system shall be marked and
repaired according to the procedures set forth by Manufacturer.
C. Manufacturer's representative shall submit a summary report to the Owner or Engineer
indicating that the Protective Coating System was properly installed.
END OF SECTION
Section IV -a 09117 -6
L Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements
SECTION 09900
PAINTINGS AND COATINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
Issued for Bid
A. The Contractor shall furnish all materials, labor equipment, and incidentals
required to provide a protective coating system for the surfaces listed herein
and not otherwise excluded.
B. The work includes painting and finishing of exterior exposed items and
surfaces such as bollards, pipes, fittings, valves and all other work obviously
required to be painted unless otherwise specified herein or on the Drawings.
The omission of minor items in the schedule of work shall not relieve the
Contractor of his obligation to include such items where they come within the
general intent of the Specifications as stated herein.
C. "Paint" as used herein means all coating systems, materials, including
primers, emulsions, enamels, sealers and fillers, and other applied materials
whether used as prime, intermediate or finish coats.
D. The following items shall not be painted:
1. Stainless steel
2. Products with polished chrome, aluminum, nickel or stainless steel
finish.
3. Flexible couplings lubricated bearing surfaces, insulation and metal
and plastic pipe interiors.
7. Signs and nameplates.
5. Any packing glands, unless otherwise indicated.
6. Surfaces coated with cementitious coating.
E. The wet wells of the three lift stations shall be coated in accordance with
Section 09117 - Spectrashield Protective Coating System or Section 09910 -
Green MonsterTM Liner System.
Section IV -a 09900 -1
L Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide manufacturer's data and samples as indicated below in accordance
with Section III, Article 6.11.1 — Shop Drawings, Samples, RFIs and Submittal
Review.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NACE, National Association of Corrosion Engineers
B. ASTM, American Society of Testing and Materials
C. SSPC, Steel Structures Painting Council
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide the best quality grade of the various types of coatings as regularly
manufactured by approved paint materials manufacturers. Materials not
displaying the manufacturer's identification as a standard, best -grade product
shall not be acceptable. Brand identification is keyed to products of Tnemec
Co., Inc., Kansas City, MO, to establish standard of quality or approved
equal.
B. Provide an undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish
coats. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and use only
within recommended limits.
C. Undercoat and finish coat paints shall be compatible.
D. Painting shall be accomplished by experienced painters specializing in
industrial painting familiar with all aspects of surface preparations and
applications required for this project.
1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - NOT USED
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver all materials to the job site in original, unopened packages and
containers bearing manufacturer's name and label.
1. Provide labels on each container with the following information:
a. Name or title of material
b. Federal specification number if applicable
Section IV -a 09900 -2
L Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
c. Manufacturer's stock number and color
d. Manufacturer's name
e. Generic type
f. Contents by volume, for major pigment and vehicle
constituents
g. Application instructions
2. Containers shall be clearly marked to indicate any hazards connected
with the use of the paint and steps that should be taken to prevent
injury to those handling the product.
B. All containers shall be handled and stored in such a manner as to prevent
damage or loss of labels or containers.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. All paint shall be manufactured by one of the following and shall be their
highest grade of paint: Tnemec, Koppers, Ameron, Porter, or Rustoleum.
Requests to use other paint manufacturers and materials other than specified
shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.
B. The following coating systems list a product by name to establish a standard
of quality; other products of the same generic types may be submitted to the
Engineer for approval. When other than the specified coating system is
proposed, the Contractor shall submit a typewritten list giving the proposed
coatings, brand, trade name, generic type and catalog number of the
proposed system for the Engineer's approval.
C. Paint used in successive field coats shall be produced by the same
manufacturer. Paint used in the first field coat over shop painted or
previously painted surfaces shall cause no wrinkling, lifting, or other damage
to underlying paint.
D. Emulsion and alkyd paints shall contain a mildewcide and both the paint and
mildewcide shall conform to OSHA and Federal requirements, including
Federal Specification TT -P -19.
E. Finish coats containing lead shall not be allowed. Oil shall be pure boiled
linseed oil.
Section IV -a 09900 -3
L Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
F. Rags shall be clean painters' rags, completing sterilized.
2.02 SHOP COATINGS
A. Shop priming shall be done with primers that are guaranteed by the
manufacturer to be compatible with the finish paints to be used. The
Contractor shall coordinate and ascertain such compatibility with his
subcontractors and suppliers.
B. No paint containing lead shall be allowed.
2.03 COATING SYSTEMS
A. Metal (Non- submerged Exterior)
Exterior surfaces and shall include the following:
1. Surfaces to Be Coated
a. Bollards
b. Aboveground piping
c. Miscellaneous steel shapes, angles, etc.
2. Coating System
a. Surface Preparation - Sandblast clean (SSPC -SP6). Hand or
power tool clean items are not suitable for sandblast cleaning.
All metal surfaces shall be completely degreased by solvent
cleaning in compliance with SSPC -SP1. Ductile iron pipe
surface prep — NAPF 500- 03 -04.
b. Prime Coat
Epoxy (3 mils dry) Tnemec Series 66 -1211 Epoxoline
New Galvanized Surfaces - SSPC -SP1 Solvent Cleaning
Tnemec Series 66 -1211 Epoxoline Primer
c. Intermediate Coat
66 -color Hibuild EP
(3 mils)
d. Finish Coat
Aliphatic Polyurethane - Tnemec Series 73 Color Endura
Shield (2.5 mils dry)
Exposed reclaimed water ductile iron pipe shall be
painted purple (Pantone 522C).
Section IV -a 09900 -4
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
r
1
1
L Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements
Issued for Bid
Bollards shall be painted OSHA safety yellow.
B. New exposed ductile iron piping, fittings, valves and pumps in the wet well
and the valve vault shall be coated according to the following coating
schedule:
COATING SCHEDULE
Location,
Substrate &
Service
Surface
Preparation
Coating Name (Generic /Brand), Series Number, Dry Film
Thickness (mils)
1st Coat
2 "d Coat
3rd Coat
4th Coat
New Exposed
Ductile Iron
Piping, Fittings,
Pumps, and
Valves.
Immersion
(All shall be Shop
Primed w/
Polyamide Epoxy,
Tnemec Series 66
-1211 or Series
N140 -1211 (Red),
Hi -Build
Epoxoline, 3.0 -5.0
mils)
Touch up Shop
Primer. Spot repair
of damaged areas:
Power Tool
Cleaning, SSPC-
SP3.
Spot Prime Bare
Metal:
Modified Aromatic
Polyurethane
Primer
Tnemec Series 1
Omnithane
2.5 -3.5 mils DFT
Hydrophobic
Aromatic
Polyurethane
Tnemec Series
446 Perma - Shield
MCU
5.0 -7.0 mils DFT
Hydrophobic
Aromatic
Polyurethane
Tnemec Series
446 Perma - Shield
MCU
5.0 -7.0 mils DFT
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. In addition to the aforementioned preparations, all dirt, rust, scale, splinters,
loose particles, disintegrated paint, grease, oil, and other deleterious
substances shall be removed from all surfaces, which are to be coated.
Before commencing work, the painter must make certain that surfaces to be
covered are in perfect condition. Should the painter find such surfaces
impossible of acceptance, he shall report such fact to the Engineer. The
application of paint shall be held as an acceptance of the surfaces and
working conditions and the painter shall be held responsible for the results
reasonably expected from the materials and processes specified.
C. Clean ferrous substances, which are not galvanized or shop- coated, of oil,
grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances by solvent or
mechanical cleaning. All welds, blisters, etc., shall be ground and sanded
smooth. All pits and dents shall be filled and all imperfections shall be
corrected so as to provide a smooth surface for painting.
Section IV -a 09900 -5
L Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
D. Surface profile as obtained from sandblasting shall be as recommended by
the coating manufacturer.
3.2 MATERIALS PREPARATION
A. Mix and prepare painting materials in strict accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations and directions, stirring materials before and during
application to maintain a mixture of uniform density, free of film, dirt and other
foreign materials.
B. No thinners shall be used except those specifically mentioned and only in
such quantity as directed by the manufacturer in his instructions. If thinning
is used, sufficient additional coats shall be applied to assure the required dry
film thickness is achieved. The manufacturer's recommended thinner or
cleanup solvent shall be used for all clean up. Application by brush, spray,
airless spray or roller shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for
optimum performance and appearance.
3.3 APPLICATIONS
A. All painting shall be done by skilled and experienced craftsmen and shall be
of highest quality workmanship.
Apply paint in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Use
applicators and techniques best suited for the type of material being applied.
C. All paint shall be at room temperature and the surface to be painted shall be
dry and clean.
D. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show
through the final coat of paint, until the paint is of uniform finish, color and
appearance.
E. Paint shall be applied in a neat manner with finished surfaces free of runs,
sags, ridges, laps and brush marks. Each coat shall be applied in a manner
that shall produce an even film of uniform and proper thickness.
3.4 APPLICATION RESTRICTIONS
A. Application of materials shall be done only on properly prepared surfaces as
herein specified, and all exterior painting shall be done only in dry weather.
Any surface coating damaged by moisture or rain shall be removed and
redone as directed by the Engineer.
Section IV -a 09900 -6
L Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
In no case shall paint by applied to surfaces that show a moisture content
greater than 15 percent.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Cleaning - All paint brushed, splattered, spilled or splashed on any surface
not specified to be painted shall be removed.
END OF SECTION
Section IV -a 09900 -7
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
SECTION 09910
GREEN MONSTER TM LINER SYSTEM
1 PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work shall include the furnishing and installation of an interior
protective coating system including all necessary materials, equipment
and tools as required for a complete installation. Coating shall be
manufactured by GML Coatings, LLC., or pre- approved equal. The
completed system shall provide a waterproof, corrosion resistant liner to
prevent any deterioration of concrete surfaces from hydrogen sulfide and
other corrosive gases /acids produced by wastewater and to prevent
infiltration. To ensure total unit responsibility, all materials and installation
thereof shall be approved and furnished by, and coordinated with, GML
Coatings LLC.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. All materials used within the Green MonsterTM system shall be highly
resistant to hydrogen sulfide in the wastewater environment.
B. Waterblasting equipment shall be no less than 4000 psi and sandblasting
equipment shall deliver enough pressure to remove all deteriorated
concrete in the structure providing a substrate free of loose material.
C. GML 30/60 which is high early strength calcium aluminate blend
cementitious mortar shall be used to structurally rebuild substrates also
providing an esthetically smooth brush finished surface.
D. All spray equipment shall be plural component manufactured by Graco
and be capable of monitoring pressures and temperatures of the coating
ensuring a quality application. Green MonsterTM shall only be applied with
a minimum output pressure of 2,500 psi.
E. All products used in the Green MonsterTM system shall be approved and
installed by only GML Coatings trained personnel. View product
specifications below:
1 F. GML 30 and GML 60 Cementitious Mortar Specifications
TYPICAL PROPERTIES
1 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, PSI ASTM C928 6500
FREEZE THAW RESISTANCE ASTM C666 1% LOSS
' Section IV -a 09910 -1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
SHEAR BOND STRENGTH, PSI
FLEXURAL STRENGTH, PSI
G. Primer Specifications
TYPICAL PROPERTIES (1:1 BY VOL.):
TENSIL STRENGTH, PSI
ELONGATION, %
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, NEAT
SHRINKAGE
BOND STRENGTH, psi
HARDNESS, SHORE D
COLOR
VISCOSITY, cps, neat
FINAL CURE @ 72° F
ASTM C882 1650
ASTM C348 1180
ASTM D638
ASTM D638
ASTM D695
ASTM D4541
ASTM D2240
4500
6
3800
None
1200
71
Amber
25
20 min
H. Primer shall have an extremely low viscosity allowing it to penetrate deep
into the pours of the brushed concrete for permanent bonding.
I. Shall only be spray - applied and fully cure in 20 minutes or less without
experiencing any shrinkage.
J. Concrete substrate shall be heated and surface temperature decreasing
during the application of Green MonsterTM Primer.
K. Green MonsterTM Liner shall display excellent chemical resistance,
thermal stability, and maintain flexible characteristics preventing cracking
which may allow sewer gases to attack the substrate.
TYPICAL PHYSICAL PROPERTIES :
TENSILE STRENGTH, PS
ELONGATION, %
100% MODULUS
TEAR STRENGTH, PLI
HARDNESS, SHORE A
HARDNESS, SHORE D
FLEXIBILITY, 1/8" MANDREL
FLASH POINT, °F
TABER ABRASION, MG LOSS
CS 17 WHEELS
A -SIDE HOSE TEMPERATURE
B -SIDE HOSE TEMPERATURE
BLOCK TEMPERATURE
ASTM D412
ASTM D412
ASTM D412
ASTM D624
ASTM D2240
ASTM D2240
ASTM D1737
PENSKY- MARTIN
ASTM D4060
1KG, 1000 REVS
°F
of
°F
4500
460
1460
570
98
52
PASS
>200
17.0
140 -160
140 -160
160
Section IV -a
09910 -2
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
ADHESION RESULTS: ASTM D-4541 Patti Tester
Concrete Green Monster Primer 600 PSI
EPDXY Glue Failure
Carbon Steel (direct) 900 PSI
TYPICAL PROCESSING PROPERTIES:
GEL TIME SECONDS 20
TACK FREE TIME SECONDS 45
VOLUME RATIO V:V 1:1
L. Concrete restoration shall be between .25 and 3 inches whichever is
required to return the deteriorated substrate to the original thickness. In
the case of minor deterioration and spalding, a Green MonsterTM system
approved cementitious concrete shall be used as a resurfacer. After, the
proper concrete restoration has been achieved; Green MonsterTM shall be
applied at 125 mils. Product shall be Green MonsterTA° Liner by GML
Coatings, LLC. or pre- approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Preparation will begin by sandblasting the entire substrate preparing the
surface so that it is structurally intact, clean of all corrosion, and provided
with a minimum of a 5 mil profile.
B. After sandblasting is completed, the surface area will be waterblasted at
4000 psi ridding the substrate of all dust, sand, and loose debris.
C. All solids and water are to be removed from the work site along with other
debris.
D. Active infiltration will be injection grouted.
E. A cementitious calcium aluminate concrete blend (GML 30/60) will be
applied to the entire substrate to be coated, in most cases the entire
surface will be structurally built up .25 to 3 inches thick providing a smooth
brushed finish. Thicker applications may apply where there is more
deterioration of the existing structure.
F Work area is to be completely dried using in- direct heat lowering the
moisture content of the substrate.
G. Green MonsterTM Primer is to be applied to the dry and cooling substrate
providing maximum adhesion and sealing the porous concrete.
H. Green MonsterTM Liner shall be spray applied at a 125 mil thickness. This
is to be spray applied to the ring of the structure down to the coating of the
bench in manholes and the entire bottom of other structures.
Section IV -a 09910 -3
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
3.02 MATERIAL INSTALLATION
A. The limits of the corrosion protection system shall be all exposed concrete
surfaces including walls, pipe penetrations, risers, etc., unless otherwise
approved by Engineer.
B. Application of the Green MonsterTM Liner System shall be in strict
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
C. All material installed must be holiday tested for pinholes. Either a GML
Coatings representative shall approve the test or an onsite inspector
employed by the owner.
3.03 INSPECTION AND REPAIRS
A. Final concrete structure corrosion protection system shall be completely
free of pinholes or voids. Entire exposed concrete surface shall be
protected with corrosion protection system. Liner preparation and
thickness shall meet what is stated above. All defects identified during
inspection such as pinholes, thin film millage, etc. shall be repaired with
same material and to same thickness as required of original installation.
END OF SECTION
Section IV -a 09910 -4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
SECTION 11360
PUMPING SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish, install, field test, and operate two submersible non -clog pumps for
Lift Station (LS) 29, and all associated appurtenances and controls
necessary to make the equipment complete and operable as indicated on
the Drawings and as specified herein.
B. All equipment provided for the project shall be new and unused. This
requirement shall be verified in a certified letter from the equipment
manufacturer or vendor and included in the shop drawing submittal.
1.2 RELATED WORK
A. Section 15062 Ductile Iron Pipe & Fittings
B. Section 15100 Valves & Appurtenances
C. Electrical and Control Specification as shown on the drawings.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Certified shop and working drawings and data regarding pump and motor
characteristics and performance. Include wiring diagrams, and complete
certified performance curves based on actual shop tests of mechanically
duplicate pumping units showing they meet specified requirements for
head and capacity at the operational speeds indicated. Curves shall be
plotted from no flow at shut off head to maximum flow at the minimum
head specified. Appropriately and clearly identify efficiencies, NPSH, etc.,
on the curves.
B. Submit curves on 8 -1/2 inch by 11 -inch sheets. For units of same size
and type, only curves for a single unit need to be provided.
C. Manufacturer's literature and cuts including installation instructions and
detailed drawings showing horizontal and vertical dimensions of specific
proposed pump and accessory layout and installation.
Section IV -a 11360 -1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
D. Drawings showing the manufacturers recommended equipment base(s),
including dimensions, weights, loads, drainage piping and other
information necessary to install the equipment.
E. Details of electrical components including enclosures, and machine -
mounted components.
Elevation of local control panel and operator control station showing panel
mounted devices. Provide details of power distribution and full load current
draw of panel. Provide list of all terminations required to receive inputs or
a transmit inputs from the local control panel.
G. Nameplate data of each electric motor proposed to be furnished with the
equipment package.
H. Wiring diagrams of field connections with identification of terminations
between local panel, junction boxes, equipment items, instrument devices,
and the like.
Complete electrical control schematic diagram.
J. List of spare parts to be furnished.
K. Statement of machine warranties.
L. Control philosophy provided in both written and schematic form.
M. Operations and maintenance information and equipment maintenance
summary sheets shall be furnished for the equipment specified herein.
N. Manufacturers Certificate of satisfactory installation is required for work
under this section.
1.4 REFERENCES
A. ANSI: American National Standards Institute
1) ANSI A21.10 -1977 Standard for Gray Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings,
3 inch through 48 inches, for Water and Other Liquids.
2) ANSI A21.11 -1979: Standard for Rubber - Gasket Joints for Ductile
Cast Iron and Gray Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings.
Section IV -a 11360 -2
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
3) ANSI A21.15 -1975: Standard for Flanged Cast -Iron and Ductile Iron
Pipe with Threaded Flanges.
4) ANSI A21.50 -1976: Standard for Thickness Design of Ductile Iron
Pipe.
5) ANSI A21.51 -1976: Standard for Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally
Cast, in Metal Molds or Sand Lined Molds for Water or Other
Liquids.
6) ANSI B16.3-1977: Standard for Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings.
7) ASTM A53 -80: Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot sipped,
Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless.
B. ASTM: American Society for Testing Materials
1) ASTM A48 -83, Specification for Gray Iron Castings.
2) ASTM A126 -73 (1979), Standard Specification for Gray Iron
Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings.
3) ASTM 1536 -80, Specification for Ductile -Iron Castings.
C. AFBMA: Anti - Friction Bearings Manufacturer's Association.
1) AFBMA B3.15 -1972, Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball
Bearings.
2) AFBMA B3.16 -1972, Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller
Bearings.
D. Hydraulic Institute, Current Edition.
E. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturer's Association.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. In order to minimize the number of different type pumps supplied, the
Contractor shall minimize use of different pump manufacturers for similar
applications. This does not apply to pumps provided as part of specified
treatment equipment supplied as a package.
Section IV -a 11360 -3
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
B. Equipment providers of the pumping systems described in this
specifications must be a factory authorized parts and service center for the
pumps supplied. The supplier must be able to perform warranty work on
the pumps.
C. Conform to requirements for materials, installation, and equipment
approvals of state, local, or other applicable codes whether or not called
for in detail on drawings or in specifications.
D. Workmanship: First class in all respects.
Base the use of unspecified materials on their continuous and successful
employment by product manufacturer under similar conditions as called
for in this section.
1.6 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION — NOT USED
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site.
B. Each component unit shall be carefully transported, stored, handled, and
set in place in a manner that shall prevent distortion, misalignment or
other damage.
C. During storage period, prior to installation, and during the time between
installation and start -up, the manufacturer's recommendations regarding
handling (such as hand rotation of motors, shafts, etc.) shall be followed.
D. Items to be shipped as complete assemblies except where partial
disassembly is required by transportation regulations or for protection of
components.
1.8 PROJECT /SITE REQUIREMENTS — NOT USED
1.9 SPARE PARTS — NOT USED
1.10 WARRANTY
A. The equipment manufacturer shall warrant the following components.
1. The pump supplier shall unconditionally guarantee, in writing, the
pumps being supplied against defects in workmanship and
materials for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of
substantial completion.
Section IV -a 11360 -4
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
2. Any defects in material or workmanship to the equipment for a
period of twelve (12) months from date of successful start up.
3. The manufacturer shall replace any equipment that fails during the
prescribed warranty period, provided the Owner has properly
lubricated and otherwise maintained the system equipment in
accordance with the intervals and procedures set forth in the
manufacturers operations and maintenance instruction manual.
1.11 DEFINITIONS - NOT USED
1.12 INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. The manufacturer shall submit five (5) copies of the operation and
maintenance (O &M) manual prior to delivery of the equipment.
B. O &M manuals shall be provided in three ring binders and shall include as
a minimum all information listed below
1. Installation instructions
2. Information on all components including original manufacturer data
and cut sheets for the equipment and any instrumentation and
valves included with the system
3. A complete parts list
4. Mechanical and electrical drawings
5. Start-up, shutdown, and normal operating instructions.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Furnish and install 2 Flygt Model CP3127.090 submersible non -clog
wastewater pumps for lift station (LS) 29 with the operating conditions
listed below. The pumps shall have a 4" ANSI horizontal discharge. Each
pump shall be equipped with a 10 HP submersible motor connected for
operation on a 230 volts, three phase, 60 hertz electrical supply service,
with 50 feet of submersible cable (SUBCAB) suitable for submersible
pump applications. The power cable shall be sized according to NEC and
ICEA standards and have P -MSHA Approval. Each pump shall be fitted
adequate length of 316 SS lifting chain or stainless steel cable. The
working load of the lifting system shall be 50% greater than the pump unit
weight. The pump assembly shall be approved by CSA to UL 778 and
CSA C22.2 -108 standards.
Section IV -a 11360 -5
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
Centrifugal pump speeds shall not exceed 1,750 revolutions per minute
(rpm) in water and wastewater pumping applications.
2.2 OPERATING CONDITIONS
A. The Contractor shall supply:
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for receiving and installing the pumps
along with all associated appurtenances per the Drawings.
2.3 PUMP DESIGN
A. The pump(s) shall be designed to handle clean or solids contaminated
water, raw sewage, wastewater effluent, storm water, and other similar
non corrosive, solids -laden fluids, without clogging. The pump(s) shall be
automatically and firmly connected to the discharge connection, guided by
no less than two guide bars extending from the top of the station to the
discharge connection. There shall be no need for personnel to enter the
wet -well. Sealing of the pumping unit to the discharge connection shall be
accomplished by a machined metal to metal watertight contact. Sealing of
the discharge interface with a diaphragm, 0-ring or profile gasket will not
be acceptable. No portion of the pump shall bear directly on the sump
floor.
2.4 PUMP CONSTRUCTION
A. Major pump components shall be of grey cast iron, ASTM A -48, Class
35B, with smooth surfaces devoid of blow holes or other irregularities. AU
exposed nuts or bolts shall be AISI type 304 stainless steel construction.
All metal surfaces coming into contact with the pumpage, other than
stainless steel or brass, shall be protected by a factory applied spray
coating of acrylic dispersion zinc phosphate primer with a polyester resin
Section IV -a 11360 -6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
LS 29
MODEL
CP3127.090
GPM
250
TDH
66 ft
RPM
1,735
HP
10
PHASE
3
IMPELLER
228 mm
VOLTAGE
230
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for receiving and installing the pumps
along with all associated appurtenances per the Drawings.
2.3 PUMP DESIGN
A. The pump(s) shall be designed to handle clean or solids contaminated
water, raw sewage, wastewater effluent, storm water, and other similar
non corrosive, solids -laden fluids, without clogging. The pump(s) shall be
automatically and firmly connected to the discharge connection, guided by
no less than two guide bars extending from the top of the station to the
discharge connection. There shall be no need for personnel to enter the
wet -well. Sealing of the pumping unit to the discharge connection shall be
accomplished by a machined metal to metal watertight contact. Sealing of
the discharge interface with a diaphragm, 0-ring or profile gasket will not
be acceptable. No portion of the pump shall bear directly on the sump
floor.
2.4 PUMP CONSTRUCTION
A. Major pump components shall be of grey cast iron, ASTM A -48, Class
35B, with smooth surfaces devoid of blow holes or other irregularities. AU
exposed nuts or bolts shall be AISI type 304 stainless steel construction.
All metal surfaces coming into contact with the pumpage, other than
stainless steel or brass, shall be protected by a factory applied spray
coating of acrylic dispersion zinc phosphate primer with a polyester resin
Section IV -a 11360 -6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
paint finish on the exterior of the pump.
B. Sealing design shall incorporate metal -to -metal contact between
machined surfaces. Critical mating surfaces where watertight sealing is
required shall be machined and fitted with Nitrite or Viton rubber O- rings.
Fittings will be the result of controlled compression of rubber O -rings in
two planes and 0-ring contact of four sides without the requirement of a
specific torque limit.
C. Rectangular cross sectioned gaskets requiring specific torque limits to
achieve compression shall not be considered as adequate or equal. No
secondary sealing compounds, elliptical O- rings, grease or other devices
shall be used.
2.5 COOLING SYSTEM
A. Motors are sufficiently cooled by the surrounding environment or pumped
media. A water cooling jacket is not required.
2.6 CABLE ENTRY SEAL
A. The cable entry seal design shall preclude specific torque requirements to
insure a watertight and submersible seal. The cable entry shall consist of
a single cylindrical elastomer grommet, flanked by washers, all having a
close tolerance fit against the cable outside diameter and the entry inside
diameter and compressed by the body containing a strain relief function,
separate from the function of sealing the cable. The assembly shall
provide ease of changing the cable when necessary using the same entry
seal. The cable entry junction chamber and motor shall be separated by a
stator lead sealing gland or terminal board, which shall isolate the interior
from foreign material gaining access through the pump top. Epoxies,
silicones, or other secondary sealing systems shall not be considered
acceptable.
2.7 MOTOR
A. The pump motor shall be a NEMA B design, induction type with a squirrel
cage rotor, shell type design, housed in an air filled, watertight chamber.
The stator windings shall be insulated with moisture resistant Class H
insulation rated for 180 °C (356 °F). The stator shall be insulated by the
trickle impregnation method using Class H monomer -free polyester resin
resulting in a winding fill factor of at least 95 %. The motor shall be inverter
duty rated in accordance with NEMA MG1, Part 31.The stator shall be
heat - shrink fitted into the cast iron stator housing. The use of multiple step
Section 1V -a 11360 -7
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
dip and bake -type stator insulation process is not acceptable. The use of
bolts, pins or other fastening devices requiring penetration of the stator
housing is not acceptable. The motor shall be designed for continuous
duty handling pumped media of 40 °C (104 °F) and capable of no less than
15 evenly spaced starts per hour. The rotor bars and short circuit rings
shall be made of cast aluminum. Thermal switches set to open at 125 °C
(260 °F) shall be embedded in the stator end coils to monitor the
temperature of each phase winding. These thermal switches shall be used
in conjunction with and supplemental to external motor overload protection
and shall be connected to the control panel. The junction chamber
containing the terminal board, shall be hermetically sealed from the motor
by an elastomer compression seal. Connection between the cable
conductors and stator leads shall be made with threaded compression
type binding posts permanently affixed to a terminal board. The motor and
the pump shall be produced by the same manufacturer.
B. The combined service factor (combined effect of voltage, frequency and
specific gravity) shall be a minimum of 1.15. The motor shall have a
voltage tolerance of plus or minus 10 %. The motor shall be designed for
operation up to 40 °C (104 °F) ambient and with a temperature rise not to
exceed 80 °C. A performance chart shall be provided upon request
showing curves for torque, current, power factor, input/output kW and
efficiency. This chart shall also include data on starting and no -load
characteristics.
C. The power cable shall be sized according to the NEC and ICEA standards
and shall be of sufficient length to reach the junction box without the need
of any splices. The outer jacket of the cable shall be oil resistant
chlorinated polyethylene rubber. The motor and cable shall be capable of
continuous submergence underwater without loss of watertight integrity to
a depth of 65 feet or greater.
D. The motor horsepower shall be adequate so that the pump is non -
overloading throughout the entire pump performance curve from shut -off
through run -out.
2.8 BEARINGS
A. The pump shaft shall rotate on two bearings. Motor bearings shall be
permanently grease lubricated. The upper bearing shall be a single deep
groove ball bearing. The lower bearing shall be a two row angular contact
bearing to compensate for axial thrust and radial forces. Single row lower
bearings are not acceptable.
Section IV -a 11360 -8
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
2.9 MECHANICAL SEAL
A. Each pump shall be provided with a tandem mechanical shaft seal system
consisting of two totally independent seal assemblies. The seals shall
operate in an lubricant reservoir that hydrodynamically lubricates the
lapped seal faces at a constant rate. The lower, primary seal unit, located
between the pump and the lubricant chamber, shall contain one stationary
and one positively driven rotating, corrosion resistant tungsten- carbide
ring. The upper, secondary seal unit, located between the lubricant
chamber and the motor housing, shall contain one stationary and one
positively driven rotating, corrosion resistant tungsten- carbide seal ring.
Each seal interface shall be held in contact by its own spring system. The
seals shall require neither maintenance nor adjustment nor depend on
direction of rotation for sealing. The position of both mechanical seals
shall depend on the shaft. Mounting of the lower mechanical seal on the
impeller hub will not be acceptable. For special applications, other seal
face materials shall be available.
B. The following seal types shall not be considered acceptable nor equal to
the dual independent seal specified: shaft seals without positively driven
rotating members, or conventional double mechanical seals containing
either a common single or double spring acting between the upper and
lower seal faces. No system requiring a pressure differential to offset
pressure and to effect sealing shall be used.
C. Each pump shall be provided with an lubricant chamber for the shaft
sealing system. The lubricant chamber shall be designed to prevent
overfilling and to provide lubricant expansion capacity. The drain and
inspection plug, with positive anti -leak seal shall be easily accessible from
the outside. The seal system shall not rely upon the pumped media for
lubrication. The motor shall be able to operate dry without damage while
pumping under load.
D. Seal lubricant shall be FDA Approved, nontoxic.
2.10 PUMP SHAFT
A. Pump and motor shaft shall be the same unit. The pump shaft is an
extension of the motor shaft. Couplings shall not be acceptable. The shaft
shall be stainless steel — ASTM A479 S43100 -T. If a shaft material of
lower quality than stainless steel — ASTM A479 S43100 -T is used, a shaft
sleeve of stainless steel — ASTM A479 S43100 -T is used to protect the
shaft material. However, shaft sleeves only protect the shaft around the
lower mechanical seal. No protection is provided in the oil housing and
Section IV -a 11360 -9
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
above. Therefore, the use of stainless steel sleeves will not be considered
equal to stainless steel shafts.
2.11 IMPELLER
A. The impeller(s) shall be of gray cast iron, Class 35B, dynamically
balanced, double shrouded non - clogging design having a long throughlet
without acute turns. The impeller(s) shall be capable of handling solids,
fibrous materials, heavy sludge and other matter found in wastewater.
Whenever possible, a full vaned, not vortex, impeller shall be used for
maximum hydraulic efficiency; thus, reducing operating costs. Impeller(s)
shall be keyed to the shaft, retained with an Allen head bolt and shall be
capable of passing a minimum 3 inch diameter solid.
2.12 WEAR RINGS
A. A wear ring system shall be used to provide efficient sealing between the
volute and suction inlet of the impeller. Each pump shall be equipped with
a brass, or nitrile rubber coated steel ring insert that is drive fitted to the
volute inlet.
2.13 VOLUTE
A. Pump volute(s) shall be single -piece grey cast iron, Class 35B, non -
concentric design with smooth passages large enough to pass any solids
that may enter the impeller. Minimum inlet and discharge size shall be as
specified.
2.14 CONTROL PANEL
A. Refer to specifications indicated in the drawings.
B. The Contractor shall relocate the existing RTU and Radio presently
installed in the existing control cabinet. The contractor shall have these
devices remounted and reconnected to the proposed Control Panel. The
Contractor shall engage of the services of the supplier's qualified
technician to inspect all components including RTU, Radio, Antenna and
cable interconnections, provide modification to I/O if necessary and
validate software and communications with the monitoring station.
2.15 PAINTING
A. The pump shall be factory painted after assembly and testing. The paint
shall be applied in one coat covering all exterior surfaces.
Section IV -a 11360 -10
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
2.16 ACCESSORIES FOR SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS
A. Guiderails shall be 316 SS, schedule 40 pipe. All hardware shall be 316
SS.
B. Lifting chain shall be 316 SS.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. All equipment shall be installed as shown on the Plans and in accordance
with these specifications.
B. All motors shall be factory mounted by the driven equipment manufacturer
in accordance with the motor manufacturers drawings and instructions.
Field installation of the unit, including final alignment shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor.
C. Installation shall include furnishing all necessary appurtenances for initial
operation and making final adjustments to place the equipment in
operable condition.
D. All control and alarm wires, as required, shall be provided even if not
shown on plan drawings.
3. 2 PREPARATION FOR STORAGE
A. All flanges shall be covered to prevent damage. Pump motors, and shafts
will be stored inside warehouses. Pumps may be stored outside, on wood
members away from the ground, at sufficient elevation to prevent flooding,
and protected from the weather by secured canvas or plastic coverings.
3.3 PUMP TESTS
A. The manufacturer shall perform the following inspections and tests on
each pump before shipment from the factory:
Impeller, motor rating and electrical connections shall be checked
for compliance with customer's purchase order.
Section IV -a 11360 -11
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
2. Motor and cable insulation tests for moisture content or insulation
defects shall be made.
3. Prior to submergence, the pump shall be run dry, to establish
correct rotation and mechanical integrity.
4. Pump shall be run for 30 minutes submerged, a minimum of 6 feet
underwater.
3.4 START -UP SERVICES
A. The supplier shall provide start -up service to place the pumps and controls
in proper operation. During this service, the operation of the equipment will
be reviewed and the station will be inspected for proper installation and
operation. This service shall be provided by a representative of the
manufacturer. The pumps shall be tested at start -up and the voltage,
current and other significant parameters recorded. The manufacturer shall
provide a formal test procedure and forms for recording the data. The
supplier shall submit a written report to the Contractor, stating results of
the start -up inspection. A copy of the report shall be furnished to the
Owner. The Contractor shall inform the Owner 24 -hours prior to
commencement of such services. These services shall be at no cost to the
Owner.
B. Correct all defects or defective equipment or replace promptly at no
expense to the Owner.
C. Make all final adjustments necessary to place equipment in satisfactory
working order at time of above tests.
D. Test water to be used for pumping tests will be supplied by the Owner.
END SECTION 11360
Section IV -a 11360 -12
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements
SECTION 15062
DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
PART — GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
Issued for Bid
A. Install within the project site all materials and incidentals including flanged
joint, mechanical joint, push -on joint, and restrained joint ductile iron pipe
and /or ductile iron restrained, flanged, or mechanical joint fittings for
reclaimed water and potable water mains, sewage force mains and sewer
fittings, complete, as shown on the project drawings.
B. The Contractor shall coordinate all deliveries with the related Vendor(s) in
a manner not to impede construction on individual projects.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall transmit (from the related Vendor) for submittal to the
Engineer, within ten days after receipt of individual Notice to Proceed, a
list of materials to be furnished, the names of the suppliers and the
appropriate shop drawings for all ductile iron pipe and fittings.
All ductile iron pipe and fittings to be installed under this Contract shall be
inspected and tested at the foundry as required by the standard
specifications to which the material is manufactured. Furnish in duplicate
to the Engineer sworn certificates of such tests and their results. In
addition, all ductile iron pipe and fittings to be furnished under this
Contract may be inspected at the foundry for compliance with these
Specifications by an independent testing laboratory selected by the
Owner. The manufacturer's cooperation shall be required in these
inspections. The cost of foundry inspection of all pipe approved for this
Contract, plus the cost of inspection of a reasonable amount of the
disapproved pipe, will be borne by the Vendor.
Shop Drawings including layout drawings shall be prepared in accordance
with Paragraph 6.11.1 of Section III - General Conditions of the Contract
Documents and submitted to the Engineer for approval and shall include
dimensioning, methods and locations of supports and all other pertinent
technical specifications for all piping to be furnished.
D. The Contractor shall transmit from the Vendor to the Engineer, the pipe
manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable sections of
the Specifications.
Section IV -a 15062 -1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
E. The Contractor shall coordinate all submittals with the related Vendor in a
manner not to impede construction on individual projects.
1.03 SEPARATION OF POTABLE WATER AND WASTEWATER LINES
A. A minimum horizontal separation of 6 feet outside to outside shall be
maintained between potable water mains and sanitary sewers or sanitary
force mains. Where a potable water main crosses a sanitary sewer or a
sanitary force main, a minimum of 18 inches vertical clearance shall be
maintained. Where 12 inches of vertical clearance cannot be maintained,
the crossing shall be arranged so that the joints of the two pipes are
equidistant from the point of crossing with no less than 10 feet between
any two joints. Alternatively, the potable water main may be placed in a
casing to obtain the equivalent of the required 10 feet separation.
1.04 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION
A. All buried sanitary sewer piping shall be color coded green. All ductile iron
sanitary sewer pipes shall be enclosed in a polyethylene wrap colored
green
B. All above ground valves and other appurtenances shall be painted green
C. Covers for all valve boxes and other below ground devices on the sanitary
sewer system shall be painted green. Covers shall be permanently
embossed with the wording "Sanitary Sewer ". Valve boxes shall be
square, U.S. Foundry or approved equal.
1.05 WARRANTY
1. The pipe shall be warranted for one year after substantial
completion per the pipe supplier's standard terms.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. DUCTILE IRON PIPE
1. General
a. Ductile iron pipe shall be minimum thickness class 50 or
greater as required by load conditions or as called out on the
plans conforming to AWWA C150 and ANSI A21.50.
Section IV -a 15062 -2
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
b. All pipe shall conform to AWWA C151.76 (ANSI A21.51 -76
or latest revision thereof). Pipe shall be furnished in
standard 18 or 20 -foot lengths. All pipe and fittings shall
have standard bituminous enamel coating outside and shall
have an internal cement -mortar lining in accordance with
ANSI A21.4 (AWWA C104) for potable or reclaimed water.
For sewage pipe and fittings, internal coating shall be
ceramic epoxy, Protecto 401 or equal.
c. All materials shall be new and have a manufacturer's
certificate verifying compliance to all tests and inspections as
required herein. The weight, class and casting period shall
be shown on each piece of pipe. The manufacturer's "mark ",
the year produced and the word "Ductile" or letters "DI" shall
be cast or stamped on all pipe. All fittings, furnished by the
approved manufacturer(s), shall be cast and machined at
one foundry location to assure quality control and provide
satisfactory test data.
d. All tests as required by AWWA C151 -76 shall be performed
by the manufacturer and records of all such tests shall be
retained for a period of one year and shall be available to the
Owner upon request.
e. All pipe shall be installed according to the manufacturer's
requirements with lubricants, gaskets and accessories
furnished by the manufacturer.
f. Restrained joint shall be provided at all horizontal and
vertical bends and fittings, and at other locations indicated
by the ductile iron pipe restraint detail on the drawings.
Restraining devices shall be Megalug by EBBa Iron, or
approved equal.
g.
Except as otherwise shown on the Drawings, either
mechanical, restrained, or flanged joints shall be used. Prior
to commencing work, jointing systems for pipe shall be
submitted to the Engineer for approval.
h. All burial ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be provided with a
minimum 8 mil thick cross laminated low density
polyethylene encasement per ANSI /AWWA A21.5 -99. The
polyethylene material shall meet the requirements for tensile
strength, elongation, and dielectric strength for a cross
laminated low density polyethylene. Polyethylene
encasement shall be either:
Section IV -a 15062 -3
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
j.
1) Solid purple color for reclaimed water piping and
fittings, or
2) Solid blue color for potable water piping and fittings,
or
3) Solid green color for sewage piping and fittings.
Pipe and fittings exposed to view in the finished work to be
painted shall not receive the standard tar or asphalt coat on
the outside surfaces but shall be shop primed on the outside
with one coat of Koppers No. 621 Rust Inhibitive Primer or
approved equal. All other pipe and fittings shall be shop
coated on the outside with a 1.0 mils thick bituminous coat in
accordance with ANSI A21.51.
Should portions of the pipe inadvertently be given the
outside coating of coal tar enamel instead of the rust
inhibitive primer as required for exposed piping the surfaces
shall be sealed with a non - bleeding sealer coat such as
Inertol Tar Stop, or Mobil Anti - Bleeding Aluminum Sealer.
Sealing shall be a part of the work of this Section.
2. PUSH -ON JOINT
a. Push -on joints shall conform with the latest revision of
ANSI /AWWA C111/A21.11.
Joint material shall be made up with rubber gaskets
conforming to ANSI standard A21.11.
3. MECHANICAL JOINT
a. Mechanical joints shall conform with the latest revision of
ANSI /AWWA C110/A21.
b. Joint material shall be made up with rubber gaskets
conforming to ANSI Standard A21.11. Glands for
mechanical joint pipe shall be bituminous coated and bolts
and nuts shall be of high strength cast iron, or high strength
low alloy steel as specified in ANSI Standard A21.11.
c. Align bolt holes and insert bolts, with bolt heads behind the
bell flange, and tighten opposite nuts to keep the gland
square with the socket. Tighten the nuts in accordance with
following table:
Section IV -a 15062 -4
1
1
1
1
1
e
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
Bolt Diameter Torque
(in.) (ft-lb)
5/8 45 -60
3/4 75 -90
1 85 -100
11/4 105 -120
4. FLANGED JOINT
a. Flanged joints shall conform with the latest revision of
ANSI /AWWA C110/A21.
b. Flanged connections shall comply with the requirements of
ANSI Standard B16.1, 125 pound class. Flanges for ductile
iron pipe shall be of ductile iron. Machine bolts shall be the
best commercial quality steel with hexagonal nuts of the
same quality metal. Nuts, bolts and gaskets for flanged
fittings and blind flanges shall be designed to withstand the
design and test pressures for the pipe.
c. Gaskets shall be 1/8 inches thick red rubber, flat ring
gaskets unless otherwise specified on the drawings.
d. Bolts and nuts shall be low carbon steel as per ASTM A- 307
Grade B. Threads shall be as per ANSI B1.1 course thread
series, Class 2A external and Class 2B internal.
e. Bolt requirements are as follows:
PIPE SIZE
(in.)
NUMBER
PER JOINT
BOLT SIZE
(in.)
THREADS
PER INCH
TORQUE
(ft -Ibs)
4
8
5/8 x 3
11
60
6
8
3/4x3'
10
100
8
8
3/4 x 3'/2
10
100
10
12
7/8 x 4
9
160
12
12
7/8 x 4
9
160
16
16
1 x4'/2
8
245
20
20
1% x 3
7
390
24
20
11/4 x 5%
7
545
30
28
11/4 x 6%
7
545
36
32
1% x 7
6
875
42
36
1'/2 x 7%
6
875
48
44
1% x 8
6
875
54
44
1% x 8'/2
5
1550
Section IV -a
15062 -5
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
B. DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS: All fittings shall be new. Previously used or
refurbished fittings will not be allowed.
1. DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS
a. Shall be as specified in Paragraph 41.2.2.3 of Section IV —
Technical Specifications of the Contract Documents.
b. All fittings shall be furnished with all joint material (bolts,
nuts, gaskets and glands) complete, ready for installation.
Nuts, bolts and gaskets for flange fittings and blind flanges
shall be designed to withstand the design and test pressures
for the pipe.
c. All fittings shall have distinctly cast upon them the
manufacturer's identification, pressure rating, nominal
diameter and the number of degrees or fraction of a circle on
all bends. Ductile iron fittings shall have the letters "DI" or
"DUCTILE" cast on them. Only castings that have been
poured in a foundry located in the USA will be allowed and
the Contractor shall provide an affidavit to prove the origin of
those fittings.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.01 HANDLING PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Care shall be taken in loading, transporting, and unloading to prevent
injury to the pipe or coatings. Pipe or fittings shall not be dropped. All pipe
or fittings shall be examined before installation, and no piece shall be
installed which is found to be defective. Any damage to the pipe coatings
shall be repaired as directed by the Engineer.
B. All pipe and fittings shall be subjected to a careful inspection and hammer
test just prior to being installed.
C. If any defective pipe is discovered after it has been laid, it shall be
removed and replaced with a sound pipe in a satisfactory manner at no
additional expense to the Owner.
3.02 UNDERGROUND PIPE INSTALLATION
A. Alignment and Grade: The pipelines shall be laid and maintained to lines
and grades established by the Drawings and Specifications, with fittings,
valves and hydrants at the required locations unless otherwise approved
Section IV -a 15062 -6
s
1
1
1
1
s
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
f
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
by the Engineer. Valve- operating stems shall be oriented to allow proper
operation. Hydrants shall be installed plumb.
B. Underground Conflicts: Prior to excavation, investigation shall be made to
the extent necessary to determine the location of existing underground
structures and conflicts. Care shall be exercised to avoid damage to
existing structures. When obstructions that are not shown on the
drawings are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere so
that an alteration of the Drawings is required, the Engineer will alter the
Drawings or order a deviation in line and grade or arrange for removal,
relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. When crossing existing
pipelines or other structures, alignment and grade shall be adjusted as
necessary, with the approval of the Engineer, to provide clearance as
required by federal, state, or local regulations or as deemed necessary by
the Engineer to prevent future damage or contamination of either
structure.
C. Trench Construction:
1. Trench preparation shall proceed in advance of pipe installation for
only as far as necessary to allow proper pipe installation. The width
of the trench at the top of the pipe shall be ample to permit the pipe
to be laid and joined properly and allow the backfill to be placed as
specified.
2. Holes for the bells shall be provided at each joint but shall not be
larger than necessary for joint assembly and assurance that the
pipe barrel will lie flat on the trench bottom. Other than noted
previously, the trench bottom shall be true and even in order to
provide support for the full length of the pipe barrel, except that
slight depression may be provided to allow withdrawal of pipe slings
or other lifting - tackle.
3. When excavation of rock is encountered, all rock shall be removed
to provide a clearance of at least 6- inches below and on each side
of all pipe, valves, and fittings for pipe sizes 24 inches or smaller,
and 9 inches for pipe 30 inches and larger. When excavation is
completed, a bed of sand, crushed stone or earth that is free from
stones, large clods, or frozen earth shall be placed on the bottom of
the trench to the previously mentioned depths, leveled, and
tamped. These clearances and bedding procedures shall also be
observed for pieces of concrete or masonry and other debris or
subterranean structures, such as masonry walls, piers, or
foundations that may be encountered during excavation.
4. This installation procedure shall be followed when gravel formations
containing loose boulders greater than 8 inches in diameter are
encountered. In all cases, the specified clearances shall be
Section IV -a 15062 -7
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
maintained between the bottom of all pipe and appurtenances and
any part, projection, or point of rock, boulder, or stones of sufficient
size and placement which, in the opinion of the Engineer could
cause fulcrum point.
5. Should the trench pass over a sewer or other previous excavation,
the trench bottom shall be sufficiently compacted to provide support
equal to that of the native soil or conform to other regulatory
requirements in a manner that will prevent damage to the existing
installation.
6. When the subgrade is found to be unstable or to include ashes,
cinders, refuse, organic material, or other unsuitable material, such
material shall be removed, to a minimum of at least 3 inches, or to
the depth ordered by the Engineer and replaced under the
directions of the Engineer with clean, stable backfill material. The
bedding shall be consolidated and leveled in order that the pipe
may be installed as specified.
7 When the bottom of the trench or the subgrade is found to consist
of material that is unstable to such a degree that, in the judgment of
the Engineer it cannot be removed, a foundation for the pipe and /or
appurtenance shall be constructed using piling, timber, concrete, or
other materials at the direction of the Engineer.
3.03 PIPE INSTALLATION
A. Proper implements, tools, and facilities shall be provided and used for the
safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves,
and hydrants shall be lowered carefully into the trench by means of a
derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to
prevent damage to pipeline material and protective coatings and linings.
Under no circumstances shall pipeline materials be dropped off or dumped
into the trench. The trench should be dewatered prior to installation of the
pipe.
B. All pipe fittings, valves, hydrants, and other appurtenances shall be
examined carefully for damage and other defects immediately before
installation. Defective materials shall be marked and held for inspection
by the engineer who may prescribe corrective repairs or reject the
materials.
C. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the socket
and plain ends of each pipe, and the outside of the plain end and the
inside of the bell shall be wiped clean and dry and be free from dirt, sand,
grit, or any foreign material before the pipe is laid.
Section IV -a 15062 -8
1
1
1
1
1
A
1
1
1
i
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
D. Foreign material shall be prevented from entering the pipe while it is being
placed in the trench. During laying operations, no debris, tools, clothing,
or other materials shall be placed in the pipe.
E. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the joint shall be assembled
and the pipe brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured
in place with approved backfill material.
F At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall
be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer.
When practical, the plug shall remain in place until the trench is pumped
completely dry. Care shall be taken to prevent pipe flotation should the
trench fill with water.
G. Trench width at the top of pipe, bedding conditions, and backfill placement
and compaction shall be such that design loadings on the pipe will not be
exceeded.
H. Joint Assembly: Pipe joints shall be assembled in accordance with the
Manufacturer's instructions and the requirements of ANSI /AWWA C600.
Pipe Deflection: When it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line in
either the vertical or horizontal plane, or where long radius curves are
permitted, the amount of deflection shall not exceed that shown in
ANSI /AWWA C600.
J. Pipe Cutting: Cutting pipe for the insertion of valves, fittings, or closure
pieces shall be done in a neat, workmanlike manner without creating
damage to the pipe or lining. Ductile cast iron may be cut using an
abrasive pipe saw, rotary wheel cutter, guillotine pipe saw, milling wheel
saw, or oxyacetylene torch. Cut ends and rough edges shall be ground
smooth and for push -on joint connections, the cut end shall be beveled.
K. Thrust Restraint:
1. All plugs, caps, tees, and bends shall be suitably restrained by
attaching clamps or restrained joints as specified.
2. Thrust - restraint design pressure shall be equal to the test pressure
of the line.
3. Restrained push -on joints, mechanical joints utilizing approved joint
restraints shall be used in place of concrete backing. Tie rods
clamps, or other components of dissimilar metal shall be protected
against corrosion by hand application of a bituminous coating or by
encasement of the entire assembly with 8 -mil thick, loose
polyethylene film in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C105.
Section IV -a 15062 -9
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
3.04 ABOVE GROUND PIPE INSTALLATION
A. Install pipe in horizontal or vertical planes, parallel or perpendicular to
building surfaces unless otherwise shown. Support pipe and fittings to
prevent strain on joints, valves and equipment. Install flanged joints so
that contact faces bear uniformly on the gasket. Tighten bolts with
relatively uniform stress.
3.05 PREPARATION PRIOR TO MAKING CONNECTIONS INTO EXISTING PIPING
SYSTEMS
A. Approximate locations for existing piping systems are shown in the
construction documents. Prior to making connections into existing piping
systems, the Contractor shall:
1. Field — verify location, size, piping material and piping system of the
existing pipe.
2. Obtain all required fittings, which may include saddles, sleeve type
couplings, flanges, tees, or others as shown in the construction
documents.
3. Have installed all temporary pumps and /or pipes in accordance with
established connection plans.
B. Unless otherwise approved, new piping systems shall be completely
assembled and successfully tested prior to making connections into
existing pipe systems.
3.06 PIPE SYSTEM CONNECTIONS
A. Pipe connections shall be installed per applicable standards and
regulations, as well as per the connection manufacturer's guidelines and
as indicated in the construction documents. Pipe connections to
structures shall be installed per applicable standards and regulations, as
well as per the connection manufacturer's guidelines.
3.07 TAPPING FOR POTABLE AND NON - POTABLE WATER APPLICATIONS
A. Tapping shall be performed using standard tapping saddles as specified in
Section IV.41.2.9 for use on ductile iron and PVC piping. Tapping shall be
performed only with use of tap saddles or sleeves. NO DIRECT TAPPING
WILL BE PERMITTED.
B. All connections requiring a larger diameter than that recommended by the
pipe supplier, shall be made with a pipe connection as specified and
indicated on the drawings.
Section IV -a 15062 -10
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
C. Taps may be performed while the pipeline is filled with water and under
pressure (`wet' tap), or when the pipeline is not filled with water and not
under pressure (`dry' tap).
3.08 PIGGING, FLUSHING AND CLEANING
A. All mains shall be pigged, cleaned and flushed to remove all sand and
other foreign matter. The Contractor shall be responsible for developing a
pigging and flushing plan to be submitted to the Engineer for approval
prior to pigging and flushing. The Contractor shall dispose of all water
used pigging and for flushing without causing a nuisance or property
damage. Any permits required for the disposal of flushing water shall be
the responsibility of the Contractor.
3.09 PRESSURE AND LEAKAGE TESTS
A. Pressure Testing:
1. The Contractor shall backfill all pipe and thrust blocking before
pressure testing unless the Project Representative directs certain
joints or connections left uncovered. Where thrust blocking is
provided the pressure test shall not be made until at least five (5)
days after the thrust blocking has been installed. A high early
strength concrete may be used to reduce this time.
2. All newly laid pipe, including fitting and valves shall be pressure
tested in accordance with AWWA C -600. The duration of each
such test will be at least two hours.
3. Each valved section of pipe shall be slowly filled with water and a
pump shall be hooked to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the
Project Representative to supply the test pressure of 150 psi. The
pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus shall be
furnished by the Contractor. The gauges used shall be furnished
by the Contractor. The Contractor shall, upon request of the
Project Representative, furnish to the Utilities Department certified
test data for pressure gauges used for pressure testing.
4. Before applying the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled
from the pipe. Permanent air relief valves shall be located as
shown on the plans. If air relief valves are not furnished the
Contractor shall install corporation cocks for this purpose.
5. All exposed pipe, fittings, valves, joints and appurtenances shall be
carefully examined during the open- trench test. Any cracked or
defective pipe, fittings, valves or appurtenances discovered in
consequence of this test shall be removed and replaced with
Section IV -a 15062 -11
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
acceptable material and the test shall be repeated to the
satisfaction of the Project Representative.
B. Leakage Test:
1. A leakage test shall be conducted after the pressure test has been
satisfactorily completed. The Contractor shall, as before, furnish all
pumps, pipe, connections and other items required to satisfactorily
complete the leakage test. The leakage test shall have a duration
of two hours at the pressure specified for the pressure test. No
pipe installation will be accepted if the leakage is greater than that
determined by the formula for mechanical and push -on joints:
SDP112 L= Allowable leakage [gph]
L= S= Length of pipe tested [feet]
133,200 D= Nominal diameter of pipe [inches]
P= Average pressure during test [psig]
2. The Project Representative, or his duly authorized representative,
shall witness these tests. The Contractor shall be responsible for
finding and repairing leaks. No additional cost may be incurred by
the Owner due to repairs because of failure of either test. The
Project Representative has the authority to determine the number
of repairs that will be made within a given length of pipe and has
the right to request the Contractor to remove and relay a section of
pipe if such does not comply with the established leakage rates as
shown in the following table:
ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE IN GALLONS PER HOUR
(Test Pressure = 150 psi)
Pipe Diameter Leakage per 1,000 feet
2 0.18
4 0.37
6 0.55
8 0.74
10 0.92
12 1.10
16 1.47
C. Notice of Test: The Contractor shall give the Owner 48 hours advance
notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing.
END OF SECTION
Section IV -a 15062 -12
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
SECTION 15064
HDPE PIPE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This Section includes materials and methods of installation of HDPE. Pipe is
intended for use as a pressure -rated potable water delivery system.
B. HDPE pipe will be used only in the locations shown on the Contract Drawings or as
instructed by the Owner's Authorized Project Representative.
1.02 HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. All pipe, fittings, valves and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with
hoists or by skidding in order to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances
shall materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be rolled or skidded
against pipe on the ground. Slings, hooks or pipe tongs shall be padded and used in
such a manner as to prevent damage to the exterior surface or interior of the pipe.
B. Materials, if stored, shall be kept safe from damage. The interior as well as all sealing
surfaces of all pipe, fittings, and other appurtenances shall be kept free from dirt or
foreign matter at all times. Valves shall be drained and stored in a manner that will
protect them from damage or freezing.
C. Pipe stored outside and exposed to prolonged periods of sunlight shall be covered
with canvas or other opaque material. Air circulation shall be provided under
covering.
D. Pipe shall not be stacked higher than the limits recommended by the manufacturer.
The bottom tiers shall be kept off the ground on timbers, rails, or concrete. Pipe shall
not be stored close to heat sources.
Gaskets shall be placed in a cool location out of direct sunlight. Gaskets shall not
come in contact with petroleum products. Gaskets shall be used on a first -in, first -out
basis. Mechanical -joint bolts shall be handled and stored in a manner that will ensure
proper use with respect to types and sizes.
1.03 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
A. Ductile Iron Pipe A.N.S.I. A21 -51.
Section IV -a 15064 -1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
B. HDPE Pipe AWWA C906.
C. HDPE Pipe AWWA C901.
D. Water Resources Act, Chapter 373, F.S.
E. Chapter 17 -40 Florida Administrative Code.
F. Chapter 17 -610 Florida Administrative Code.
G. American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
H. American Water Works Association (AWWA).
I. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
J. American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials (AASHTO).
K. American Society of Sanitary Engineers (ASSE).
L. Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI)
1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS
A. In general, shop drawings and related manufacturer's product certification shall be
made in accordance with Paragraph 6.11.1 of Section III - General Conditions of the
Contract Documents for approval prior to construction or fabrication of the material
by the manufacturer. The following items, which require shop drawings, are brought
to the Contractor's attention. The list may not include all items for which shop
drawing submittals are required to meet the requirements of the project.
1. Detail drawings of all classes of pipe, joints, and fittings.
2. Detail Drawings of restrained and flexible joints, including test reports to
confirm thrust restraint capacities and restraining mechanism application.
3. Pipeline laying schedule tabulated and referenced to construction line and
grade controls shown on plans, with station, offset and elevations. References
shall be provided for pipe fittings, valves, service connections and other
important features of the pipeline.
4. Service Connections.
5. Valves and Valve Boxes.
6. Paint - Manufacturer's information and color sample.
7. All Appurtenant Items.
B. Certification and test reports for the materials, manufacturing, and testing of the types
of pipe supplied shall be performed and furnished by the pipe manufacturer in
accordance with the latest standards of the industry as described herein.
Section IV -a 15064 -2
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
C. Provide a statement in writing from the HDPE pipe manufacturer that it is listed with
the Plastic Pipe Institute as a qualified extruder for the polyethylene resin being used
to manufacture the pipe for this project.
1.05 SEPARATION OF RAW WATER, POTABLE WATER, AND WASTEWATER
LINES
A. A minimum horizontal separation of 6 feet outside to outside shall be maintained
between raw water or potable water mains and sanitary sewers or sanitary force
mains Where a raw or potable water main crosses a sanitary sewer, a sanitary force
main, a minimum of 18 inches vertical clearance shall be maintained. Where 18
inches of vertical clearance cannot be maintained, the crossing shall be arranged so
that the joints of the two pipes are equidistant from the point of crossing with no less
than 10 feet between any two joints. Alternatively, the raw water main may be placed
in a casing to obtain the equivalent of the required 10 feet separation.
B. A minimum horizontal separation of 3 feet outside to outside shall be maintained
between raw and potable water mains and reclaimed water mains or storm water
mains. Where a raw or potable water main crosses a reclaimed water or a storm
water main, a minimum of 18 inches vertical clearance shall be maintained.
1.06 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION
A. The following features shall be included in the design of potable water facilities:
1. All buried potable water transmission and distribution piping shall be color
coded blue. All ductile iron potable water pipes shall be enclosed in a
polyethylene wrap colored blue.
2. All above ground valves, meters, and other devices, and other appurtenances
shall be painted blue.
3. Covers for all valve boxes, meter boxes, and other below ground devices on
the potable water system shall be painted blue. Covers shall be permanently
embossed with the wording "Water ". Valve boxes shall be square, U.S.
Foundry or approved equal.
B. The following features shall be included in the design of sanitary sewer facilities:
1. All buried sanitary sewer piping shall be color coded green. All ductile iron
force mains shall be enclosed in a polyethylene wrap colored green.
2. All above ground valves, meters, and other devices, and other appurtenances
shall be painted green.
3. Covers for all valve boxes, meter boxes, and other below ground devices on
the sanitary sewer system shall be painted green. Covers shall be permanently
Section IV -a 15064 -3
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
embossed with the wording "Sanitary Sewer ". Valve boxes shall be square,
U.S. Foundry or approved equal.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. The pipe shall be warranted for one year after substantial completion per the pipe
supplier's standard terms.
B. In addition to the standard pipe warranty, the fusion services shall be warranted for
one year after substantial completion per the fusion service provider's standard terms.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 REFERENCES
A. The following documents are a part of this Section. Where this Specification section
differs from these documents, the requirements of this section shall apply.
1. ASTM D1248 -84, Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials.
2. ASTM D3350 -84, Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fittings Material_
3. ASTM F714 -85, Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR -PR) Based on Outside
Diameter.
2.02 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. General:
1. All High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) shall be manufactured by Driscopipe,
a subsidiary of Phillips Petroleum Company; PLEXCO, Division of Chevron
Chemical Company; or approved equal.
2. All HDPE pipe shall have a Ductile Iron Pipe outside diameter unless
otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.
3. Potable water pipe shall be permanently co- extruded with blue coloring on
pipe outside surface. Reclaimed water pipe shall be permanently co- extruded
with purple coloring on pipe outside surface.
4. All HDPE piping system components shall be the products of one
manufacturer.
B. HDPE Pipe Specifications
1. High Density Polyethylene pipe 4- inches diameter and larger shall conform to
material standard ASTM D3350 345434 C cell classification rated as PE 3408
by the Plastics Pipe Institute. Minimum pressure rating shall be 160 psi SDR
Section IV -a 15064 -4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
11 (Standard Dimension Ratio) for pipe sizes greater than 4 inches in
diameter. For pipe sizes 2 inches and smaller in diameter, the minimum
pressure rating shall be 200 psi SDR 9. All pipe 4- inches in diameter and
greater shall have a ductile iron pipe O.D. Pressure ratings are at standard test
conditions and temperature of 73.4 °F (23 °C).
2. The polyethylene compound shall be suitably protected against degradation
by ultraviolet light by means of carbon black, well dispersed by
precompounding in a concentration of not less than 2 percent.
3. The maximum allowable hoop stress shall be 800 psi at 73.4 degrees F.
4. The pipe manufacturer shall be listed with the Plastic Pipe Institute as meeting
the recipe and mixing requirements of the resin manufacturer for the resin
used to manufacture the pipe in this project.
C. Fittings
1. All fittings for HDPE pipe (4 inches and larger), except for D.I/HDPE
Mechanical Joint Adaptors, shall be compact ductile iron mechanical joint
fittings. If a fitting is unavailable as a compact ductile iron mechanical joint
fitting, then use a regular ductile iron mechanical joint fitting. See Paragraph
41.2.2.3 of Section IV — Technical Specifications of the Contract Documents.
2. D.I. /HDPE Mechanical Joint Adaptors.
a. The manufacturer of the HDPE pipe shall supply all D.I./HDPE
mechanical joint adaptors and accessories required to perform the
work as shown on the Drawings.
b. The D.I. /HDPE mechanical joint adaptor shall consist of:
i. A molded or fabricated HDPE mechanical joint transition
fitting
ii. A standard rubber gasket for a D.I. mechanical joint.
iii. A D.I. mechanical joint backup drive ring.
iv. Cor -Ten mechanical joint tee bolts.
v. A stainless steel stiffener inserted in the MJ end of the HDPE
transition fitting.
c. The D.I. /HDPE mechanical joint adaptor shall be connected to the
HDPE pipe by a heat -fused joint on one end, and connected to a
ductile iron pipe valve, or fitting with a mechanical joint on the other
end.
d. The tee bolts and backup drive ring shall act as a joint restraint to keep
the connecting pieces from pulling apart.
e. The HDPE transition fitting shall be molded or fabricated by the
manufacturer of the HDPE pipe. All molded fittings shall be fully
Section IV -a 15064 -5
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
pressure rated to match the SDR pressure rating for which they are
made. Fabricated fittings shall be rated for internal pressure service
equivalent to the full pressure rating of the mating pipe.
f. If rework compounds are required, only those generated in the
manufacturer's own plant from resin compounds of the same class and
type from the same raw material supplier shall be used.
g. Solvent epoxy cementing and mechanical joining with bolt on wrap
around clamps shall not be used for connections.
D. HDPE Pipe Jointing Method
1. HDPE pipe shall be jointed by the butt- fusion process in accordance with pipe
manufacturer's directions. Contractor shall provide butt - fusion technicians
who are trained and certified by the P.E. pipe manufacturer to complete the
project. The date of technician certification shall not exceed 12 months
before commencing construction.
2. All HDPE pipe joined by butt - fusion shall be made from the same class and
type of raw material made by the same raw material supplier.
3. Butt - fusion means the butt joining of the pipe by softening the aligned faces
of the pipe ends in a suitable apparatus and pressing them together under
controlled pressure.
4. The internal and external beads resulting from the butt- fusion process shall be
visible and examined for penetration 360 degrees around the pipe diameter.
2.03 LOCATOR WIRE
A. All HDPE pipe mains installed by directional bore or by open cut shall be laid with
two (2) insulated 12 gauge solid strand copper wires for location purposes. Refer to
Section 15065 for additional information on tracer wires.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. All polyethylene pipe shall be cut, fabricated, and installed in strict conformance with
the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. Joining, laying, and pulling of
polyethylene pipe shall be accomplished by personnel experienced in working with
polyethylene pipe. The pipe supplier shall certify in writing that the Contractor is
qualified to join, lay, and pull the pipe or representative of the pipe manufacturer
shall be on site to oversee the pipe joining. Expenses for the representative shall be
paid for by the Contractor.
Section IV -a 15064 -6
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
3.02 PIPE INSPECTION
A. The Contractor shall obtain from the pipe manufacturer a certificate of inspection to
the effect that the pipe and fittings supplied for this Contract have been inspected at
the plant and that they meet the requirements of these specifications. The Contractor
shall submit these certificates to the Engineer prior to installation of the pipe
materials. All pipe and fittings shall be subjected to visual inspection at time of
delivery and before they are lowered into the trench to be laid. Joints or fittings that
do not conform to these specifications will be rejected and must be removed
immediately by the Contractor. The entire product of any plant may be rejected when,
in the opinion of the County, the methods of manufacture fail to secure uniform
results, or where the materials used are such as to produce inferior pipe or fittings.
3.03 TRANSPORTATION
A. Care shall be taken during transportation of the pipe that it is not cut, kinked, or
otherwise damaged.
3.04 STORAGE
A. Pipes shall be stored on level ground, preferably turf or sand, free of sharp objects,
which could damage the pipe. Stacking of the polyethylene pipe shall be limited to a
height that will not cause excessive deformation of the bottom layers at pipes under
anticipated temperature condition. Where necessary due to ground conditions, the
pipe shall be stored on wooden sleepers, spaced suitably and of such widths as not to
allow deformation of the pipe at the point of contact with the sleeper or between
supports.
B. Pipes shall be stored in such a manner as to limit their exposure to ultraviolet light as
the pipe color will fade. Excessive loss of color in the pipe material may result in the
rejection of piping material by the Project Representative.
3.05 HANDLING PIPE
A. The handling of the joined pipeline shall be in such a manner that the pipe is not
damaged by dragging it over sharp and cutting objects. Ropes, fabric, or rubber -
protected slings and straps shall be used when handling pipes. Chains, cables, or
hooks inserted into the pipe ends shall not be used. Two slings spread apart shall be
used for lifting each length of pipe. Pipe or fittings shall not be dropped onto rocky or
unprepared ground. Slings for handling the pipeline shall not be positioned at butt -
fused joints. Sections of the pipes with cuts and gouges exceeding 10 percent of the
pipe wall thickness or kinked sections shall be removed and the ends rejoined. The
dragging of fused HDPE pipe along asphalt and concrete paving will not be allowed.
B. The open ends of all sections of joined and/or installed pipe (not in service) shall be
plugged at night to prevent animals or foreign material from entering the pipe line or
pipe section.
C. Waterproof nightcaps of approved design may be used but they shall be so
constructed that they will prevent the entrance of any type of natural precipitation
Section IV -a 15064 -7
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
into the pipe and will be fastened to the pipe in such a manner that the wind cannot
blow them loose.
D. The practice of stuffing cloth or paper in the open ends of the pipe will not be
permitted.
E. Where possible, the pipe shall be raised and supported at a suitable distance back
from the open end such that the open end will be below the level of the pipe at the
point of support.
3.06 LAYING PIPE
A. HDPE Pipe by Directional Drilling - See Section 33 05 23.13.
B. Joints
1. All HDPE pipe shall be jointed by the heat fusion process which produces
homogeneous, seal, leak tight joints.
2. Restrained mechanical joints shall be provided at tie -ins with valves and other
pipe materials.
C. Butt Fusion Testing
1. Contractor shall test the first fusion of the day on a daily basis.
2. In testing, the fusion shall be allowed to cool completely, then fusion test
straps shall be cut out. The test shall be minimum of 12 inches or 30 times the
wall thickness in length with the fusion in the center, and minimum of 1 -inch
or 1.5 times the wall thickness in width. Bend the test strap until the ends of
the strap touch. Contractor shall not commence until a fusion test has passed
the bent strap test.
3.07 PREPARATION PRIOR TO MAKING CONNECTIONS INTO EXISTING PIPING
SYSTEMS
A. Approximate locations for existing piping systems are shown in the construction
documents. Prior to making connections into existing piping systems, the Contractor
shall:
1. Field — verify location, size, piping material and piping system of the existing
pipe.
2. Obtain all required fittings, which may include saddles, sleeve type couplings,
flanges, tees, or others as shown in the construction documents.
3. Have installed all temporary pumps and/or pipes in accordance with
established connection plans.
B. Unless otherwise approved, new piping systems shall be completely assembled and
successfully tested prior to making connections into existing pipe systems.
Section IV -a 15064 -8
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
3.08 TAPPING FOR POTABLE AND NON - POTABLE WATER APPLICATIONS
A. Tapping shall be performed using standard tapping saddles as specified in Section
IV.41.2.9 for use on ductile iron and PVC piping. Tapping shall be performed only
with use of tap saddles or sleeves. NO DIRECT TAPPING WILL BE PERMITTED.
B. All connections requiring a larger diameter than that recommended by the pipe
supplier, shall be made with a pipe connection as specified and indicated on the
drawings.
C. Taps may be performed while the pipeline is filled with water and under pressure
('wet' tap), or when the pipeline is not filled with water and not under pressure (`dry'
tap). The City is to perform all wet taps.
3.09 PIGGING, FLUSHING AND CLEANING
A. All mains shall be pigged, cleaned and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign
matter. The Contractor shall be responsible for developing a pigging and flushing
plan to be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to pigging and flushing. The
Contractor shall meter and pay for water used for pigging, flushing, and cleanings.
The cost of this water shall be included with the pigging cost in the piping bid items.
The Contractor shall dispose of all water used pigging and for flushing without
causing a nuisance or property damage. Any permits required for the disposal of
flushing water shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. No pigging or flushing is
required for the 3" conduit pipe.
B. Pigs shall be of sufficient size to clear the pipelines of any sand, debris and
construction materials.
All potable and raw water mains shall be disinfected in accordance with Specification
Section IV.41.5 - Sterilization.
3.10 TESTING AND LEAKAGE
A. This Section supersedes Specification Section IV.41.4.1.
B. Hydrostatic Tests - General
1. The piping shall be tested between valved sections to a maximum length of
2,000 feet immediately after installation and backfilling has been completed.
2. In testing, the part of the system under test shall be filled with water and
subjected to a sustained pressure of 150 pounds per square inch. The piping
shall be tested in sections, thereby, testing each valve for secure closure.
While the system is being filled with water, air shall be carefully and
completely exhausted. If permanent air vents are not located at all high points,
the Contractor shall install corporation stops or fittings and valves at such
points so the air can be expelled as the pipe system is slowly filled with water.
3. Test pressure shall be maintained at 150 psi by pumping for a minimum of
two (2) hours and until all sections under test have been checked for evidence
Section IV -a 15064 -9
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
of leakage. The test pressure shall not vary by more than +5 psi for the
duration of the test. Rate of loss shall not exceed that specified in the
following paragraph "Allowable Limits For Leakage." Visible leaks shall be
corrected regardless of total leakage shown by test. NOTE: TEST
DURATION SHALL BE AT LEAST TWO HOURS.
4. All pumps, gauges and measuring devices shall be furnished, installed and
operated by the Contractor and all such equipment and devices and their
installation shall be approved by the Engineer. All pressure and leakage
testing shall be done in the presence of a representative of the Engineer and
County.
5. Water for testing and flushing shall be reclaimed water for reclaimed water
mains from a source approved by the Engineer. Flow velocity during line
filling should not exceed 2 fp.s.
6. If the contractor elects to perform hydrostatic testing against valves in an
existing distribution system, he does so at his own risk and will bear the cost
of any damages to the existing valve, piping system, private or public
property, or the new pipeline under test.
7. Polyethylene Pipe Hydrostatic Test
a. Under no circumstances shall the total time under test for PE pipe
exceed 8 hours at 1.5 times the pipe pressure rating. If the test is not
completed because of leakage, equipment failure or other reason, the
test shall be permitted to "relax" for 8 hours before the next test
sequence.
b. For high density polyethylene pipe the initial test pressure shall be
allowed to maintain at test pressure by adding make -up water each
hour for a period of times as required by pipe manufacturer and
approved by the engineer to allow for diameter expansion to stabilize.
After the required equilibrium period the test section shall be returned
to the original test pressure by adding a measurable amount of make-
up water, the pump turned off and the final pressure held for a
minimum of 2 hours. Pressure drop may occur due to pressure
expansion. Allowable amounts of make -up water for expansion
during the pressure test is shown in the tables following this sub-
section.
c. Allowance and testing for pipe stretching shall be as recommended by
the Plastic Pipe Institute and AWWA.
Section IV -a 15064 -10
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE IN GALLONS PER HOUR
(Test Pressure = 150 psi)
Pipe Diameter Leakage per 1,000 feet
4 0.37
6 0.55
8 0.74
10 0.92
12 1.10
ALLOWABLE FOR EXPANSION UNDER TEST PRESSURE*
POLYETHYLENE PIPE
Nominal Pipe
Size (in.)
Allowances for Expansion
(US Gals /100 Feet of Pipe)
1 -Hour Test
2 -Hour Test 3 -Hour Test
3 0.10 0.15 0.25
4 0.13 0.25 0.40
6 0.30 0.60 0.90
8 0.50 1.0 1.5
100.75 1.3 2.1
12 1.1 2.3 3.4
* = These allowances only apply to the test phase and not to the initial expansion
phase.
C. Notice of Test: The Contractor shall give the Owner 48 hours advance notice of the
time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing.
END OF SECTION
Section IV -a 15064 -11
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY
Section IV -a 15064 -12
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
SECTION 15065
TRACER WIRE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 TRACER WIRE FOR PIPELINES
A. All pipe (HDPE, PVC and DI) 4- inches and greater installed by open cut shall have
two (2) 12 -gauge minimum solid or stranded copper locator wire taped to the top of
the pipe at intervals no greater than 4 -feet.
B. All pipe (HDPE, PVC or DI) installed by directional bore shall have (2) 10 -gauge
high- carbon steel inner core reinforcement directional drilling tracer wires taped to
the top of the pipe at intervals no greater than 4- feet.The tracer wire shall be
Copperhead Extra High Strength copper -clad steel tracer wire as manufactured by
Copperhead Industries or Pro -Trace HD -CCS PE45 tracer wire manufactured by Pro -
Line Safety Products Company or approved equal.
C. All potable water service lines will have two (2) 12 -gauge minimum solid or stranded
copper locator wire installed together with the service line in a PVC casing pipe.
D. The locator wires shall have colored insulation matching the type of service provided
in the main and be acceptable for direct burial.
E. All splices of the wires shall be made with watertight shrink wrap connections, as
approved by the Engineer.
F. The wires shall each be continuous throughout the project, with splices made only by
methods approved by the Project Representative.
G. The wire is to be tied to all valves, tees and elbows.
H. The locator wires shall be brought up to the surface through a 2 -inch PVC pipe.
I. The locator wires shall be brought up into all valve boxes with enough slack provided
to extend 10 to 12 inches out of each box and installed as shown in the Standard
Details.
J. Contractor shall perform a 12 -volt DC electrical continuity test on each of the wires.
Test each wire with both positive and negative charge. No more than one volt of loss
per 1000 feet of wire will be acceptable. The locator wire system shall pass the 12-
volt DC electrical continuity test for at least one wire prior to final acceptance of the
Section IV -a 15065 -1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
pipeline. Any cuts or breaks in the wire shall be repaired by the Contractor at his
expense.
K. The locator wire shall be tested by the Owner at the time of pressure testing. If this
test fails, the Contractor is responsible for repairing the locator wire and the pressure
test will be rescheduled when the wire passes the continuity test.
1.02 ALARMING TAPE
A. Provide underground warning tape constructed of heavy gage 0.004 -inch
polyethylene film to identify all buried utilities except 3 -inch and smaller
irrigation pipe. Provide 6 -inch wide tape as follows:
PART 2 -
2.01
A.
Film Legend
Electric line below
Telephone line below
Water line below
Raw Water
Sewer line below
Nonpotable water below
Reclaimed water below
Film Color
Red
Orange
Blue
Olive Green
Green
Brown
Purple (Pantone 522C)
Install tape directly above each buried utility at a depth of 18- inches
below final grade.
PRODUCTS
12 -GAUGE EXTRA HIGH STRENGTH HARD DRAWN TRACER WIRE
Conductor Specifications
1. Material Description: Copperweld® Copper -clad steel wire composed of a
steel core with a uniform and continuous copper cladding thoroughly bonded
to the steel throughout.
a. Cladding: The steel and copper interface must have a metallurgical
bond achieved through a high heat and pressure bonding process.
Established process for porosity -free material.
Section IV -a 15065 -2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
b. Steel: Extra High Strength with 0.54 carbon or greater. Verified to
meet required mechanical properties.
c. Copper: UNS- C10200; OF Copper according to ASTM B -170 (latest
revision). High conductivity, oxygen free copper to achieve optimal
signal performance.
2. Surface Condition: Wire surface shall be free of any defects, including flakes,
grooves, pits, and voids. Wire surface shall be smooth, bright and shiny, and
free of excessive copper dust and residual drawing lubricants.
3. Physical, Mechanical, and Electrical Properties
The wire shall conform to the properties listed in Table 1.
TABLE 1: Physical, Mechanical, and Electrical Properties
#12 CCS 1055 Hard Drawn 21%
Conductivity
CCS Conductor
Conductor Size
12 AWG
Conductor Type
Copper Clad Steel (CCS)
Temper
Hard Drawn (HD)
Average Break Load
1150 lbs.
Minimum Tensile Strength
200,000 psi
Minimum Elongation
1.0%
Copper Thickness (% of Diameter)
3.0%
Minimum Copper Weight
13%
Nominal DC Resistance (ohms /1000 ft.)
7.5648
*Diameter tolerances: ± 1%
B. Insulating Jacket Specifications
1. Material Description: insulating jacket is comprised of a co- polymer high
molecular weight natural high density polyethylene (HDPE) designed
specifically for high -speed copper wire insulating. It contains the required
levels and types of primary antioxidant and metal deactivator additives to
satisfy most Wire and Cable industry requirements. HDPE material will be
produced with an excellent balance of surface smoothness, processing ease,
tensile and elongation properties, abrasion toughness, environmental stress
crack, thermal stress crack resistance, and electrical consistency.
2. Physical, Mechanical, and Electrical Properties
The wire shall conform to the properties listed in Table 2.
TABLE 2: Physical, Mechanical, and Electrical Properties
Section IV -a 15065 -3
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements
Issued for Bid
High Density Polyethylene Insulator
Value
Density (ASTM D 792)
0.943 g /cc
Bulk Density (ASTM D 1895)
0.58 g /cc
Melt Index (ASTM D 1238/E)
0.70 dg /min
Tensile -Yield (ASTM D 638)
4300 psi
Tensile - Ultimate (ASTM D 638)
2900 psi
Tensile - Elongation (ASTM D 638)
850%
Flexural Modulas (ASTM D 790/1)
120,000 psi
Hardness (ASTM D 2240)
63 Shore D
Environmental Stress -Crack (ASTM D
1693/B)
F20 > 48 h
Thermal Stress -Crack (ASTM D2951)
FO > 1000 h
Brittleness Temperature (ASTM D 746)
< -95° F
Melting Point (DSC) (ASTM D 3417)
262° F
Softening Point (Vicat) (ASTM D 1525)
250° F
Oxidative Induction Time (ASTM D 3895)
> 50 min. @ 200° C
Dielectric Constant (ASTM D 1531)
2.34 @ 1MHz
Dissipation Factor (ASTM D 1531)
0.00007 @ 1 MHz
Volume Resistivity (ASTM D 257)
5 x 1017 ohm -cm
Dielectric Strength (ASTM D 3755)
1000 volts @ 20 mils
END OF SECTION
Section IV -a 15065 -4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
f
1
1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements
SECTION 15100
VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
Issued for Bid
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install
complete and ready for operation all valves and appurtenances as shown
on the Drawings and as specified herein.
All valves and appurtenances shall be of the size shown on the Drawings
and to the extent possible, all equipment of the same type shall be from
one manufacturer.
C. All valves and appurtenances shall have the name of the maker and the
working pressure for which they are designed cast in raised letters upon
some appropriate part of the body.
D. The equipment shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
1. Plug Valves
2. Check Valves
3. Corporation Stops
4. Curb Stops
5. Valve Boxes
6. Air Release Valves
1.02 HANDLING
A. All valves, unless otherwise directed, shall be loaded and unloaded by
lifting, and under no circumstances shall valves be dropped, skidded, or
rolled. Valves shall not be stacked or placed under pipe, fittings or other
valves in such a manner that damage could result.
B. Slings, hooks, or tongs used for lifting shall be padded in such a manner
as to prevent damage to exterior surface or interior linings and valve
components. If any part of the valve's coating, lining or components is
damaged, the repairs or replacement shall be made by the Contractor at
his expense and in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer prior to
attempting installation of such valves.
Only new valves will be allowed for installation and all valves shall be
stored in a manner that they won't be damaged and kept free of dirt, mud,
or other foreign matter that will be deemed detrimental to the proper
performance of the valve.
Section IV -a 15100 -1
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
1.03 INSTALLATION
A. Valves shall be set and joined to the pipe and each type of joint as
described in Section 15062 and this Section of these specifications.
B. All valves shall be permanently stamped or tagged with stainless steel
tags on the extension stem which differentiate reclaimed water valves
from potable water valves.
C. Cast iron valve boxes shall be firmly supported, maintained centered and
plumb over the operating nut of the valve and set in a 2 -foot by 2 -foot by
6- inches thick concrete collar as shown on standard details. The box
cover shall be flush with the surface of the finished pavement. All box lids
shall be painted OSHA safety purple, color coded to type of service.
1.04 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS
A. All of the equipment and materials specified herein are intended to be
standard for use in controlling the flow of reclaimed water.
1.05 QUALIFICATIONS
A. All of the types of valves and appurtenances shall be products of well
established reputable firms who are fully experienced, reputable and
qualified in the manufacture of the particular equipment to be furnished.
The equipment shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance
with the best practices and methods and shall comply with these
Specifications as applicable.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit to the Engineer within 30 days after execution of the contract a list
of materials to be furnished, the names of the suppliers and the date of
delivery of materials to the site.
B. Complete shop drawings of all valves and appurtenances shall be
submitted to the Engineer for approval in accordance with Paragraph
6.11.1 of Section III - General Conditions of the Contract Documents.
1.07 TOOLS
A. Special tools, if required for normal operation and maintenance shall be
supplied with the equipment.
Section IV -a 15100 -2
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.01 PLUG VALVES
A. All plug valves shall be eccentric plug valves capable of sustaining 150 psi
in either direction without leaking.
B. Plug valves shall be tested in accordance with current AWWA Standard C-
504-80 Section 5. Each valve shall be performance tested in accordance
with paragraph 5.2 and shall be given a leakage test and hydrostatic test
as described in paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4. The manufacturer shall furnish
certified copies of reports covering proof of design testing as described in
Section 5.5.
C. Plug valves shall be of the non - lubricated eccentric type with resilient
faced plugs and shall be furnished with end connections as shown on the
Plans. Flanged valves shall be faced and drilled to the ANSI 150 Ib.
standard. Mechanical joint ends shall be to the AWWA Standard C111-
72. Bell ends shall be to the AWWA Standard C100 -55 Class B. Screwed
ends shall be to the NPT standard.
D. Plug valve bodies shall be of ASTM A126 Class B Semi - steel, 31,000 psi
tensile strength minimum in compliance with AWWA Standard C507 -73,
Section 5.1 and AWWA Standard C504 -70 Section 6.4. Port areas for
valves 20- inches and smaller shall be 80 percent of full pipe area. Valves
24 inch and larger shall have a minimum port area between 80 and 100
percent of full nominal pipe area. All exposed nuts, bolts, springs,
washers, etc. shall be zinc or cadmium plated. Resilient plug facings shall
be of Hycar or Neoprene.
E. Plug valves shall be furnished with permanently lubricated stainless steel
or oil- impregnated bronze upper and lower plug stem bushings. These
bearings shall comply with current AWWA Standards.
2.02 CHECK VALVES
A. Check valves for cast iron and ductile iron pipe lines shall be swing type
and shall meet the material requirements of AWWA Specification C508.
The valves shall be iron body, bronze mounted, single disc, 175 psi
working water pressure and nonshock. Valves shall be as manufactured
by Mueller, Clow, American, Kennedy, M &H, or approved equal.
B. When there is no flow through the line, the disc shall hang lightly against
its seat in practically a vertical position. When open, the disc shall swing
clear of the waterway.
C. Check valves shall have bronze seat and body rings, extended bronze
hinge pins and bronze nuts on the bolts of bolted covers.
Section IV -a 15100 -3
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
D. Valves shall be so constructed that disc and body seat may easily be
removed and replaced without removing the valve from the line. Valves
shall be fitted with an extended hinge arm with outside lever and weight.
Weights provided and approved by the Engineer shall be installed.
2.03 CORPORATION STOPS
A. Corporation stops shall be all brass conforming to ASTM B62. Inlet shall
be CC thread, outlet shall be of compression type for CTS pipe with
internal or external gripping device.
B. All corporation stops are to be supplied with plastic tubing stiffeners for
use with PB DR9.
C. Approved Products are:
1. 1 -inch Threaded MUELLER 25008,
2. 2 -inch Threaded Ford FB 400 -7
3. Approved equal.
2.04 CURB STOPS
A. Ford curb stop with lock wing and compression inlet:
1. 1 -inch #BRW 43- 444W -Q
2. 2 -inch #BRW 41- 777W -Q
3. Approved equal.
B. Curb Stop should be stamped with "reclaimed water".
2.05 VALVE BOXES
A. See Specification 41.2.3 of Section IV — Technical Specifications.
2.06 AIR RELEASE VALVE & POLYETHYLENE COVER
A. The air release valve shall be ARI Model D -025 with vacuum guard. For
more details see Sheet 11 of the Construction Drawings.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
Section IV -a 15100 -4
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All valves and appurtenances shall be installed in the location shown, true
to alignment and rigidly supported. Any damage to the above items shall
be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer before they are installed.
B. After installation, all valves and appurtenances shall be tested at least two
hours at the working pressure corresponding to the class of pipe, unless a
different test pressure is specified. If any joint proves to be defective, it
shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
C. Install all floor boxes, brackets, extension rods, guides, the various types
of operators and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings that are in
masonry floors or walls, and install concrete inserts for hangers and
supports as soon as forms are erected and before concrete is poured.
Before setting these items, the Contractor shall check all plans and figures
which have a direct bearing on their location and he shall be responsible
for the proper location of these valves and appurtenances during the
construction of the structures.
D. Pipe for use with flexible couplings shall have plain ends as specified in
the respective pipe.
E. Alloy steel bolts and nut for flanged joints shall be made with high
strength, low alloy Cor -Ten bolts, nuts and washers. Cor -Ten for
mechanical joints shall be made with mild corrosion resistant alloy steel
bolts and nuts. All exposed bolts shall be painted the same color as the
pipe. All valves and joints to be wrapped with 8 mil. Color coded poly
wrap.
F Prior to the installation of sleeve -type couplings, the pipe ends shall be
cleaned thoroughly for a distance of 8 inches. Soapy water may be used
as a gasket lubricant. A follower and gasket, in that order, shall be slipped
over each pipe to a distance of about 6 inches from the end, and the
middle ring shall be placed on the substantial completion date unless
otherwise requested by the Owner.
G. Valve boxes with concrete collars shall be installed as shown on the
Drawings. Mechanical joints shall be made in the standard manner.
Valve stems shall be vertical in all cases. Place cast iron box over each
stem with base bearing on compacted fill and top flush with final grade.
Boxes shall have sufficient bracing to maintain alignment during
backfilling. Knobs on cover shall be parallel to pipe. Remove any sand or
undesirable fill from valve box.
3.02 SHOP PAINTING
Section IV -a 15100 -5
Lift Stations #29, 46 & 50 Improvements Issued for Bid
A. Ferrous surfaces of valves and appurtenances shall receive a coating of
rust - inhibitive primer. All pipe connection openings shall be capped to
prevent the entry of foreign matter prior to installation.
B. All exposed piping, valves and meters shall receive one (1) primer coat of
Tnemec Series 66 or equal (4 -5 dry mils) and two (2) coats of Tnemec
Series 72 or equal (2 -3 dry mils each). The color shall be Safety Purple.
3.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING
A. Completed valves and appurtenances shall be subjected to hydrostatic
pressure test as described in other sections of these specifications. All
leaks in valves and appurtenances shall be repaired and lines retested as
approved by the Project Representative. Prior to testing, the pipelines
shall be supported in an approved manner to prevent movement during
tests.
END OF SECTION
Section IV -a 15100 -6
1 c°�°� CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE I z 4)
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS
ICERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES
BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
4
IMPORTANT: if the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(Ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to
the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the
certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
PRODUCER
LIVENGOOD & ASSOCIATES, INC.
10521 SPRING HILL DRIVE
SPRING HILL FL 34608-
NtDRTA: Cr JEFF LIVENQOOD
PHONE.Extk (352) 686 -0444 I NQ): (352) 656 -2542
OADORES& BINSURA6t TAMPABAY . RR. COtM
INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE
RAC 6
INSURERAAUTO- OWNERS INSURANCE COMPANY
rump ILOOTE CONTRACTING INC.
KLOOTE ENVIRONMENTAL
2423 PINNACLE CT NORTH
PO BOX 339
IPALM HARBOR
COVERAGES
FL 34684-
INSURER B AMERICAN ZURICH INSURANCE CO.
INSURER C :HOMELAND INSURANCE COMP. OF NY
INSURER D :
INSURER E:
INSURER F :
CERTIFICATE NUMBER:
REVISION NUMBER:
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. UNITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAD CLAIMS.
1N SR
TYPE OF INSURANCE
ADDL
6RSR
SUS
WO
POLICY NUMBER
ppU CY EFF
(MIWDDNYYY)
EXP
(MM YYYY)
(WAWA)
LIMITS
A
GENERAL UABIUTY
Y
Y
134612 - 72105092
03/13/201403/13
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/2015
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
EACH OCCURRENCE
S 1, COO, OOO
X
COMMERCIAL GENERAL UABILITV
ICLAIMS-MADE X OCCUR
R EO
PREMISES (Ea occurrence)
$ 300, 000
MED EXP (Any one person)
S 10, 000
PERSONAL & ADV INJURY
$ 1.000, 000
GENERAL AGGREGATE
S 2,000,000
GEN'L AGGREGATE UMIT APPLIES PER:
POLICY X MCI . LOC
PRODUCTS - COMP/OPAGG
S 2,000,000
$
A
AUTOMOBILE UABIUTY
1942750600
/ /
/ /
03/13/ 2014
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
03/13/2015
/ /
/ /
COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
(Ea accident)
$ 1,000,000
X
X
ANYAtlTO
BOOILY INJURY (Per penal/
$
ALL OWNED
AUTOS
HIRED AUTOS
X
SCHEDULED
AUTOS
NON -OWNED
AUTOS
BODILY INJURY (Per accident)
$
PROPERTY Per DAMAGE
$
UM
$ 1,000,000
A
X
UMBRELLALIAO
EXCESS UAB
X
OCCUR
CLAIMS -MADE
4942742900
03/13/2014
/ /
/ /
03/13/2015
/ /
/ /
EACH OCCURRENCE
S 3,000,000
AGGREGATE
$ 3,000,000
DED I J RETENTION $
S
WORKERS COMPENSATION
AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
j
1 O LIMITS 1 I ER
ANY PROPRIETORIPARTNERIEXECUTIV£
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED?
(Mandatory in NH)
Y/ N
N/A
E.L. EACH ACCIDENT
S
E DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE
$
It yeS describe under
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below
E.L. DISEASE • POLICY LIMIT
$
B
C
CONTRACTORS EQUIPMENT
POLLUTION LIABILITY
6071776531
1441533-1
03/13/2014
05/20/2014
03/13/2015
05/20/2015
LEAsayRENTE0 75,000
LIMIT 1.000, 000
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/ LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, Ignore space is required)
CITY OF CLEARWATER IS LISTED AS ADDITIONAL INSURED ON THE AUTO AND GENERAL LIABILITY POLICIES AS PER
WRITTEN CONTRACT.
THE GENERAL LIABILITY POLICY CONTAINS A BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION .
PROJECT: LIFT STATIONS #29,46 & 50 IMPROVEMENTS (PROJECT #13- 0047 -UT)
A THIRTY DAY NOTICE OF CANCELLATION APPLIES.
CERTIFICATE HOLDER
CANCELLATION
(727) 562 -4750
CATHY TEFFT
(727) 562 -4755
CITY OF CLEARWATER
ENGINEERING OFFICE
100 S MYRTLE AVE RM 220
CLEARWATER FL 33756-
'ACORD 25 (2010/05)
INS025 (201005)01
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
®1988 -2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
1
1
I
1
1
1
Acifiat CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE
DATE
8/29/2014
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES
NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF
INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE
CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder Is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy (ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and
conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder In lieu of such
endorsement(s).
PRODUCER
FRANKCRUM INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.
100 S. MISSOURI AVE.
CLEARWATER FL 33756
CONTACT
MUM
Mom
wRso: 1- 800-277 -1620 x4800 IPA fin, 727 -797 -0704
noRise:
INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE
NAIL/
INSURER A: FRANK WINSTON CRUM INSURANCE CO.
11600
INSURED
FrankCrum 1 -800 -277 -1620
100 S MISSOURI AVENUE
CLEARWATER FL 33756
INSURER B:
INSURER C:
INSURER 0:
EACH OCCURRENCE
INSURER E:
INSURER F:
;
•
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDMON OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY
PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDRIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN
MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
NUR
LTR
TYPE OF INSURANCE
ADDL
INSR
BURR
VND
POLICY NUMBER
POLICY EFF
POLICY EXP
NMI
USES
GENERAL
LIABILITY
COMMERCIAL GE ERAL UABLRY
!CLAIMS-MADE
'
•
•.
EACH OCCURRENCE
$
DAMAGE TO RENTED
PREMISES (En eoanenr)
;
OCCUR
MED EXP (My one Pelson)
$
PERSONAL a ADV INJURY
$
GENERAL AGGREGATE
$
GENT AGGREGATE
LIMIT APPUES PEAR:
nPROJECT
PRODUCTS- COMP/OP AGO
$
1POUCY
1 1LOC
$
AUTOMOBILE
tJABILITY
ANY AUTO'
ALL ONMED
AUTOS
HIRED AUTOS
SCHEDULED
AUTOS
NON -OWNED
AUTOS
-
COMBINED SINGLE ULM1'
SEa occident)
BODILY INIURY (Per Mow)
$
BODILY MJURY (Pr rudder*
$
PROPERTY DAMAGE
(Pr wt)
$
$
UMBRELLA UAB
EXCESS UAB
—
OCCUR
CWMSMADE
-
EACH OCCURRENCE
—.3
AGGREGATE
$
DED I I RETENTION s
$
A
WORKERS COMPENSATION AND
E PLOYE S' LABRJTY
ANY PROPRE70WPARTNEtIOXECURVE
DFFICERIIIOdeER EXCLUDED?
(Mandatory in NH)
If yes, deemibe:nder
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below
N/A
WC201400000 ;
1/1/2014
1/1/2015
WC STAR). I 0TL-
X TORY UNITS ER
EL. EACH ACCIDENT
$1,000,000
EL DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE
$1,000,000
El DISEASE - POLICY UNIT
$1,000,000
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (Attach ACORD ISM, AddMrd Runlets Sdwdule, if more space is required)
EFFECTIVE 09/01/1999, COVERAGE IS FOR 100% OF THE EMPLOYEES OF FRANKCRUM LEASED TO KLOOTE CONTRACTING, INC. (CLIENT) FOR WHOM THE
CLIENT IS REPORTING HOURS TO FRANKCRUM. COVERAGE IS NOT EXTENDED TO STATUTORY EMPLOYEES. RE: LIFT STATIONS #29, 48 & 50
IMPROVEMENTS (PROJECT #13-0047-UT) ,
CITY OF CLEARWATER
MUNICIPAL SERVICES BUILDING
100 SOURTH MYRTLE AVENUE, SUITE 220
CLEARWATER, FL 33756
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POUCIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
..4VP'''"--/
ACORD 25 (2010IO5)
The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
O 1988 -2010 ACORD CORPORATION. AU rights reserved.
SECTION V
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Table of Contents:
CONTRACT BOND 1
CONTRACT 3
CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT 7
PROPOSAL BOND 8
AFFIDAVIT 9
NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 10
PROPOSAL 11
CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET 14
BIDDER'S PROPOSAL 15
SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA
CERTIFICATION FORM 16
SectionV.docx Page i 3/25/2014
FRONT PAGE OF
PUBLIC PAYMENT BOND
Florida Statute 255.05
Attached to and part of BOND NO. 1146440
In Compliance with Florida Statutes Chapter 255.05 (1)(a), Public Work. All other Bond
page(s) are deemed subsequent to this page regardless of any number(s) that may be pre-
printed thereon.
CONTRACTOR: Kloote Contracting, Inc.
2423 Pinnacle Ct. N.
Palm Harbor, FL 34684
727 - 785 -6800
SURETY: Great American Insurance Company
301 E 4th Street
Cincinnati, OH 45202
513- 369 -5000
AGENT: Nielson, Wojtowicz, Neu & Associates, Inc.
1000 Central Avenue, Suite 200
St. Petersburg, FL 33705
727- 209 -1803
OBLIGEE:
City of Clearwater
100 S. Myrtle Avenue 2nd Fl
Clearwater, FL 33756
727 -562 -4750
PROJECT No. 13- 0047 -UT LIFT STATION #29, 46 & 50 Improvements; Located at 509
Howard Ct.; 2022 McMullen Booth Road; 2535 Countryside Blvd. Clearwater Florida
IThe provisions and _limitations of Section 255.05 Florida Statutes,
including but not limited to the notice and time limitations in
ISections 255.05(2) and 255.05(10). are incorporated in this bond
by reference.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF PINELLAS
BOND NUMBER: 1146440
CONTRACT BOND
(1)
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we KLOOTE CONTRACTING, INC. as
Contractor and Great American Insurance Company (Surety)
whose home address is 301 E. 4th Street, Cincinnati, OH 45202
HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety ", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clearwater,
Florida (hereinafter called the "Owner ") in the penal sum of: THREE HUNDRED SEVENTY -FOUR
THOUSAND, SEVEN HUNDRED EIGHTY -EIGHT Dollars ($374,788.00) for the payment of
which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns for the faithful
performance of a certain written contract, dated the day of
2014, entered into between the Contractor and the City of Clearwater for:
LIFT STATIONS #29, 46 & 50 IMPROVEMENTS
PROJECT #13- 0047 -UT
a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully
copied herein.
NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the
Contractor shall in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said contract, including the one
year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the contract documents
(which include the Advertisement for Bids, Form of Proposal, Form of Contract, Form of Surety Bond,
Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Specifications) and the Plans and
Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be made in said
Plans and Specifications as therein provided for, and shall indemnify and save harmless the said Owner
against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want of care or skill, negligence or
default, including patent infringements on the part of the said Contractor agents or employees, in the
execution or performance of said contract, including errors in the plans furnished by the Contractor, and
further, if such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall promptly make payments to all persons supplying
him, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly or indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors,
Sub - Contractor, or Sub - Contractors, in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, this
obligation shall be void, otherwise, the Contractor and Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the
Owner any difference between the sum to which the said Contractor would be entitled on the completion
of the Contract, and that which the Owner may be obliged to pay for the completion of said work by
contract or otherwise, & any damages, direct or indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may
sustain on account of such work, or on account of the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all
things, keep and execute all the provisions of said contract.
SectionV.docx Page 1 of 16 3/25/2014
CONTRACT BOND
(2)
And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors,
administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully protect the said Owner
against, and will pay any and all amounts, damages, costs and judgments which may be recovered
against or which the Owner may be called upon to pay to any person or corporation by reason of any
damages arising from the performance of said work, or of the repair or maintenance thereof, or the
manner of doing the same or the neglect of the said Contractor or his agents or servants or the improper
performance of the said work by the Contractor or his agents or servants, or the infringements of any
patent rights by reason of the use of any material furnished or work done; as aforesaid, or otherwise.
And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, heirs, executors,
administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the owner any sum which the Owner may be
compelled to pay because of any lien for labor material furnished for the work, embraced by said
Contract.
And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of
time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the
specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does
hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the
contract or to the work or to the specifications.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this 2 day
of ut- -- , 2014.
ATTEST:
Print Name:
WITNESS:
Print Nam- . Jennifer Stephens
COUNTERSIGNED:
N/A
Print Name:
SectionV.docx
Pagc 2 of 16
KLO 1 E CONTRACTING, INC.
(CON i, , CTOR)
By:
Print N
Title: President
Great American Insurance Company
By: B
ATTORNEY -IN -FACT
Print Name: Kevin R. Wojt44icz
& FL Licensed Agent
3/25/2014
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY®
Administrative Office: 301 E 4TH STREET • CINCINNATI, OHIO 45202 • 513 - 369 -5000 • FAX 513 - 723 -2740
The number of persons authorized by
this power of attorney is not more than TWO
No.0 18486
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under
and by virtue of the laws of the State of Ohio, does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint the person or persons named below, each individually if more than
one is named, its true and lawful attorney -in -fact, for it and in its name, place and stead to execute on behalf of the said Company, as surety, any and all bonds,
undertakings and contracts of suretyship, or other written obligations in the nature thereof; provided that the liability of the said Company on any such bond,
undertaking or contract of suretyship executed under this authority shall not exceed the limit stated below.
Name
KEVIN WOJTOWICZ
JOHN R. NEU
Address Limit of Power
BOTH OF BOTH
ST. PETERSBURG, FLORIDA $100,000,000
This Power of Attorney revokes all previous powers issued on behalf of the attomey(s) -in -fact named above.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed and attested by its appropriate
officers and its corporate seal hereunto affixed this 5TH day of JUNE 2014
Attest - GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
lie44
Assistant Secretary Divisional Senior Vice President
STATE OF OHIO, COUNTY OF HAMILTON - ss: DAVID C. KITCHIN (877 -377 -2405)
On this 5TH day of JUNE 2014 , before me personally appeared DAVID C. KITCHIN, to me
known, being duly sworn, deposes and says that he resides in Cincinnati, Ohio, that he is a Divisional Senior Vice President of the Bond Division of Great
American Insurance Company, the Company described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of the said Company; that the seal
affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of his office under the By -Laws of said Company, and that he signed his
name thereto by like authority.
Shelia Clontz
Notary Public, Slab of Olio
My Commission Expires 08/901015
This Power ofAttomey is granted by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Great American Insurance Company
by unanimous written consent dated June 9, 2008.
RESOLVED: That the Divisional President, the several Divisional Senior Vice Presidents, Divisional Vice Presidents and Divisonal Assistant Vice
Presidents, or any one of them, be and hereby is authorized, from time to time, to appoint one or more Attorneys -in -Fact to execute on behalf of the Company,
as surety, any and all bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship, or other written obligations in the nature thereof to prescribe their respective duties and
the respective limits of their authority; and to revoke any such appointment at any time.
RESOLVED FURTHER: That the Company seal and the signature of any of the aforesaid officers and any Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the
Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or certificate of either given for the execution of any bond, undertaking, contract of suretyship,
or other written obligation in the nature thereof such signature and seal when so used being hereby adopted by the Company as the original signature of such
officer and the original seal of the Company, to be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed
CERTIFICATION
ft .
I, STEPHEN C. BERAHA, Assistant Secretary of Great American Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the foregoin, dp%erafAttorney and
the Resolutions of the Board of Directors of June 9, 2008 have not been revoked and are now m full force and effect.
Signed and sealed this day of
S1029AD (12/13)
Assistant Secretary
•
SMART. UNCOMPROMISING. TIMELY. EFFECTIVE. NIELSON, HOOVER & COMPANY, INC. SURETY SOLUTIONS THAT MAKE A DIFFERENCE.
RatNIELSON, WOJTOWICZ, NEU & ASSOCIATES
August 28, 2014
Kloote Contracting, Inc.
PO Box 339
Palm Harbor, FL 34682
RE: City of Clearwater, as Obligee
Lift Station #29, 46 & 50 Improvements, as project
Bond No. 1146440
Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:
Please supply us with the following information for the above captioned final bond:
Executed Contract with Date: X
This letter is also giving Kloote Contracting, Inc, as Principal and /or City of Clearwater, as
Obligee, the authority to complete these bonds by dating the bonds with the contract date,
execution and Power of Attorney dates. The contract date MAY BE THE SAME date as the
execution of the bond or PRIOR to the execution date of the bonds.
We will forward this information onto your surety company upon our receipt. Please return as
soon as possible.
Thank you for your cooperation.
Sincerely,
Ac
Kevin Wojtowicz
Attorney -in -Fact
KRW /jms
ST. PETERSBURG
1000 Central Avenue, Suite 200, St. Petersburg, FL 33705
P: 727.209.1803 F: 727.209.1335
ASHEVILLE
210 Westover Drive, Asheville, NC 28801
P: 828.505.7431
www.nielsonbonds.corn
CONTRACT
(1)
This CONTRACT made and entered into this. day of , pit m pe r , 2014 by and between the City
of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City ", and KLOOTE
CONTRACTING, INC., of the City of PALM HARBOR, County of PINELLAS, and State of Florida,
hereinafter designated as the "Contractor ".
WITNESSETH:
That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on
the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows:
The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the
sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at
their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the
following:
LIFT STATIONS #29, 46 & 50 IMPROVEMENTS (PROJECT #13- 0047 -UT)
in the amount of $374,788.00
In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special
provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement,
instructions to bidders, general conditions, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any
drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said
work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully
completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City.
If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as
contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor,
then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have
the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the
provisions as contained herein.
THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY
AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE
BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES
ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF
THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO
HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES,
COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE
UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE
CONTRACTOR'S SUB CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES
RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB
CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES.
SectionV.docx Page 3 of 16 3/25/2014
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
CONTRACT
(2)
In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements:
In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to
discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or
national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment,
upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay off or termination; rates of
pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor
agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment,
notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non discrimination
clause.
The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including
contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub contractors for
standard commercial supplies or raw materials.
It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the
event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein,
it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the
Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor
remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per day shall only
and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to
complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed
as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete
and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract.
It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of
this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and
conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or
sureties upon such performance bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to
be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own
expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional
bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the
City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and
provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful
performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form
satisfactory to it.
SectionV.docx Page 4 of 16 3/25/2014
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
CONTRACT
(3)
The successful bidder /contractor will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes
(2013), specifically to:
(a) Keep and maintain public records that ordinarily and necessarily would be required by the City of
Clearwater in order to perform the service;
(b) Provide the public with access to public records on the same terms and conditions that the City of
Clearwater would provide the records and at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided in this
chapter or as otherwise provided by law;
(c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records
disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law; and
(d) Meet all requirements for retaining public records and transfer, at no cost, to the City of Clearwater
all public records in possession of the contractor upon termination of the contract and destroy any
duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure
requirements. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency in a format
that is compatible with the information technology systems of the City of Clearwater.
SectionV.docx Page 5 of 16 3/25/2014
CONTRACT
(4)
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and
have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year first above written.
CITY OF CLEARWATER
IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA
By:
LIVA �- Mt4lA-
William B. Horne, II
City Manager
Countersigned:
B : `(e°rt¢ncrc�oS
Y
George N. Cretekos,
Mayor
(Contractor must indicate wheth
Partnership, Company or Individua
(The person signing shall, in his own
handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own
name, and his title; where the person is signing
for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show
his authority to bind the Corporation).
Attest:
it..11A u.
Rosemarie Call
City Clerk
App
(SEAL)
Cann o oto
Assistant City Attorney
KLOOTE CONTRACTING,:INC:
(Cont actor)
By: (SEAL)
Print ame: Q.I► r G • ‘Gk..v.ert-
Title: 'Maw.
SectionV.docx Page 6 of 16 3/25/2014
CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT
(CORPORATION FORM)
STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF PINELLAS
On this day personally appeared before me, the undersigned authority, duly authorized to administer
oaths and take acknowledgments, , who after being duly sworn,
deposes and says:
That he is the (TITLE)
of KLOOTE CONTRACTING, INC., a Florida Corporation, with its principal place of business
located at 2423 PINNACLE CT. N., PALM HARBOR, FL, 34684 (herein, the "Contractor ").
That the Contractor was the general contractor under a contract executed on the day of
, 2014 with the CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal
corporation, as Owner, and that the Contractor was to perform the construction of:
LIFT STATIONS #29, 46 & 50 IMPROVEMENTS (PROJECT #13- 0047 -UT)
That said work has now been completed and the Contractor has paid and discharged all sub - contractors,
laborers and material men in connection with said work and there are no liens outstanding of any nature
nor any debts or obligations that might become a lien or encumbrance in connection with said work
against the described property.
That he is making this affidavit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, and upon
consideration of the payment of (Final Full Amount of Contract) in
full satisfaction and discharge of said contract.
That the Owner is hereby released from any claim which might arise out of said Contract.
The word "liens" as used in this affidavit shall mean any and all arising under the operation of the
Florida Mechanic's Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes.
Sworn and subscribed to before me
This day of , 20
NOTARY PUBLIC
AFFIANT
BY:
My Commission Expires: PRESIDENT
SectionV.docx Page 7 of 16 3/25/2014
r
1
1
1
PROPOSAL BOND
(Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted)
KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned,
Kloote Contracting, Inc. as Principal, and Great American Insurance Company
as Surety, who's address is 301 East Fourth Street
Cincinnati, OH 45202 , are held and firmly bound unto
the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Ten Percent of Amount Bid
Dollars ($ 10% ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of
which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns.
The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of Kloote Contracting, Inc.
as Principal, and Great American Insurance Company as
Surety, for work specified as:
Lift Station 29, 46 & 50 Improvements Project 13- 0047 -UT
all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and
specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the
above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a
contract, in writing, and furnish the required Performance Bond with surety or sureties to be approved
by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by
law and the full amount of this Proposal Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated
damages.
Signed this 30th day of June , 2014 ,
(Principal must indicate whether
cjazatiihln, partnership, company
or individual)
The person signing shall, in his own
handwriting, sign the Principal's
name, his own name and his title;
the person signing for a corporation
must, by affidavit, show his authority
to bind the corporation.
By:
Klo•ie Contractin
Principal
By: T ► o a
Title
Great American Insurance Company
By: 1 ��
Surety Kevin Wojtowict
Attorney -in -Fact
SectionV Page 7 of 14 Revised 7/22/2008
GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY®
Administrative Office: 301 E 4TH STREET • CINCINNATI, OHIO 45202 • 513 - 369 -5000 • FAX 513 - 723 -2740
The number of persons authorized by
this power of attorney is not more than TWO
No.0 18486
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under
and by virtue of the laws of the State of Ohio, does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint the person or persons named below, each individually if more than
one is named, its true and lawful attorney -in -fact, for it and in its name, place and stead to execute on behalf of the said Company, as surety, any and all bonds,
undertakings and contracts of suretyship, or other written obligations in the nature thereof; provided that the liability of the said Company on any such bond,
undertaking or contract of suretyship executed under this authority shall not exceed the limit stated below.
Name
KEVIN WOJTOWICZ
JOHN R. NEU
Address Limit of Power
BOTH OF BOTH
ST. PETERSBURG, FLORIDA $100,000,000
This Power of Attorney revokes all previous powers issued on behalf of the attorney(s)-in-fact named above.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed and attested by its appropriate
officers and its corporate seal hereunto affixed this 5TH day of JUNE 2014
Attest GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
X41144.4,
Assistant Secretary Divisional Senior Vice President
STATE OF OHIO, COUNTY OF HAMILTON - ss: DAVID C. KITCHIN (877 -377 -2405)
On this 5TH day of JUNE 2014 , before me personally appeared DAVID C. KITCHIN, to me
known, being duly sworn, deposes and says that he resides in Cincinnati, Ohio, that he is a Divisional Senior Vice President of the Bond Division of Great
American Insurance Company, the Company described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of the said Company; that the seal
affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of his office under the By -Laws of said Company, and that he signed his
name thereto by like authority.
Shelia Clank
Notary Pubic, Slat ota b
MyConmislonE pins 08.09.2015
This Power of Attorney is granted by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Great American Insurance Company
by unanimous written consent dated June 9, 2008.
RESOLVED: That the Divisional President, the several Divisional Senior Vice Presidents, Divisional Vice Presidents and Divisonal Assistant Vice
Presidents, or any one of them, be and hereby is authorized, from time to time, to appoint one or more Attorneys -in -Fact to execute on behalf of the Company,
as surety, any and all bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship, or other written obligations in the nature thereof to prescribe their respective duties and
the respective limits of their authority; and to revoke any such appointment at any time.
RESOLVED FURTHER: That the Company seal and the signature of any of the aforesaid officers and any Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the
Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or certificate of either given for the execution of any bond, undertaking, contract of suretyship,
or other written obligation in the nature thereof such signature and seal when so used being hereby adopted by the Company as the original signature of such
officer and the original seal of the Company, to be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed.
CERTIFICATION
I, STEPHEN C. BERAHA, Assistant Secretary of Great American Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the foregoing - oaAver ofAttonteg and
the Resolutions of the Board of Directors of June 9, 2008 have not been revoked and are now in full force and effect.
Signed and sealed this
3 L1
S1029AD (12/13)
day of UU—rt
Zo1') .
e
•
Assistant Secretary
1
AFFIDAVIT
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
(To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation)
STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF PINELLAS )
DAVID C
Secretary of KT,OOTF
a corporation organized
its principal office at:
2423 PINNACLE
. KLOOTE being duly sworn, deposes and says that he /she is
CONTRACTING, INC.
and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having
CT N., PALM HARBOR, FL 34684
(Street & Number)
(City)
Affiant further says that he is familiar with the
KLOOTE CONTRACTING, INC.
(Name of Corporation)
PINELLAS
(County) (State)
records, minute books and by -laws of
Affiant further says that DAVID C. KLOOTE is
(Officer's Name) (Title)
of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for
PRESIDENT
or said corporation by virtue of t�'+s�.
(state whether a provision J of by laws or a Resolution
Board of Directors. If by Reso tion give date of adoption).
Sworn to before me this
of
Affiant
8th day of JULY , 20 14.
SectionV Page 9 of 16
Notary Public
Type /print /stamp name of Notary
Title or rank, and Serial No., if any
DEBRA KLOOTE
S. Notary Public - State of Florida
N * t • My Comm. Expires Aug 27, 2016
;;F o:P'' Commission # EE 830615
3/25/2014
NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF PINELLAS )
DAVID C. KLOOTE being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is
PRESIDENT of KLOOTE CONTRACTING, INC.
the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that
said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder
on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or
indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from
bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or
communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to
fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any
advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person i r persons interested in the proposed
contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid e true; and further, that such bidder
has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents t eof, or div _ . . ion or data
relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent there
Affia t
Sworn to and subscribed before me this 8th day of JULY , 20 14
Notary Public
,t n DEBRA KLOOTE
r
Notary Public - State of Florida ;,'
My Comm. Expires Aug 27, 20161:
' , ° Commission # EE 830615
SectionV Page 10 of 16 3/25/2014
PROPOSAL
(1)
TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for
LIFT STATIONS #29, 46 & 50 IMPROVEMENTS (PROJECT #13- 0047 -UT)
and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked
LIFT STATIONS #29, 46 & 50 IMPROVEMENTS (PROJECT #13- 0047 -UT)
Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents
signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of
the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract
without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to
be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all
the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is
hereby charged with this notice.
The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties
interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the
Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications,
General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Contract Bond, that he or his representative has made such
investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and
agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form
of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or
apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General
Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and
hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit:
SectionV Page 11 of 16 3/25/2014
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PROPOSAL
(2)
If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall
fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may,
at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal
shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to
become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be
retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the
City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this
Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein.
Attached hereto is
on
certified check on c\e_.,.r-
Bank, for the sum of
($ 11)ia•1 %7.-0
cF —o-r L-.3.�
(being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount).
The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows:
(If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the
names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the
name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements,
enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or
employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder).
NAMES: ADDRESSES:
DAVID C. KLOOTE, PRESIDENT 2423 PINNACLE CT N, PALM HARBOR, FL
Signature of Bidder:
DAVID C. KLOOTE
(The bidder must indicate whether Corporation, Partnership, Company or Individual).
SectionV Page 12 of 16 3/25/2014
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PROPOSAL
(3)
The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title.
Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by
affidavi �, show his authority, to bind the corporation.
Princip. l DAVID C. KLOOTE
By: Title: PRESIDENT
Business Address of Bidder: 2423 PINNACLE CT N, PALM HARBOR, FL 34684
City and State: Zip Code
Dated at
PALM HARBOR , this 8th day of JULY
, A.D., 20 14
SectionV Page 13 of 16 3/25/2014
1
CITY OF CLEARWATER
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
ADDENDUM SHEET
PROJECT: LIFT STATIONS #29, 46 & 50 IMPROVEMENTS (PROJECT #13- 0047 -UT)
Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and
Specifications.
Addendum No. Date: —7-- 1 —1. —
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
KLOOTE CONTRACTING, INC.
(Si_ a re ofOfficer)DAVID C. KLOOTE
(Title of Officer)
PRESIDENT
7 -8 -14
(Date)
SectionV Page 14 of 16 3/25/2014
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
BIDDER'S PROPOSAL
PROJECT: LIFT STATIONS #29, 46 & 50 IMPROVEMENTS (PROJECT #13- 0047 -UT)
CONTRACTOR: Co ..3 r,z ke r-' ti t
BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: $ 3-14/71.8 •oo
(Numbers)
BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: i 4>,Ys«- t►ut+�� S� =�'T`+ t"�� To��++'`JO
%Pp _-
E.-L r - G
0 /L.v o
(Words)
Bid
Item
Description
Unit
Quantity
Unit Price
Amount
1
Mobilization (3.5% Maximum)
LS
1
$ 133 17700
$ t3' t?7. o a
2
Maintenance of Traffic (2% Maximum)
LS
1
$ 1-7&g...
$ - /7s .
3
LS 29 Mechanical, Electrical and Structural Work
LS
1
$ t$Zi000.00 $ IBZiccaa.ac
$ 941043.00 $ ° 4 o43• c
4
LS 46 Mechanical, Electrical and Structural Work
LS
1
5
LS 50 Mechanical, Electrical and Structural Work
LS
1
$ 17/76o.0.•
ITEMS 1 -5):
$ "l1 '7604
$ 3T.4-/7$8
TOTAL PROJECT COST (BID
THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES
AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH
SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING
BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP
SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL
BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN.
SectionV Page 15 of 16 3/25/2014
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH
CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM
PER SECTION HI, ITEM 25, IF YOUR BID IS $1,000,000 OR MORE, THIS FORM MUST BE
COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM AS
REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE.
The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that:
1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the
requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies
with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy
Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and
2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in
this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List,
the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business
operations in Cuba and Syria; and
3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce
in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining,
owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services,
personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce;
and
4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor,
affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of
calendar days after any of its principals are placed on t
Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in
business operations in Cuba and Syria.
STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF PINELLAS
The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me
by DAVID C. KLOOTE
the PRESIDENT (title) of
personally known to me as described herein xx
(type of identification) as identification, and who did /did
• •
mpany, individual, principal, subsidiary,
earwater in writing, no later than five (5)
Scrutinized Companies with Activities in
e Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in
Auth ! r zed Signature
AVID C. KLOOTE
Printed Name
PRESIDENT
Title
Name of Entity /Corporation
on this 8th day of JULY , 20 14 ,
(name of person whose signature is being notarized) as
(name of corporation/entity),
My Commission Expires: S ? , \ CD
NOTARY SEAL ABOVE
, or produced a
not take an-oath. ;
(
Notary Public
SectionV Page 16 of 16
Printed Name
• ` rn
DEBRA KLOOTE
Notary Public - State of Florida
My Comm. Expires Aug 27, 2016
Commission # EE 830615 ,
13/25/2014